Getting Gold: A Gold-Mining Handbook for Practical Men
Date: 2013-06-24T00:00:00+00:00
Keywords: Gold mines and mining

The Project Gutenberg eBook of Getting Gold: A Gold-Mining Handbook for Practical Men

This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this ebook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

Title: Getting Gold: A Gold-Mining Handbook for Practical Men

Author: J. C. F. Johnson

Release date: June 24, 2013 [eBook #43027]

Language: English

Credits: Produced by Kevin Handy, Sue Fleming, John Hagerson and
the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
http://www.pgdp.net

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GETTING GOLD: A GOLD-MINING HANDBOOK FOR PRACTICAL MEN ***

The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.

GETTING GOLD.

GRIFFIN’S STANDARD PUBLICATIONS.

Fourth Edition, Revised. Fully Illustrated. 21s.

THE METALLURGY OF GOLD. By T. KIRKE ROSE, D.Sc. Lond., Assoc. R.S.M., Chemist and Assayer to the Royal Mint.

“Adapted for all who are interested in the Gold Mining Industry, being free from technicalities as far as possible, but is more particularly of value to those engaged in the industry.”—Cape Times.

“A comprehensive practical treatise on this important subject.”—The Times.

Medium 8vo. With numerous Plates, Maps, and Illustrations. 21s. net.

CYANIDING GOLD AND SILVER ORES: A Practical Treatise on the Cyanide Process. By H. FORBES JULIAN, and EDGAR SMART, A.M.I.C.E.

“A handsome volume of 400 pages which will be a valuable book of reference for all associated with the process.”—Mining Journal.

Large Crown 8vo. Third English Edition. Fully Illustrated, 7s. 6d.

THE CYANIDE PROCESS OF GOLD EXTRACTION. By Professor JAMES PARK, F.G.S., M.Inst.M.M.

“We can confidently recommend this book as a thoroughly practical work, and congratulate the author at its continued success.”—Chemical News.

In Crown 8vo. Illustrated. Fancy Cloth Boards. Price 4s. 6d.

GOLD SEEKING IN SOUTH AFRICA; A Handbook of Hints for intending Explorers, Prospectors, and Settlers. By THEO. KASSNER, Mine Manager.

“The Prospector ought to include this book in his library of reference, and the stay-at-home reader will be interested and informed by its contents.”—Mining World.

Third Edition, Revised. With Illustrations. Handsome cloth, 5s.

PROSPECTING FOR MINERALS. By S. HERBERT COX, Assoc. R.S.M., M.Inst.M.M., F.G.S., &c.

“This EXCELLENT HANDBOOK will prove a perfect vade-mecum to those engaged in the practical work of Mining and Metallurgy.”—Times of Africa.

Large 8vo. Cloth. Fully Illustrated. 12s. 6d. net.

METALLURGICAL ANALYSIS AND ASSAYING: A THREE YEARS’ COURSE FOR STUDENTS OF SCHOOLS OF MINES. By W. A. MACLEOD, B.A., B.Sc., A.O.S.M., and CHAS. WALKER, F.C.S.

“The publication of this volume tends to prove that the teaching of metallurgical analysis and assaying in Australia rests in competent hands.”—Nature.

In Large 4to. Library Style. Beautifully Illustrated with 20 Plates, many in Colours, and 94 Figures in the Text. £2, 2s. net.

PRECIOUS STONES: THEIR PROPERTIES, OCCURRENCES, AND USES. By Dr. MAX BAUER. Translated by L. J. SPENCER, M.A. (Cantab.), F.G.S.

“The plates are remarkable for their beauty, delicacy, and truthfulness. A glance at them alone is a lesson on precious stones.”—Athenæum.

London: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., Limited, Exeter St., Strand.

The Prospector.—Dishwashing or Panning
Frontispiece

GETTING GOLD:

A PRACTICAL TREATISE

FOR

PROSPECTORS, MINERS, AND STUDENTS.

BY

J. C. F. JOHNSON, F.G.S.,

MEMBER OF THE AUST. INST. OF MINING ENGINEERS;

AUTHOR OF “PRACTICAL MINING,” “THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD,” ETC.

THIRD EDITION.

WITH 50 ILLUSTRATIONS AND 8 PLATES.

LONDON:

CHARLES GRIFFIN AND COMPANY, Limited;

EXETER STREET, STRAND.

1904.

[All rights reserved.]

PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION

Some years ago the author published a small book entitled “Practical Mining,” designed specially for the use of those engaged in the always fascinating, though not as invariably profitable, pursuit of “Getting Gold.” Of this ten thousand copies were sold, nearly all in Australasia, and the work is now out of print. The London Mining Journal of September 9th, 1891, said of it: “We have seldom seen a book in which so much interesting matter combined with useful information is given in so small a space.”

The gold-mining industry has grown considerably since 1891, and it appeared to the writer that the present would be a propitious time to bring out a similar work, but with a considerably enlarged scope. What has been aimed at is to make “Getting Gold” a compendium, in specially concrete form, of useful information respecting the processes of winning from the soil and the after-treatment of gold and gold ores, including some original practical discoveries by the author. Practical information, original and selected, is given to mining company directors, mine managers, quartz mill operators, and prospectors. In “Rules of Thumb,” chapters XI. and XII., will be found a large number of useful hints on subjects directly and indirectly connected with gold-mining.

The author’s mining experience extends back thirty years and he therefore ventures to believe with some degree of confidence that the information, original or compiled, which the book contains, will be found both useful and profitable to those who are in any capacity interested in the gold-mining industry.

J. C. F. J.

London, November 1896.

PUBLISHERS’ NOTE TO THE THIRD EDITION

The reviewer in Nature remarked on the First Edition of this book, “It has often been said that the practical man does not write books, but THERE IS HERE A COMPLETE REFUTATION OF THE CALUMNY.” The sale of two large editions has justified the opinion of the reviewer, and shows that the book from the practical man is valued. The Third Edition has been revised throughout and several new figures in the text and eight full-page plates have been added. It is confidently hoped that this new Edition will meet with the same kindly reception as the earlier ones.

November 1904.

CONTENTS

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY. GETTING GOLD

Gold—Poetical and historical references—Its wide distribution—Remains of ancient works—Old appliances—Modern appliances anticipated—Labours of alchemists—Deposition similar to common minerals—How first obtained—The Pactolian annual miracle—Mode of working auriferous sand and lodes—Principal sources of gold supply—Transvaal production—Californian production—Real date of discovery in Australia—State encouragement for new discoveries—Obstacles in early Australian production—Australasian production to date—The world’s wealth—Nuggets—Modern methods—Hydraulicing cheapest—Definition of “lode”—Igneous and aqueous theories contrasted—Difference between reef and alluvial gold—Mining terms explained—Usual exploitation and treatment—Operations—Stamp battery—Its advantages as crusher—Usual milling operations.

pp. 1-12

CHAPTER II

GOLD PROSPECTING

(ALLUVIAL AND GENERAL)

Ignorance of prospectors—Chapter specially addressed to the inexperienced—Valuable finds mostly accidents—Best way to obtain elementary knowledge—An assaying experience—What a prospector should know—Usual geological conditions of most minerals—Unwise to follow theories blindly—Instances of unlikely occurrences of gold—Importance of examining outcrops—Curious matrices for gold—Alluvial and reef gold—Hints to prospectors—Prospecting for alluvial gold—Tin dish—Dry blowing—Size of prospecting shaft—Intricacy of deep leads—How to recognise true bottom—Gold bearing “gutters”—Difference in working shallow and wet ground.

pp. 13-21

CHAPTER III

LODE OR REEF PROSPECTING

Likeliest localities for reefs—Similarity of indications of minerals—Where first prospecting is done—A practical example—Ironstone “blows”—Their true origin—Igneous theory untenable—Usual trend of lodes in Australia—Exceptions to the rule—Instances of rich deposits apart from lodes—Sinuosity of lodes—How to trace lodes demonstrated—Examine all indications—How to recognise gold, silver, copper, tin—How to ascertain their value—Caution in sinking—Where to prospect in case of parallel lodes—Usual underlie in Australia—Size of prospecting shaft—Tip for mullock—How to distinguish gold from pyrites or mica—Estimating value from prospect—How to pan—An amalgamating assay method—Author’s device when antimony present—Battery, best test—Silver and tin indications—Lode tin, stream tin, difficulty of recognising tin—Lode tin always near granite—Minerals often mistaken for tin—How to discriminate—Tin in Westralia.

pp. 22-33

CHAPTER IV

THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD

(AURIFEROUS LODES)

Igneous theory formerly strongly upheld—Quotation from Rosales—His arguments combated—Hydro-thermal action—Its evidences in New Zealand—Professor Lobley’s theory—Author’s deposition theory confirmed—Later works—Conclusions of Le Conte—Metamorphic slates and earlier Silurian strata theory—Formation of mineral lodes—What was gold originally?—Metal or metallic salt—Silicate hypothesis preferred—Explanation of sulphides and silicates of gold—Bischof’s interesting experiment—Skey’s and other deposition experiments—How gold took its metallic form—The Comstock lode—Occurrence of gold in shutes explained—Why lode junctions are usually rich—Cox’s theory—Instances of lodes re-forming—Gold as natural sulphide—Newbery’s theory of gold in pyritous lodes—Probable occurrence in pyritous ores as sulphide.

pp. 34-47

CHAPTER V

THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD

(AURIFEROUS DRIFTS)

Derivation and occurrence—Old diggers’ “growing” theory—Deposition experiment illustrating nature—Denudation of quartz lodes theory—Examples of its probability—Nuggets require other explanation—Deposition, most rational theory—Usual alluvial theory combated—Daintree’s and Wilkinson’s deposition experiments—Spondulix and Lothair nuggets—Newbery’s deposition experiments—Nugget form explained—Author’s experiments in manufacture of golden quartz—Extract from author’s “Deposition of Gold”—Remarkable nugget—Reason of superiority of alluvial gold.

pp. 48-58

CHAPTER VI

GOLD EXTRACTION

Division of methods of treating ores—Scientific extraction indispensable—Superficial knowledge—German and Australian methods compared—Schools of Mines—Antiquity of gold working—Miner’s equipment—Tub, cradle, long tom—How operated—Hydraulic mining—Extensive Australian drifts—Extraction of reef gold—Amalgamation—Crushing appliances—Preference for stampers—The Lemichel syphon—The Griffin mill—The Huntingdon mill—Dodge crusher—Krupp Grusonwerk Ball Mill—Premature plant erecting—Danger of untried processes—Double faulted lode—Automatic ore feeders—Machinery site—Foundations for battery—Weight of stamps—Power and water required for battery—Selection of screen—Fall of tables—Ancient Egyptian gold washing table—Blanket tables—Successful treatment of refractory ore in Australia—Methods vary with ore—Importance of even crushing—Points re crushing—Best form of stamper box—Cleaning plates—Form of scraper—Retorting amalgam—Special difficulties, how to overcome them.

pp. 59-86

CHAPTER VII

GOLD EXTRACTION

(SECONDARY PROCESSES AND LIXIVIATION)

Choosing the plant—-Various ores and their constituents—Amalgamation—Various concentrators—Percussion tables—Frue vanner—Pan concentration—Simultaneous grinding and amalgamating condemned—Watson and Denny pan—Good machines often condemned—Procedure in ore treatment—Duncan pan—Calcining—Rotatory amalgamator—Steaming concentrates—Dry amalgamation—Sulphuric acid and sickened mercury—Amalgamation without overflow—Experiments—Steam as an agent in gold extraction—Lixiviation by chlorine—Various processes—Mount Morgan—Cyanide process.

pp. 87-99

CHAPTER VIII

CALCINATION OR “ROASTING” OF ORES

Effect of roasting—Various methods—Reverberatory furnaces—Howell, White, Brückner, Thwaite-Denny, and Molesworth types of revolving cylinder furnaces—Shaft type—The Stetefeldt furnace—Chimneys—Depositing chambers.

pp. 100-108

CHAPTER IX

MOTOR POWER AND ITS TRANSMISSION

Water and steam power—Waterless power plant described—Oil engines—Electric transmission—Advantages of electric power—Its possibilities.

pp. 109-112

CHAPTER X

COMPANY FORMATION AND OPERATIONS

Mining becoming a scientific business—Initial mistakes in public companies—Self-styled mining experts—How articles of association are compiled—How directors and officials are chosen—The usual consequences—Remedies—State inspectors—Certificates for mine managers—Directors—Specialists in various branches advisable—Qualifications of mine managers—Economic advantages of co-operation—Joint central extraction works—Folly of adopting untried new processes without full knowledge—Pertinent quotation—Warning to directors—Robbing mills—How prevented—Conclusion.

pp. 113-126

CHAPTER XI

RULES OF THUMB

Living places—A bush bed—Northern Territory hammock—Purifying water—To obtain water from roots—An effective filter—Canvas water-bag—Medicine case—Producing fire—To copy correspondence—Simple telegraphic code—A serviceable soap—To cross a flooded stream—To make a hide bucket—To make a “slush lamp”.

pp. 127-139

CHAPTER XII

RULES OF THUMB

(MINING APPLIANCES AND METHODS)

A temporary forge—Making charcoal—Rough smelting on the mine—Misfires in blasting—To prevent loss of rich specimens in blasting—Simple retorting of small quantities of amalgam—Simple mode of ascertaining nominal H.-P. of engine—Scaling copper plates—How to supply mercury and water to mortar-boxes—Power for mills—To avoid loss in cleaning up—Iron extractor—To silver copper plates—How to make a dolly, rough windlass, puddler—A makeshift pump—Squeezing amalgam—Sluice plates—Measuring inaccessible distances—To set out a right angle with tape—Simple levelling instruments—Levelling by aneroid barometer—To determine heights—To find depth of shaft—Plan for re-using water—Cooling compound for heated bearing—Cleaning greasy plummer blocks—An excellent anti-friction compound—To clean brass—A solvent for rust—To protect iron and steel from rust—To keep machinery from rusting—Fire-lute—Rope-splicing.

pp. 140-166

APPENDIX

1. SELECTED DATA FOR MINING MEN.

To find lost part of a vein—Calculation of ore reserves—Hydraulics—Boring—Durability of ropes—Diamond drilling—Notes on timber—Laying out areas—Mensuration—Mine surveying problems—Rainfall—Belting notes—Weight and bulk of materials—Chemical elements and their symbols, &c.—Common names of chemical substances—Thermometer readings—Freezing, fusing, and boiling points—Heat values of fuels—Signs and symbols used in expressing formulas—Weights and measures—To find contents of a tank—Sizes and weights of corrugated iron sheets—Thickness and weight of sheet iron—Qualities of ropes—Atmosphere—Fresh and salt water—Velocity of falling fluids—Pressure of water—Table of squares and cubes, and their roots—Wages and interest tables.

pp. 167-193

2. AUSTRALASIAN MINING REGULATIONS pp. 194-201

INDEX pp. 203-206

GETTING GOLD

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

Gold is a name to charm by. It is desired by all nations, and is the one metal the supply of which never exceeds the demand. Some one has aptly said, “Gold is the most potent substance on the surface of our planet.” Tom Hood sings:

Gold, gold, gold, gold!

Bright and yellow, hard and cold;

Molten, graven, hammered, rolled,

Heavy to get, and light to hold;

Stolen, borrowed, squandered, doled.

That this much appreciated metal is heavy to get is proved by the high value which has been placed on it from times remote to date, and that it is light to hold most of us know to our cost.

We read no farther than the second chapter in the Bible when we find mention of gold. There Moses speaks of “the land of Havilah, where there is gold”; and in Genesis, chapter xxiv., we read that Abraham’s servant gave Rebekah an earring of half a shekel weight, say 4 dwt. 13 grs., and “two bracelets of ten shekels weight,” or about 4½ ozs. Then throughout the Scriptures, and, indeed, in all historic writings, we find frequent mention of the king of metals, and always it is spoken of as a commodity highly prized.

I have sometimes thought, however, that either we are mistaken in the weights used by the Hebrew nation in early days, or that the arithmetic of those times was not quite “according to Cocker.” We read, I. Kings x. and xli., that Solomon in one year received no less than six hundred and three score and six talents of gold. If a talent of gold was, as has been assumed, 3000 shekels of 219 grains each, the value of the golden treasure accumulated in this one year by the Hebrew king would have been £3,646,350 sterling. Considering that the only means of “getting gold” in those days was a most primitive mode of washing it from river sands, or a still more difficult and laborious process of breaking the quartz from the lode without proper tools or explosives, and then slowly grinding it by hand labour between two stones, the amount mentioned is truly enormous.

Of this treasure the Queen of Sheba, who came to visit the Hebrew monarch, contributed a hundred and twenty talents, or, say, £600,000 worth. Where the Land of Ophir, whence this golden lady came, was really situated has evoked much controversy, but there is now a general opinion that Ophir was on the east coast of Africa, somewhere near Delagoa Bay, in the neighbourhood of the Limpopo and Sabia rivers. It should be mentioned that the name of the “black but comely” queen was Sabia, which may or may not be a coincidence, but it is certainly true that the rivers of this district have produced gold from prehistoric times till now.

The discovery of remarkable ruins in the newly acquired province of Mashonaland, which evince a high state of civilisation in the builders, may throw some light on this interesting subject.

The principal value of gold is as a medium of exchange, and its high appreciation is due, first, to the fact that it is in almost universal request; and, secondly, to its comparative scarcity; yet, oddly enough, with the exception of that humble but serviceable metal iron, gold is the most widely distributed metal known. Few, if any, countries do not possess it, and in most parts of the world, civilised and uncivilised, it is mined for and brought to market. The torrid, temperate, and frigid zones are almost equally auriferous. Siberia, mid-Asia, most parts of Europe, down to equatorial and southern Africa in the Old World, and north, central, and southern America, with Australasia, in what may be termed the New World, are all producers of gold in payable quantities.

In the earlier ages, the principal source of the precious metal was probably Africa, which has always been prolific in gold. To this day there are to be seen in the southern provinces of Egypt excavations and the remains of old mine buildings and appliances left by the ancient gold-miners, who were mostly State prisoners. Some of these mines were worked by the Pharaohs of, and before, the time of Moses; and in these dreadful places thousands of Israelites were driven to death by the taskmaster’s whip. Amongst the old appliances is one cut out of stone very similar to the amalgamating, or blanket-table, of a modern quartz mill (see p. 79).

The grinding was done between stones, and possibly by means of such primitive mechanism as is used to-day by the natives of Korea.

Fig. 1. Korean Mill.

The Korean Mill is simply a large hard stone shaped as in Fig. 1, to which a rocking motion is given by manual power by means of the bamboo handles while the ore is crushed between the upper and basement stone.

Solomon says “there is no new thing under the sun”; certainly there is much that is not absolutely new in appliances for gold extraction. I lately learned that the principle of one of our newest concentrating machines, the Frue vanner, was known in India and the East centuries ago; and we have it on good authority—that of Pliny—that gold saving by amalgamation with mercury was practised before the Christian era. It will not be surprising then if, ere long, some one claims to have invented the Korean Mill, with improvements.

Few subjects in mineralogical science have evoked more controversy than the origin of gold. In the Middle Ages, and, indeed, down to the time of that great philosopher, Sir Isaac Newton, who was himself bitten with the craze, it was widely believed that, by what was known as transmutation, the baser metals might be changed to gold; and much time and trouble were expended in attempts to make gold—needless to say without the desired result. Doubtless, however, many valuable additions to chemical science, and also some useful metallic alloys, were thus discovered.

The latest startling statement on this subject comes from, of course, the wonderland of the world, America. In a recently published journal it is said that a scientific metallurgist there has succeeded in producing absolutely pure gold, which stands all tests, from silver. Needless to say, if this were true, at all events the much vexed bi-metallic question would be solved at once and for all time.

It is now admitted by all specialists that the royal metal, though differing in material respects in its mode of occurrence from its useful but more plebeian brethren of the mineral kingdom, has yet been deposited under similar conditions from mineral salts held in solution.

The first mode of obtaining this much desired metal was doubtless by washing the sand of rivers which flowed through auriferous strata. Some of these, such as the Lydian stream, Pactolus, were supposed to renew their golden stores miraculously each year. What really happened was that the winter floods detached portions of auriferous drift from the banks, which, being disintegrated by the rush and flow of the water, would naturally deposit in the still reaches and eddies any gold that might be contained therein.

The mode of washing was exactly that carried on by the natives in some districts of Africa to-day. A wooden bowl was partly filled with auriferous sand and mud, and, standing knee-deep in the stream, the operator added a little water, and caused the contents of the bowl to take a circular motion, somewhat as the modern digger does with his tin dish, with this difference, that his ancient prototype allowed the water and lighter particles to escape over the rim as he swirled the stuff round and round. I presume, in finishing the operation, he collected the golden grains by gently lapping the water over the reduced material, much as we do now.

I have already spoken of the mode in which auriferous lode-stuff was treated in early times—i.e., by grinding between stones. This is also practised in Africa to-day, and we have seen that the Koreans, with Mongolian acuteness, have gone a step farther, and pulverise the quartz by rocking one stone on another. In South America the arrastra is still used, which is simply the application of horse or mule power to the stone-grinding process, with use of mercury.

The principal sources of the gold supply of the modern world have been, first, South America, Transylvania in Europe, Siberia in Asia, California in North America, and Australia. Africa has always produced gold from time immemorial.

The later development in the Johannesburg district, Transvaal, which has absorbed so many millions of English capital, is now, after much difficulty and disappointment—thanks to British pluck and skill—producing splendidly. The yield for 1898 was 4,295,609, and for 1903 2,859,477 ounces—a yield never before equalled by lode-mining from one field.

In the year 1847 gold was discovered in California, at Sutor’s sawmill, Sacramento Valley, where, on the water being cut off, yellow specks and small nuggets were found in the tail race. The enormous “rush” which followed is a matter of history and the subject of many romances, though the truth has, in this instance, been stranger than fiction.

The yield of the precious metal in California since that date up to 1888 amounts to £256,000,000.

Following close on the American discovery came that of Australia, the credit of which has usually been accorded to Hargraves, a returned Californian digger, who washed out payable gold at Lewis Ponds Creek, near Bathurst, in 1851. But there is now no reason to doubt that gold had previously been discovered in several parts of that great island continent. It may be news to many that the first gold mine worked in Australia was opened about twelve miles from Adelaide city, S.A., in the year 1848. This mine was called the Victoria; several of the Company’s scrip are preserved in the Public Library; but some two years previous to this a man named Edward Proven had found gold in the same neighbourhood.

Most Governments nowadays encourage in every possible way the discovery of gold-fields, and rewards ranging from hundreds to thousands of pounds are given to successful prospectors of new auriferous districts. The reward the New South Wales authorities meted out to a wretched convict, who early in this century had dared to find gold, was a hundred lashes vigorously laid on to his already excoriated back. The man then very naturally admitted that the alleged discovery was a fraud, and that the nugget produced was a melted down brass candlestick. One might have imagined that even in those unenlightened days it would not have been difficult to find a scientist sufficiently well informed to put a little nitric acid on the supposed nugget, and so determine whether it was the genuine article, without skinning a live man first to ascertain. My belief is that the unfortunate fellow really found gold, but, as Mr. Deas Thompson, the then Colonial Secretary, afterwards told Hargraves in discouraging his reported discovery, “You must remember that as soon as Australia becomes known as a gold-producing country it is utterly spoiled as a receptacle for convicts.”

This, then, was the secret of the unwillingness of the authorities to encourage the search for gold, and it is after all due to the fact that the search was ultimately successful beyond all precedent, that Australia has been for so many years relieved of the curse of convictism, and has ceased once and for all to be a depôt for the scoundrelism of Britain—“Hurrah for the bright red gold!”

From the year 1851 to 1897 the value of the gold raised in the Australasian colonies realised the enormous amount of nearly £550,000,000. One cannot help wondering where it all goes.

Mulhall gives the existing money of the world at 2437 million pounds, of which 846 millions are paper, 801 millions silver, and 790 millions gold. From 1830 to 1880 the world consumed by melting down plate, &c., 4230 tons of silver more than it mined. From 1800 to 1870 the value of gold was about 15½ times that of silver. From 1870 to 1880 it was 16·7 times the value of silver and now exceeds it over twenty times. In 1700 the world had 301 million pounds of money, and in 1860, 1180 million pounds sterling. In 1894 the current gold was worth about £800,000,000.

The gold first worked for in Australia, as in other places, was of course alluvial, by which is usually understood loose gold in nuggets, specks, and dust, lying in drifts which were once the beds of long extinct streams and rivers, or possibly the moraines of glaciers, as in New Zealand.

Further on the differences will be mentioned between “alluvial” and “reef” or lode gold, for that there is a difference in origin in many occurrences, is, I think, provable. I hold, and hold strongly, that true alluvial gold is not always derived from the disintegration of lodes or reefs. For instance, the “Welcome Nugget” certainly never came from a reef. No such mass of gold, or anything approaching it, has ever yet been taken from a quartz matrix. It was found at Bakery Hill, Ballarat, in 1858, weight 2195 ozs., and sold for £10,500. This was above its actual value.

The “Welcome Stranger,” a still larger mass of gold, was found amongst the roots of a tree at Dunolly, Victoria, in 1869, by two starved out “fossickers” named Deeson and Oates. The weight of this, the largest authenticated nugget ever found, was 2268½ ozs., and it was sold for £10,000, but it was rendered useless as a specimen by the finders, who spent a night burning it to remove the adhering quartz.

But the ordinary digger neither hopes nor expects to unearth such treasures as these. He is content to gather together by means of puddling machine, cradle, long tom, or even puddling tub and tin dish, the scales, specks, dust, and occasional small nuggets ordinarily met with in alluvial “washes.”

Having sunk to the “wash,” or “drift,” the digger, by means of one or more of the appliances mentioned above, proceeds to separate the gold from the clay and gravel in which it is found. Of course in large alluvial claims, where capital is employed, such appliances are superseded by steam puddlers, buddles, and other machinery, and sometimes mercury is used to amalgamate the gold when very fine. Hydraulicing is the cheapest form of alluvial mining, but can only be profitably carried out where extensive drifts, which can be worked as quarry faces, and unlimited water exist in the same neighbourhood. When such conditions obtain a few grains of gold to the yard or ton will pay handsomely.

Fig. 2. Lode Formation in Slate and Sandstone.

Lode, or reef mining, is a more expensive and complicated process, requiring much skill and capital. First, let me explain what a lode really is. The American term is “ledge,” and it is not inappropriate or inexpressive. Imagine then a ledge, or kerbstone, continuing to unknown depths in the earth at any angle varying from perpendicular to nearly horizontal. This kerbstone is totally distinct from the rocks which enclose it; those on one side may be slate, on the other, sandstone (Fig. 2); but the lode, separated usually by a small band of soft material known to miners as “casing,” or “fluccan,” preserves always an independent existence, and in many instances is practically bottomless so far as human exploration is concerned.

There are, however, reefs or lodes which are not persistent in depth. Sometimes the lode formation is found only in the upper and newer strata, and cuts out when, say, the basic rocks (such as granite, &c.) are reached. Again, there is a form of lode known among miners as a “gash” vein (Fig. 3). It is sometimes met with in the older crystalline slates, particularly when the lode runs conformably with the cleavage of the rock.

Fig. 3. Gash Vein.

Much ignorance is displayed on the subject of lode formation and the deposition of metals therein, even by mining men of long experience. Many still insist that lodes, particularly those containing gold, are of igneous origin, and point to the black and brown ferro-manganic outcrops in confirmation. It must be admitted that often the upper portions of a lode present a strong appearance of fire agency, but exactly the same appearance can be caused by oxidation of iron and manganese in water.

It may now be accepted as a proven fact that no true lode has been formed, or its metals deposited except by aqueous action. That is to say, the bulk of the lode and all its metalliferous contents were once held in solution in subterranean waters, which were ejected by geysers or simply filtered into fissures formed either by the shrinkage of the earth’s crust in process of cooling or by volcanic force.

It is not contended that the effect of the internal fires had no influence on the formation of metalliferous veins, indeed, it is certain that they had, but the action was what is termed hydro-thermal (hot water); and such action we may see in progress to-day in New Zealand, where hot springs stream or spout above the surface, when the silica and lime impregnated water, reduced in heat and released from pressure, begins forthwith to deposit the minerals previously held in solution. Hence the formation of the wondrous White and Pink Terraces, destroyed by volcanic action some sixteen years since, which grew almost while you watched. So rapidly was the silica deposited that a dead beetle or ti-tree twig left in the translucent blue water for a few days became completely coated and petrified.

Gold differs in its mode of occurrence from other metals in many respects; but there is no doubt that it was once held in aqueous solution and deposited in its metallic form by electro-chemical action. It is true we do not find oxides, carbonates, or bromides of gold in Nature, nor can we feel quite sure that gold now exists naturally as a sulphide, chloride, or silicate, though the presumption is strongly that it does. If so, the deposition of the gold may be ceaselessly progressing.

Generally reef gold is finer as to size of the particles, and, as a rule, inferior in quality to alluvial. Thus, in addition to the extra labour entailed in breaking into one of the hardest of rocks, quartz, the madre de oro (“mother of gold”) of the Spaniards, there is the additional labour required to pulverise the rock so as to set free the tiniest particles of the noble metal it so jealously guards. There is also the additional difficult operation of saving and gathering together these small specks, and so producing the massive cakes and bars of gold in their marketable state.

Having found payable gold in quartz on the surface, the would-be miner has next to ascertain two things. First, the strike or course of the lode; and secondly, its underlie, or dip. The strike, or course, is the direction of the lode lengthwise.

In Australia the term “underlie” is used to designate the angle from the perpendicular at which the lode lies in its enclosing rocks, and by “dip” the angle at which it dips or inclines lengthwise on its course. Thus, at one point the cap of a lode may appear on the surface, and some distance further the cap may be hundreds of feet below. Usually a shaft is sunk in the “reef” to prove the underlie, and a level, or levels, driven on the course to ascertain its direction underground, also if the gold extends, and if so, how far. This being proved, next a vertical shaft is sunk on the hanging or upper wall side, and the reef is either tapped thereby, or a cross-cut driven to intersect it.

We will now assume that our miners have found their lode payable, and have some hundreds of tons of good gold-bearing stone in sight or at the surface. They must next provide a reducing plant.

Of means for crushing or triturating quartz there is no lack, and every year gives us fresh inventions for the purpose, each one better than that which preceded it, according to its inventor. Most practical men, however, prefer to continue the use of the stamper battery, which is virtually a pestle and mortar on a large scale. Why we adhere to this form of pulverising machine is that, though somewhat wasteful of power, it is easily understood, its wearing parts are cheaply and expeditiously replaced, and it is so strong that even the most perversely stupid workman cannot easily break it or put it out of order.

The stone, being pounded into sand of such degree of fineness as the gold requires, passes through a perforated iron plate called a “grating,” or “screen,” on to an inclined surface of copper plates faced with mercury, having small troughs, or “riffles,” containing mercury, placed at certain distances apart.

The crushed quartz is carried over these copper “tables,” as they are termed, thence over the blanket tables—that is, inclined planes covered with coarse serge, blankets, or other flocculent material—so that the heavy particles may be caught in the hairs, or is passed over vanners or concentrating machines. The resulting “concentrates,” consisting for the most part of sulphides of iron, copper, and lead, are washed off from time to time and reserved for secondary treatment.

First, they are roasted to get rid of the sulphur, arsenic, &c., which would interfere with the amalgamation or lixiviation, and then either ground to impalpable fineness in one of the many triturating pans with mercury, or treated by chlorine or cyanogen.

If, however, we are merely amalgamating, then at stated periods the battery and pans are cleared out, the amalgam rubbed or scraped from the copper plates and raised from the troughs and riffles. It is then squeezed through chamois leather, or good calico will do as well, and retorted in a large iron retort, the nozzle of which is kept in water so as to convert the mercurial vapour again to the metallic form. The result is a spongy cake of gold, which is either sold as “retorted” gold or smelted into bars.

The other and more scientific methods of extracting the precious metal from its matrices, such as lixiviation or leaching, by means of solvents (chlorine, cyanogen, hyposulphite of soda, &c), will be more fully described further on.

CHAPTER II

GOLD PROSPECTING—ALLUVIAL AND GENERAL

It is purposed in this chapter to deal specially with the operation of searching for valuable mineral by individuals or small working parties.

It is well known that much disappointment and loss accrue through lack of knowledge by prospectors, who with all their enterprise and energy are often very ignorant, not only of the probable locality, mode of occurrence, and widely differing appearance of the various valuable minerals, but also of the best means of locating and testing the ores when found. It is for the information of such as these that this chapter is mainly intended, not for scientists or miners of large experience.

All of us who have had much to do with mining know that the majority of the best mineral finds have been made by the purest accident; often by men who had no mining knowledge whatever; and that many valuable discoveries have been delayed, or, when made, abandoned as not payable, from the same cause—ignorance of the rudiments of mineralogy and mining. I have frequently been asked by prospectors, when inspecting new mineral fields, what rudimentary knowledge will be most useful to them and how it can be best obtained.

If a man can spare the time a course of lessons at some accredited school of mines will be, undoubtedly, the best possible training; but if he asks what books he should read in order to obtain some primary technical instruction, I reply: First, an introductory text-book of geology, which will tell him in the simplest and plainest language all he absolutely requires to know on this important subject. Every prospector should understand elementary geology so far as general knowledge of the history of the structure of the earth’s crust and of the several actions that have taken place in the past, or are now in operation, modifying its conditions. He may with advantage go a few steps further and learn to classify the various formations into systems, groups, and series: but he can acquire all that he need absolutely know from this useful little 2s. 6d. book. Next, it is advisable to learn something about the occurrence and appearance of the valuable minerals and the formations in which they are found. For all practical purposes I can recommend Cox and Ratte’s “Mines and Minerals,” one of the Technical Education series of New South Wales, which deals largely with the subject from an Australian standpoint, and is therefore particularly valuable to the Australian miner, but which will be found applicable to most other gold-bearing countries. I must not, however, omit to mention an admirably compiled multum in parvo volume prepared by Mr. G. Goyder, jun., Government Assayer and Assay Instructor at the School of Mines, Adelaide. It is called the “Prospectors’ Pocketbook,” costs only one shilling, is well bound, and of handy size to carry. In brief, plain language it describes how a man, having learned a little of assaying, may cheaply provide himself with a portable assay plant, and fluxes, and also gives considerable general information on the subject of minerals, their occurrence and treatment.[1]

[1] Another excellent and really practical book is Prof. Cole’s “Practical Aids in Geology” (second edition), 10s. 6d.

It may here be stated that twenty-one years ago the author did a large amount of practical silver assaying on the Barrier Hill, which was not then so accessible a place as it is now, and got closely correct results from a number of different mines, with an extemporised plant almost amusing in its simplicity. All I took from Adelaide were a small set of scales capable of determining the weight of a button down to 20 ozs. to the ton, a piece of cheese cloth to make a screen or sieve, a tin ring 1½ in. diameter, by ½ in. high, a small brass door knob to use as a cupel mould, and some powdered borax, carbonate of soda, and argol for fluxes; while for reducing lead I had recourse to the lining of a tea-chest, which lead contains no silver—John Chinaman takes good care of that. My mortar was a jam tin, without top or bottom, placed on an anvil; the pestle a short steel drill. The blacksmith at Mundi Mundi Station made me a small wrought iron crucible, also a pair of bent tongs from a piece of fencing-wire. The manager gave me a small common red flower pot for a muffle, and with the smith’s forge (the fire built round with a few blocks of talcose schist) for a furnace, my plant was complete. I burned and crushed bones to make my bone-dust for cupelling, and thus provided made nearly forty assays, some of which were afterwards checked in Adelaide, in each instance coming as close as check assays generally do. Nowadays one can purchase cheaply a very effective portable plant, or after a few lessons a man may by practice make himself so proficient with the blowpipe as to obtain assay results sufficiently accurate for most practical purposes.

Coming then to the actual work of prospecting. What the prospector requires to know is, first, the usual locality of occurrence of the more valuable minerals; secondly, their appearance; thirdly, a simple mode of testing. With respect to occurrence, the older sandy and clay slates, chlorite slates, micaceous, and hornblendic schists, particularly at or near their junction with the intrusive granite and diorite, generally form the most likely geological country for payable mineral lodes, particularly gold, silver and tin. But those who have been engaged in practical mining for long, finding by experience that no two mineral fields are exactly alike in all their characteristics, have come to the conclusion that it is unwise to form theories as to why metals should or should not be found in certain enclosing rocks or matrices. Some of the best reef gold got in Victoria has been obtained in dead white, milky-looking quartz almost destitute of base metal. In South Australia reef gold is almost invariably associated with iron, either an oxide, as “gossan;” or ferruginous calcite, “limonite;” or granular silica, conglomerated by iron, the “ironstone” which forms the capping or outcrop of many of our reefs, and which is often rich in gold.

But to show that it is unsafe to decide off-hand in what class of matrix metals will or will not be found, I may say that in my own experience I have seen payable gold in the following materials:—

Quartz, dense and milky, also in quartz of nearly every colour and appearance, saccharoidal, crystalline, nay, even in clear glass-like six-sided prismatic crystals, and associated with silver, copper, lead, arsenic, iron as sulphide, oxide, carbonate, and tungstate, antimony, bismuth, nickel, zinc, lead, and other metals in one form or another; in slate, quartzite, mica schist, granite, diorite, porphyry, felsite, calcite, dolomite, common carbonate of iron, siliceous sinter from a hot spring, as at Mount Morgan; as alluvial gold in drifts formed of almost all these materials; and once, perhaps the most curious matrix of all, a small piece of apparently alluvial gold, naturally imbedded in a shaly piece of coal. This specimen, I think, is in the Sydney Museum. One thing, however, the prospector may make sure of: he will always find gold more or less intimately associated with silica (quartz) in one or other of its many forms, just as he will always find cassiterite (oxide of tin) in the neighbourhood of granite containing muscovite (white mica), which so many people will persist in terming talc. It is stated to be a fact that tin has never been found more than about two miles from such granite.

From what has been said of its widely divergent occurrence, it will be admitted that the Cornish miners’ saying with regard to metals generally applies with great force to gold: “Where it is, there it is”: and “Cousin Jack” adds, with pathetic emphasis, “and where it is generally, there I ain’t.”

I have already spoken of the geological “country rock” in which reef gold is most likely to be discovered—i.e., the junction of the slates and schists with the igneous or metamorphic (altered) rocks, or in this vicinity. Old river beds formed of gravelly drifts in the same neighbourhood may probably contain alluvial gold, or shallow deposit of “wash,” or hillsides and valleys will often carry good surface gold. This is sometimes due to the denudation, or wearing away, of the hills containing quartz veins—that is, where the alluvial gold really was derived from such veins, which, popular opinion to the contrary, is not always the case.

Much disappointment and loss of time and money would often be prevented if prospectors would realise that all alluvial gold does not come from the quartz veins or reefs; and that following up an alluvial lead, no matter how rich, will not inevitably develop a payable gold lode. Sometimes gold, evidently of reef origin, is found in the alluvial; but in that case it is generally fine as regards the size of the particles, more or less sharp-edged, or crystalline in form if recently shed; while such gold is often of poorer quality than the true alluvial which occurs in mammillary (breast-like) nuggets, and is of a higher degree of purity as gold.

The ordinary non-scientific digger will do well to give credence to this view of the case, and will often thereby save himself much useless trouble. Sometimes also the alluvial gold, coarser in size than true reef-born alluvial, is derived almost in situ from small quartz “leaders,” or veins, which the grinding down of the face of the slates has exposed; these leaders in time being also broken and worn, set free the gold they have contained, which does not, as a rule, travel far, but sometimes becomes waterworn by the rubbing over it of the disintegrated fragments of rock.

But the heavy, true alluvial gold, in great pure masses, mammillary, or botryoidal (like a bunch of grapes) in shape, have assuredly been formed by accretion on some metallic base, from gold salts in solution, probably chloride, possibly sulphide or silicate.

Nuggets, properly so-called, are never found in quartz lodes; but, as will be shown later, a true nugget having all the characteristics of so-called waterworn alluvial may be artificially formed on a small piece of galena, or pyrites, by suspending the base metal in the loop of a thread in a weak solution of chloride of gold in which a few hard-wood chips are thrown.

Prospecting for alluvial gold at shallow depths is a comparatively easy process, requiring no great amount of technical knowledge. Usually the first gold is got at or near the surface and then traced to deep leads, if such exist.

At Mount Brown Gold-field, N.S.W., in 1881, I saw claimholders turning out to work equipped only with a small broom made of twigs and a tin dish. With the broom they carefully swept out the crevices of the decomposed slate as it was exposed on the surface, and putting the resulting dust and fragments into the tin dish proceeded to dry blow it.

In “dry blowing” the operator takes the dish about half full of dirt, and standing with his back or side to the wind, if there be any, begins throwing the stuff up and catching it, or sometimes slowly pouring it from one dish to another, the wind in either case carrying away the finer particles. He then proceeds to reduce the quantity by carefully extracting the larger fragments of rock, till eventually he has only a handful or so of moderately fine “dirt” which contains any gold there may be. If in good sized nuggets it is picked out, if in smaller pieces or fine grains the digger slowly blows the sand and dust aside with his breath, leaving the gold exposed. This process is both tedious and unhealthy, and of course can only be carried out with very dry surface dirt. The material in which the gold occurred at Mount Brown was composed of broken slate and alluvium with a few angular fragments of quartz. Yet, strange to say, the gold always had a waterworn appearance, probably due to erosion by drifting sand as is so often the case in Westralian so-called alluvial.

Fig. 4. Puddling Tub.

Dry blowing is now much in vogue on the West Australian fields owing to the scarcity of water; but the great objection is first, the large amount of dust the unfortunate dry blower has to carry about his person, and secondly, that the peck of dirt which is supposed to last most men a lifetime has to be made a continuous meal of every day.

Plate I.—Tub Puddling

For wet alluvial prospecting the appliances, besides pick and shovel, are puddling tub (Fig. 4 and Pl. I.), tin dish, and cradle (Fig. 5 and Pl. II.); the latter, a man handy with tools can easily make for himself.

Fig. 5. Sectional Sketch of Cradle.

In sinking, the digger should be careful (1) to avoid making his shaft inconveniently small, and (2) not to waste his energy by sinking a huge “new chum” hole, which usually starts by being about three times too large for the requirements at the surface, but narrows in like a funnel at 10 feet or less. A shaft, say 4 feet by 2 feet 6 inches and sunk plumb, the ends being half rounded, is large enough for all requirements to a considerable depth, though I have seen smart men, when they were in a hurry to reach the drift, get down in a shaft even less in size.

The novice who is trying to follow or to find a deep lead must fully understand that the present bed of the surface river may not, in fact seldom does, indicate the ancient watercourses long since buried either by volcanic or diluvial action, which contain the rich auriferous deposits for which he is seeking; and much judgment and considerable underground exploration are often required to decide on the true course of leads. Only by a careful consideration of all the geological surroundings can an approximate idea be obtained from surface inspection alone; and the whole probable conditions which led to the present contour of the country must be carefully taken into account.

How am I to know true bottom when I see it? asks the inexperienced digger. Well, nothing but long experience and intelligent observation will prevent mistakes at times, particularly in deep ground; but as a general rule, though it may sound paradoxical, you may know the bottom by the top.

That is, we will assume you are sinking in, say, 10 to 12 feet ground in a gully on the bank of which the country rock is exposed, and is, say, for instance, a clay slate or sandy slate set at a certain angle; then, in all probability—unless there be a distinct fault or change in the country rock between the slate outcrop and your shaft—the bottom will be a similar slate, standing at the same angle; and this will very probably be overlaid by a deposit of pipeclay, formed by the decomposition of the slates.

From the crevices of these slates, sometimes penetrating to a considerable distance, you may get gold, but it is a useless attempt to sink through them. If the outcropping strata be a soft calcareous (limey) sandstone or soft felspathic rock, and that be also the true “bottom,” great care should be exercised, or one is apt to sink through the bed rock, which may be very loose and decomposed. I have known mistakes made in this way when many feet have been sunk, and driven through what was actually bed rock, though so soft as to deceive even men of experience. The formation, however, must be the guide, and except in some specially difficult cases, a man can soon tell when he is really on bed rock or “bottom.”

On an alluvial lead the object of every one is to “get on the gutter,” that is, to reach the lowest part of the old underground watercourse, through which for centuries the gold may have been accretionising from the percolation of the mineral-impregnated water; or, when derived from reefs or broken down leaders, the flow of water has acted as a natural sluice wherein the gold is therefore most thickly collected. Sometimes the lead runs for miles and is of considerable width, at others it is irregular, and the gold-bearing “gutter” small and hard to find. In many instances, for reasons not readily apparent, the best gold is not found exactly at the lowest portion of these narrow gutters, but a little way up the sides. This fact should be taken into consideration in prospecting new ground, for many times a claim has been deserted after cleaning up the “bottom,” and another man has got far better gold considerably higher up on the sides of the gutter. For shallow alluvial deposits, where a man quickly works out his 30 by 30 feet claim, it may be cheaper at times to “paddock” the whole ground—that is, take all away from surface to bottom, but if he is in wet ground and he has to drive, great care should be taken to properly secure the roof by means of timber. How this may best be done the local circumstances only can decide. In loose or treacherous ground careful attention should be given to timbering, i.e., securing the ground to prevent caving in.

Plate II.—Cradling

CHAPTER III

LODE OR REEF PROSPECTING

The preceding chapter dealt more especially with prospecting as conducted on alluvial fields. I shall now treat of preliminary mining on lodes or “reefs.”

As has already been stated, the likeliest localities for the occurrence of metalliferous deposits are at or near the junction of the older sedimentary formations with the igneous or intrusive rocks, such as granites, diorites, &c. In searching for payable lodes, whether of gold, silver, copper, or even tin in some forms of occurrence, the indications are often very similar. The first prospecting is usually done on the hilltops or ridges, because, owing to denudation by ice or water which have bared the bedrock, the outcrops are there more exposed, and thence the lodes are followed down through the alluvial covered plains, partly by their “strike” or “trend,” and sometimes by other indicating evidences, which the practical miner has learned to know.

For instance, a lesson in tracing the lode in a grass covered country was taught me many years ago by an old prospector who had struck good gold in the reef at a point some distance to the east of what had been considered the true course. I asked him why he had opened the ground at that particular place. Said he, “Some folks don’t use their eyes. You stand here and look towards that claim on the rise where the reef was last struck. Now, don’t you see there is almost a track betwixt here and there where the grass and herbage is more withered than on either side? Why? Well, because the hard quartz lode is close to the surface all the way, and there is no great depth of soil to hold the moisture and make the grass grow.”

I have found this simple lesson in practical prospecting of use since. But the strike or course of a quartz reef is more often indicated by outcrops, either of the silica itself or ironstone “blows,” as the miners call them, but the term is a misnomer, as it argues the easily disproved igneous theory of veins of ejection, meaning thereby that the quartz with its metalliferous contents was thrown out in a molten state from the interior of the earth. This has in no case occurred, and the theory is an impossible one. True lodes are veins of injection formed by the infiltration of silicated waters carrying the metals also in solution. This water filled the fissures caused either by the cooling of the earth’s crust, or formed by sudden upheavals of the igneous rocks.

Sometimes in alluvial ground the trend of the reef will be revealed by a track of quartz fragments, more or less thickly distributed on the surface and through the superincumbent soil. Follow these, and at some point, if the lode be continuous, a portion of its solid mass will generally be found to protrude and can then again be prospected.

There is no rule as to the trend or strike of lodes, except that a greater number are found taking a northerly and southerly course than one which is easterly and westerly. At all events, such is the case in Australia, but it cannot be said that either has the advantage in being more productive. Some of the richest mines in Australasia have been in lodes running easterly and westerly, while gold, tin, and copper, in great quantity and of high percentage to the ton, have been got in such mines as Mount Morgan, Mount Bischoff, and the Burra, which contain no lodes properly so-called.

Mount Morgan is the richest and most productive gold mine in Australasia and amongst the best in the world.

Its yield for 1895 was 128,699 oz. of gold, valued at £528,700. Dividends paid in 1895, £300,000.

This mine was opened in 1886. Up to May 31, 1897, the total yield was 1,631,981 ozs. of gold, sold at £6,712,187, from which £4,400,000 have been paid in dividends. (See Mining Journal, for Oct. 9, 1897).

Mount Morgan shareholders have, in other words, divided over 43½ tons of standard gold.

The Burra Burra copper mine, about 100 miles from Adelaide, in a direction a little to the east of north, was found in 1845 by a shepherd named Pickett. It is singularly situated on bald hills standing 130 ft. above the surrounding country. The ores obtained from this mine have been chiefly red oxides, very rich blue and green carbonates, including malachite, and also native copper. The discovery of this mine, supporting, as it did at one time a large population, marked a new era in the history of the colony. The capital invested in it was £12,320 in £5 shares, and no subsequent call was ever made upon the shareholders. The total amount paid in dividends was £800,000. After being worked by the original owners for some years the mine was sold to a new company, but during the last few years it has not been worked, owing in some degree to the low price of copper and also to the fact that the deposit originally operated upon apparently became exhausted. For many years the average yield was from 10,000 to 13,000 tons of ore, averaging 22 to 23 per cent. of copper. It is stated that, during the twenty-nine and a half years in which the mine was worked, the company expended £2,241,167 in general expenses. The output of ore during the same period amounted to 234,648 tons, equal to 51,622 tons of copper. This, at the average price of copper, amounted to a money value of £4,749,224. The mine stopped working in 1877.

Mount Bischoff, Tasmania, has produced, since the formation of the Company to December 1895, 47,263 tons of tin ore. It is still in full work and likely to be for years to come.

Each of these immense metalliferous deposits was found outcropping on the summit of a hill of comparatively low altitude. There are no true walls nor can the ore be traced away from the hill in lode form. These occurrences are generally held to be due to hydro-thermal or geyser action.

Then again lodes are often very erratic in their course. Slides and faults throw them far from their true line, and sometimes the lode is represented by a number of lenticular (double-pointed in section) masses of quartz of greater or less length, either continuing point to point or overlapping, “splicing,” as the miners call it (Fig. 6). Such formations are very common in West Australia. All this has to be considered and taken into account when tracing the run of stone.

Fig. 6. Lenticular Vein.

The tyro also must carefully remember that in rough country where the lode strikes across hills and valleys, the line of the cap or outcrop will apparently be very sinuous owing to the rises and depressions of the surface. Many people even now do not understand that true lodes or reefs are portions of rock or material differing from the surrounding and enclosing strata, and continuing down to unknown depths at varying angles. Therefore, if you have a north and south lode outcropping on a hill and crossing an east and west valley, the said lode, underlying east, when you have traced its outcrop to the lowest point in the valley, between the two hills, will be found to be a greater or less distance, according to the angle of its dip or underlie, to the east of the outcrop on the hill where it was first seen. If it be followed up the next hill it will come again to the west, the amount of apparent deviation being regulated by the height of the hills and depth of the valley.

A simple demonstration will make this plain. Take a piece of half-inch pine board, 2 ft. long and 9 in. wide, and imagine this to be a lode; now cut a half circle out of it from the upper edge with a fret saw and lean the board say at an angle of 45° to the left, look along the top edge, which you are to consider as the outcrop on the high ground, the bottom of the cut being the outcrop in the valley, and it will be seen that the lowest portion of the cut is some inches to the right; so it is with the lode, and in rough country very nice judgment is required to trace the true course.

For indications, never pass an ironstone “blow” without examination. Remember the pregnant Cornish saying with regard to mining and the current aphorism, “The iron hat covers the golden head.” “Cousin Jack,” put it “Iron rides a good horse.” The ironstone outcrop may cover a gold, silver, copper, or tin lode.

If you are searching for gold, the presence of the royal metal should be apparent on trial with the pestle and mortar; if silver, either by sight in one of its various forms or by assay, blowpipe or otherwise; copper will reveal itself by its peculiar colour, green or blue carbonates, red oxides, or metallic copper. It is an easy metal to prospect for, and its percentage is not difficult to determine approximately. Tin is more difficult to identify, as it varies so greatly in appearance.

Having found your lode and ascertained its course, you want next to ascertain its value. As a rule (and one which it will be well to remember) if you cannot find payable metal, particularly in gold “reef” prospecting, at or near the surface, it is not worth while to sink, unless, of course, you design to strike a shoot of metal which some one has prospected before you. The idea is exploded that auriferous lodes necessarily improve in value with depth. The fact is that the metal in any lode is not, as a rule, equally continuous in any direction, but occurs in shoots dipping at various angles in the length of the lode, in bunches or sometimes in horizontal layers. Nothing but actual exploiting with pick, powder, and brains, particularly brains, will determine this point.

Where there are several parallel lodes and a rich chute has been found in one and the length of the payable ore ascertained, the neighbouring lodes should be carefully prospected opposite to the rich spot, as often similar valuable deposits will thus be found. Having ascertained that you have, say, a gold reef payable at surface and for a reasonable distance along its course, you next want to ascertain its underlie or dip, and how far the payable gold goes down.

As a general thing in many parts of Australia—though by no means an inflexible rule—a reef running east of north and west of south will underlie east; if west of north and east of south it will go down to the westward and so round the points of the compass till you come to east and west; when if the strike of the lodes in the neighbourhood has come round from north-east to east and west the underlie will be to the south; if the contrary was the case, to the north. It is surprising how often this mode of occurrence will be found to obtain. But I cannot too strongly caution the prospector not to trust to theory but to prove his lode and his metal by following it down on the underlie. “Stick to your gold” is an excellent motto. As a general thing it is only when the lode has been proved by an underlie shaft to water level and explored by driving on its course for a reasonable distance that one need begin to think of vertical shafts and the scientific laying out of the mine.

A first prospecting shaft need not usually be more than 5 ft. by 3 ft. or even 5 ft. by 2 ft. 6 in., particularly in dry country. One may often see in hard country stupid fellows wasting time, labour, and explosives in sinking huge excavations as much as 10 ft. by 8 ft. in solid rock, sometimes following down 6 inches of quartz.

When your shaft is sunk a few feet, you should begin to log up the top for at least 3 ft. or 4 ft., so as to get a tip for your “mullock” and lode stuff. This is done by getting a number of logs, say 6 inches diameter, lay one 7 ft. log on each side of your shaft, cut two notches in it 6 ft. apart opposite the ends of the shaft, lay across it a 5 ft. log similarly notched, so making a frame like a large Oxford picture frame. Continue this by piling one set above another till the desired height is attained, and on the top construct a rough platform and erect your windlass (Fig. 7). If you have an iron handle and axle I need not tell you how to set up a windlass, but where timber is scarce you may put together the winding appliance described in the chapter headed “Rules of Thumb.”

Fig. 7. Double Windlass with Logged up Brace.

If you have “struck it rich” you will have the pleasure of seeing your primitive windlass grow to a “whip,” a “whim,” and eventually to a big powerful engine, with its huge drum and Eiffel tower-like “poppet heads” or “derrick,” with their great spindle pulley wheels revolving at dizzy speed high in air.

“How shall I know if I have payable gold so as to save time and trouble in sinking?” says the novice. Truly it is a most important part of the prospector’s art, whether he be searching for alluvial or reef gold or any other valuable metal.

I presume you know gold when you see it?

Plate III.—Whin.

If you don’t, and the doubtful particle is coarse enough, take a needle and stick the point into the questionable specimen. If gold the steel point will readily prick it; if pyrites or yellow mica the point will glance off or only scratch it.

The great importance of the first prospect from the reef is well shown by the breathless intensity with which the two bearded, bronzed pioneer prospectors in some trackless Australian wild bend over the pan in which the senior “mate” is slowly reducing the sample of powdered lode stuff. How eagerly they examine the last pinch of “black sand” in the corner of the dish. Prosperity and easy times, or poverty and more “hard graft” shall shortly be revealed in the last dexterous turn of the pan. Let us hope it is a “pay prospect.”

The learner, if he be far afield and without appliances of any kind, can only guess his prospect. An old prospector will judge from six ounces of lode stuff within a few pennyweights of what will be the yield of a ton. I have seen many a good prospect broken with the head of a pick and panned in a shovel, but for reef prospecting you should have a pestle and mortar. The handiest for travelling is a mortar made from a mercury bottle cut in half, and a not too heavy wrought iron pestle with a hardened face. To be particular you require a screen in order to get your stuff to regulated fineness. The best for the prospector, who is often on the move, is made from a piece of cheesecloth stretched over a small hoop.

If you would be more particular take a small spring balance or an improvised scale, such as is described in Mr. Goyder’s excellent little book, p. 14, which will enable you to weigh down to one-thousandth of a grain. It is often desirable to burn your stone before crushing, as it is thus more easily triturated and will reveal all its gold; but remember, that if it originally contained much pyrites, unless a similar course is adopted when treated in the battery, some of the gold will be lost in the pyrites.

Having crushed your gangue to a fine powder you proceed to pan it off in a similar manner to that of washing out alluvial earth, except that in prospecting quartz one has to be much more particular, as the gold is usually finer. The pan is taken in both hands, and enough water to cover the prospect by a few inches is admitted. The whole is then swirled round, and the dirty water poured off from time to time till the residue is clean quartz sand and heavy metal. Then the pan is gently tipped, and a side to side motion is given to it, thus causing the heavier contents to settle down in the “corner” or angle. Next the water is carefully lapped in over the side, the pan being now tilted at a greater angle until the lighter particles are all washed away. Nearly all the water is got rid of, and the pan is then once more righted, and the small amount of remaining water is passed over the pinch of heavy mineral a few times, when the gold will be revealed in a streak along the bottom. In this operation, as in all others, only practice will make perfect, and a few practical lessons are worth whole pages of written instruction.

To make an amalgamating assay that will prove the amount of gold which can be got from a ton of your lode, take a number of samples from different parts, both length and breadth. The drillings from the blasting bore-holes collected make the best test. When finely triturated weigh off one or two pounds, place in a black iron pan (it must not be tinned), with 4 ozs. of mercury, 4 ozs. salt, 4 ozs. soda, and about half a gallon of boiling water; then, with a stick, stir the pulp constantly, occasionally swirling the dish as in panning off, till you feel certain that every particle of the gangue has come in contact with the mercury; then carefully pan off into another dish so as to lose no mercury. Having got your amalgam clean squeeze it through a piece of chamois leather, though a good quality of new calico previously wetted will do as well. The resulting pill of hard amalgam can then be wrapped in a piece of brown paper, placed on an old shovel, and the mercury driven off over a hot fire; or a clay tobacco pipe, the mouth being stopped with clay, makes a good retort (see “Rules of Thumb,” pipe and potato retorting). The residue will be retorted gold, which, on being weighed and the result multiplied by 2240 for a 1 lb. assay, or by 1120 for 2 lb., will give the amount of gold per ton which an ordinary battery might be expected to save. Thus 1 grain to the pound, 2240 lbs. to the ton, would show that the stuff contained 4 oz. 13 dwt. 8 gr. per ton.

If there should be much base metal in your sample such as say stibnite (sulphide of antimony), a most troublesome combination to the amalgamator—instead of the formula mentioned above add to your mercury about one dwt. of zinc shavings or clippings, and to your water sufficient sulphuric acid to bring it to about the strength of vinegar (weaker, if anything, not stronger), place your material preferably in an earthenware or enamelled basin if procurable, but iron will do, and intimately mix by stirring and shaking till the mercury has taken up all it can. Retort as before described. This device is my own invention. Never use the same pan for mercury and for prospecting, as the mercury hides the gold by coating it.

The only genuine test after all is the battery, and that, owing to various causes, is often by no means satisfactory. First, there is a strong, almost unconquerable temptation to select the stone, thus making the testing of a few tons give an unduly high average; but more often the trouble is the other way. The stuff is sent to be treated at some inefficient battery with worn-out mortars, shaky foundations, and uneven tables, sometimes with the plates not half amalgamated, or coated with impurities, the whole concern superintended by a man who knows as little about the treatment of auriferous quartz by the amalgamating or any other process as a dingo does of the differential calculus. Result: 3 dwt. to the ton in the retort, 30 dwt. in the tailings, and a payable claim declared a “duffer.”

When the lode is really rich, particularly if it be carrying coarse gold, and owing to rough country, or distance, a good battery is not available, excellent results in a small way may be obtained by the somewhat laborious, but simple, process of “dollying.” A dolly is a one man power single stamp battery, or rather an extra sized pestle and mortar (see “Rules of Thumb,” p. 152).

Silver lodes and lodes which frequently carry more or less gold, are often found beneath the dark ironstone “blows,” composed of conglomerates held together by ferric and manganic oxides; or, where the ore is galena, the surface indications will frequently be a whitish limey track, sometimes extending for miles, and nodules or “slugs” of that ore will generally be found on the surface from place to place. Most silver ores are easily recognisable, and readily tested by means of the blowpipe or simple fire assay. Sometimes the silver on being tested is found to contain a considerable percentage of gold, as in the great Comstock lode in Nevada. Ore from the big Broken Hill silver lode, New South Wales, also contains an appreciable quantity of the more precious metal. A natural alloy of gold, termed electrum, contains 20 per cent. silver.

Tin, lode, and stream, or alluvial, occurs only as an oxide, termed cassiterite, and yet you can well appreciate the compliment one Cornish miner pays to another whose cleverness he wishes to commend, when he says of him, “Aw, he do knaw tin,” when you look at a representative collection of tin ores. In various shapes, from sharp-edged crystals to mammillary-shaped nuggets of wood-tin; from masses of 30 lbs. weight to a fine sand, like gunpowder, in colour black, brown, grey, yellow, red, ruby, white, and sometimes a mingling of several colours, it does require much judgment to know tin.

Stream tin is generally associated with alluvial gold. When such is the case both the gold and the tin can be saved, for the yellow metal is much heavier. As the tin ore is an oxide which is not susceptible to amalgamation, the gold can be readily separated by means of mercury.

Lode tin sometimes occurs in similar quartz veins to those in which gold is got, and is occasionally associated with gold. Tin is also found, as at Euriowie, in dykes, composed of quartz crystals and large scales of white mica, traversing the older slates. A similar occurrence takes place at Mount Shoobridge and at Bynoe Harbour, in the Northern Territory of South Australia; indeed, one could not readily separate the stone from these three places if it were mixed. As before stated tin will never be found far from granite, and that granite must have white mica as one of its constituents. It is seldom found in the darker coloured rocks, or in limestone country, but it sometimes occurs in gneiss, mica schist, and chlorite schist. Numerous other minerals may be mistaken for tin, such as common tourmaline or schorl, garnet, wolfram (a tungstate of iron with manganese), rutile or titanic acid, blackjack or zinc blende, together with magnetic, titanic, and specular iron in fine grains.

The readiest way of determining whether the ore is tin is by weight, and by scratching or crushing, when, what is called the “streak” is obtained. The colour of the tin streak is whitey-grey, which, when once known, is not easily mistaken. The specific gravity is about 7·0. Wolfram, which is most like it, is a little heavier, from 7·0 to 7·5, but its streak is red, brown, or blackish-brown. Rutile is much lighter, 4·2, and the streak light-brown; tourmaline is only 3·2. Blackjack is 4·3, and its streak yellowish-white. I have seen several pounds’ weight to the dish got in some of the New South Wales shallow sinking tin-fields, and, as a rule, payable gold was also present. Twenty-three years ago I told Western Australian people that the neighbourhood of the Darling range would produce rich tin, which it has done lately; there is promise of a great development of the tin industry here. The tin “wash” in question is reported to yield payable gold.

Metals are easily distinguished from non-metals by their lustre, toughness, fusibility, opaqueness, conductivity, and rusting. Most metals can be bent, twisted, drawn, and hammered to a degree not possible in non-metals.

Sodium, potassium, lithium, and in a somewhat less degree, calcium, strontium, and barium, will rust almost immediately when exposed to moist air, and their white rusts quickly dissolve in water. Another group of metals, zinc, lead, magnesium, and antimony, have white rusts which are not soluble in water. Their rusts form a thin, adherent coating, which gives the surface of the metal a dull appearance without altogether concealing it. At higher temperatures than ordinary, if the metals are finely divided, the chemical energy of rusting is so great that the metals burn with a vivid light and give off a dense white smoke. The permanency of these rusts and their protective character are utilised in white paints.

A third group of metals have coloured rusts, e.g., silver, copper, and iron. A fourth group never rust, such as gold and platinum, which occur as metals in the gangue, not as ore from which the metal is produced. In the case of the other metals it is an advantage that they are found in the rust or ore condition, as they can be manufactured much more easily than native metal.

CHAPTER IV

THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD—AURIFEROUS LODES

Up to a comparatively recent time it was considered heretical for any one to advance the theory that gold had been deposited where found by any other agency than that of fire. As late as 1860 Mr. Henry Rosales convinced himself, and apparently the Victorian Government also, that quartz veins with their enclosed metal had been ejected from the interior of the earth in a molten state. His essay, which is very ingenious and cleverly written, obtained a prize which the Government had offered, but probably Mr. Rosales himself would not adduce the same arguments in support of the volcanic or igneous theory to-day. His phraseology is very technical; so much so that the ordinary inquirer will find it somewhat difficult to follow his reasoning or understand his arguments, which have apparently been founded only on the occurrence of gold in some of the earlier discovered quartz lodes, and the conclusions at which he arrived are not borne out by later experience. He says:—“While, however, there are no apparent signs of mechanical disturbances, during the long period that elapsed from the cooling of the earth’s surface to the deposition of the Silurian and Cambrian systems, it is to be presumed that the internal igneous activity of the earth’s crust was in full force, so that on the inner side of it, in obedience to the laws of specific gravity, chemical attraction, and centrifugal force, a great segregation of silica in a molten state took place. This molten silica continually accumulating, spreading, and pressing against the horizontal Cambro-Silurian beds during a long period at length forced its way through the superincumbent strata in all directions; and it is abundantly evident, under the conditions of this force and the resistance offered to its action, that the line it would and must choose would be along any continuous and slightly inclined diagonal, at times crossing the strata of the schists, though generally preferring to develop itself and egress between the cleavage planes and dividing seams of the different schistose beds.”

He goes on to say, “Another argument to the same end (i.e., the igneous origin) may be shown from the fact that the auriferous quartz lodes have exercised a manifest metamorphic action on the adjacent walls or casing; they have done so partly in a mineralogical sense, but generally there has been a metamorphic alteration of the rock.” Mr. Rosales then tells his readers, what we all know must be the case, that the gold would be volatilised by the heat, as would be also the other metals, which he says, were in the form of arseniurets and sulphurets; but he fails to explain how the sublimated metals afterwards reassumed their metallic form. Seeing that, in most cases, they would be hermetically enclosed in molten and quickly solidifying silica they could not be acted on to any great extent by aqueous agency. Neither does Mr. Rosales’s theory account at all for auriferous lodes; which below water level are composed of a solid mass of sulphide of iron with traces of other sulphides, gold, calcspar, and a comparatively small percentage of silica. Nor will it satisfactorily explain the auriferous antimonial silica veins of the New England district, New South Wales, in which quantities of angular and unaltered fragments of slate from the enclosing rocks are found imbedded in the quartz.

With respect to the metamorphism of the enclosing rocks to a greater degree of hardness, which Mr. Rosales considered was due to heat, it should be remembered that these rocks in their original state were much softer and more readily fusible than the quartz, consequently all would have been molten and mingled together instead of showing as a rule clearly defined walls. It is much more rational to suppose that the increased hardness imparted to the slates and schists at or near their contact with the lode is due to an infiltration of silica from the silicated solution which at one time filled the fissure. Few scientists can now be found to advance the purely igneous theory of lode formation, though it must be admitted that volcanic action has probably had much influence not only in the formation of mineral veins, but also on the occurrence of the minerals therein. But the action was hydro-thermal, just such as was seen in course of operation in New Zealand a few years ago when, in the Rotomahana district, one could actually see the growing of the marvellous White and Pink Terraces formed by the release of silica from the boiling water exuding from the hot springs, which water, so soon as the heat and pressure were removed, began to deposit its silica very rapidly; while at the Thames Gold-field, in the same country hot, silicated water continuously boiled out of the walls of some of the lodes after the quartz had been removed and re-deposited a siliceous sinter thereon.

On this subject I note the recently published opinions of Professor Lobley, a gentleman whose scientific reputation entitles his utterances to respect, but who, when he contends that gold is not found in the products of volcanic action is, I venture to think, arguing from insufficient premisses. Certainly his theories do not hold good either in Australasia or America where gold is often, nay, more usually, found at, or near, either present or past regions of volcanic action.

It is always gratifying to have one’s theories confirmed by men whose opinions carry weight in the scientific world. About twenty-four years ago I first published certain theories on gold deposition, which, even then, were held by many practical men, and some scientists, to be open to question. Of late years, however, the theory of gold occurrence by deposition from mineral salts has been accepted by all but the “mining experts” who infest and afflict the gold mining camps of the world. These opine that gold ought to occur in “pockets” only (meaning thereby their own).

Recently Professor Joseph Le Conte, at a meeting of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, criticised a notable essay on the “Genesis of Ore Deposits,” by Bergrath F. Posepny. The Professor’s general conclusions are:

1. “Ore deposits, using the term in its widest sense, may take place from any kinds of waters, but especially from alkaline solutions, for these are the natural solvents of metallic sulphides, and metallic sulphides are usually the original form of such deposits.”

2. “They may take place from waters at any temperature and any pressure, but mainly from those at high temperature and under heavy pressure, because, on account of their great solvent power, such waters are heavily freighted with metals.”

3. “The depositing waters may be moving in any direction, up coming, horizontally moving, or even sometimes down-going, but mainly up-coming; because by losing heat and pressure at every step such waters are sure to deposit abundantly.”

4. “Deposits may take place in any kind of waterways—in open fissures, in incipient fissures, joints, cracks, and even in porous sandstone, but especially in great open fissures, because these are the main highways of ascending waters from the greatest depths.”

5. “Deposits may be found in many regions and in many kinds of rocks, but mainly in mountain regions, and in metamorphic and igneous rocks, because the thermosphere is nearer the surface, and ready access thereto through great fissures is found mostly in these regions and in these rocks.”

These views are in accordance with nearly all modern research into this interesting and fruitful subject.

Among the theories which they discredit is that ore bodies may usually be assumed to become richer in depth. As applied to gold lodes the teaching of experience does not bear out this view.

If it be taken into account that the time in which most of our auriferous siliceous lodes were formed was probably that indicated in Genesis as before the first day or period when “the earth was without form and void, and darkness was upon the face of the deep,” it will be realised that the action we behold now taking place in a small way in volcanic regions, was probably then almost universal. The crust of the earth had cooled sufficiently to permit water to lie on its surface, probably in hot shallow seas, like the late Lake Rotomahana. Plutonic action would be very general, and volcanic mud, ash, and sand would be ejected and spread far and wide, which, sinking to the bottom of the water, may possibly be the origin of what we now designate the azoic or metamorphic slates and schists, as also the early Cambrian and Silurian strata. These, from the superincumbent weight and internal heat, became compacted, and, in some cases, crystallised, while at the same time, from the ingress of the surface waters to the heated regions below, probably millions of geysers were spouting their mineral impregnated waters in all directions; and in places where the crust was thin, explosions of super-heated steam caused huge upheavals, rifts, and chasms, into which these waters returned, to be again ejected, or to be the cause of further explosions. Later, as the cooling-process continued, there would be shrinkages of the earth’s crust causing other fissures; intrusive granites further dislocated and upheaved the slates. About this age, probably, when really dry land began to appear, came the first formation of mineral lodes, and the waters, heavily charged with silicates, carbonates of lime, sulphides, &c., in solution, commenced to deposit their contents in solid form when the heat and pressure were removed.

I am aware that part of the theory here propounded as to the probable mode of formation of the immense sedimentary beds of the Archaic or Azoic period is not altogether orthodox—i.e., that the origin of these beds is largely due to the ejection of mud, sand, and ashes from subterraneous sources, which, settling in shallow seas, were afterwards altered to their present form. It is difficult, however, to believe that at this very early period of geologic history so vast a time had elapsed as would be required to account for these enormous depositions of sediment, if they were the result only of the degradation of previously elevated portions of the earth’s surface by water agency. Glacial action at that time would be out of the question.

But what about the metals? Whence came the metallic gold of our reefs and drifts? What was it originally—a metal or a metallic salt, and if the latter, what was its nature?—chloride, sulphide, or silicate, one, or all three? I incline to the latter hypothesis. All three are known, and the chemical conditions of the period were favourable for their natural production. Assuming that they did exist, the task of accounting for the mode of occurrence of our auriferous quartz lodes is comparatively simple. Chloride of gold is at the present day contained in sea water and in some mineral waters, and would have been likely to be more abundant during the Azoic and early Paleozoic period.

Sulphide of gold would have been produced by the action of sulphuretted hydrogen; hence probably our auriferous pyrites lodes, while silicate of gold might have resulted from a combination of gold chlorides with silicic acid, and thus the frequent presence of gold in quartz be accounted for.

A highly interesting and instructive experiment, showing how gold might be, and probably was, deposited in quartz veins, was carried out by Professor Bischof some years ago. He, having prepared a solution of chloride of gold, added thereto a solution of silicate of potash, whereupon, as he states, the yellow colour of the chloride disappeared, and in half an hour the fluid turned blue, and a gelatinous dark-blue precipitate appeared and adhered to the sides of the vessel. In a few days moss-like forms were seen on the surface of the precipitate, presumably approximating to what we know as dendroidal gold—that is, having the appearance of moss, fern, or twigs. After allowing the precipitate to remain undisturbed under water for a month or two a decomposition took place, and in the auriferous silicate specks of metallic gold appeared. From this the Professor argues, and with good show of reason, that as we know now that the origin of our quartz lodes was the silicates contained in certain rocks, it is probable that a natural silicate of gold may be combined with these silicates. If this can be demonstrated, the reason for the almost universal occurrence of gold in quartz is made clear.

About 1870, Mr. Skey, analyst to the New Zealand Geological Survey Department, made a number of experiments of importance in respect to the occurrence of gold. These experiments were summarised by Sir James Hector in an address to the Wellington Philosophical Society in 1872. Mr. Skey’s experiments disproved the view generally held that gold is unaffected by sulphur or sulphuretted hydrogen gas, and showed that these elements combined with avidity, and that the gold thus treated resisted amalgamation with mercury. Mr. Skey proved the act of absorption of sulphur by gold to be a chemical act, and that electricity was generated in sufficient quantity and intensity during the process to decompose metallic solutions. Sulphur in certain forms had long been known to exercise a prejudicial effect upon the amalgamation of gold, but this had always been attributed to the combination of the sulphur with the quicksilver used. Now, however, it is certain that the sulphurising of the gold must be taken into account. We must remember that the particles of gold in the stone may be enveloped with a film of auriferous sulphide, by which they are protected from the solvent action of the mercury. The sulphurisation of the gold gives no ocular manifestation by change of colour or perceptible increase of weight, as in the case of the formation of sulphides of silver, lead and other metals, on account of the extremely superficial action of the sulphur, and hence probably the existence of the gold sulphide escaped detection by chemists.

Closely allied to this subject is the investigation of the mode in which certain metals are reduced from their solutions by metallic sulphides, or, in common language, the influence which the presence of such substances as mundic and galena may exercise in effecting the deposit of pure metals, such as gold, in mineral lodes. The close relation which the richness of gold veins bears to the prevalence of pyrites has been long familiar both to scientific observers and to practical miners. The gold is an after deposit to the pyrites, and, as Mr. Skey was the first to explain, due to its direct reducing influences. By a series of experiments Mr. Skey proved that the reduction of the metal was due to the direct action of the sulphide, and showed that each grain of iron pyrites, when thoroughly oxidised, will reduce 12-1/4 grains of gold from its solutions as chloride. He also included salts of platina and silver in this general law, and demonstrated that solutions of any of these metals traversing a vein rock containing certain sulphides would be decomposed, and the pure metal deposited. We are thus enabled to comprehend the constant association of gold, or native alloys of gold and silver, in veins which traverse rocks containing an abundance of pyrites, whether they have been formed as the result of either sub-aqueous volcanic outbursts or by the metamorphism of the deeper-seated strata which compose the superficial crust of the earth.

Mr. Skey also showed by very carefully conducted experiments that the metallic sulphides are not only better conductors of electricity than has hitherto been supposed, but that when paired they were capable of exhibiting strong electro-motive power. Thus, if galena and zinc blende in acid solutions be connected in the usual manner by a voltaic pair, sulphuretted hydrogen is evolved from the surface of the former, and a current generated which is sufficient to reduce gold, silver or copper from their solutions in coherent electro-plate films. The attributing of this property of generating voltaic currents, hitherto supposed to be almost peculiar to metals, to the common sulphides found in metalliferous veins, led Mr. Skey to speculate how far the currents discovered to exist in such veins by Mr. E. F. Fox might be produced by the gradual oxidation of mixed sulphides, and his conclusion is that veins containing bands of different metallic sulphides, bounded by continuing walls, and saturated with mineral waters, may constitute under some circumstances a large voltaic battery competent to produce electro-deposition of metals, and that the order of the deposit of these mineral lodes will be found to bear a definite relation to the order in which the sulphides rank in the table of their electro-motive power. These researches may lead to some clearer comprehension of the law which regulates the distribution of auriferous veins, and may explain why in some cases the metal should be nearly pure, while in others it is so largely alloyed with silver.

The following extract was lately clipped from a mining paper. If true, the experiment is interesting:—

“An American scientist has just concluded a very interesting and suggestive experiment. He took a crushed sample of rich ore from Cripple Creek, which carried 1,100 ozs. of gold per ton, and digested it in a very weak solution of sodium chloride and sulphate of iron, making the solution correspond as near as practicable to the waters found in Nature. The ore was kept in a place having a temperature little less than boiling water for six weeks, when all the gold was dissolved, except what would be equal to one ounce per ton. A few small crystals of pyrite were then placed in the bottle of solution, and the gold began immediately to precipitate on them. It was noticeable, however, that the pyrite crystals which were free from zinc, galena, or other extraneous matter received no gold precipitate. Those which had such foreign associations were beautifully covered with fine gold crystals.”

Experimenting in a somewhat similar direction about eight years ago, I found that the West Australian mine water, mentioned on page 85, with the addition of an acid, was a solvent of gold. The idea of boiling it did not occur to me, as the action was fairly rapid in cold water.

Assuming, then, that gold originally existed as a mineral salt, when and how did it take metallic form? Doubtless, just in the same manner as we now (by means of well-known reagents which are common in nature) precipitate it in the laboratory. With regard to that found in quartz lodes finely disseminated through the gangue, the change was brought about by the same agency which caused the silicic acid to solidify and take the form in which we now see it in the quartz veins. Silica is soluble in solutions of alkaline carbonates, as shown in New Zealand geysers; the solvent action being increased by heat and pressure, so also would be the silicate or sulphide of gold. When, however, the waters with their contents were released from internal pressure and began to lose their heat the gold would be precipitated together with the salts of some other metals, and would, where the waters could percolate, begin to accretionise, thus forming the heavy or specimen gold of some reefs. On this class of deposition I shall have more to say when treating of the origin of alluvial gold in the form of nuggets.

Mr. G. F. Becker, of the United States Geological Survey, writing of the geology of the Comstock lode, says:—“Baron Von Richthofen was of opinion that fluorine and chlorine had played a large part in the ore deposition in the Comstock, and this the writer is not disposed to deny; but, on the other hand, it is plain that most of the phenomena are sufficiently accounted for on the supposition that the agents have been merely solutions of carbonic and hydrosulphuric acids. These reagents will attack the bisilicates and felspars. The result would be carbonates and sulphides of metals, earths, alkalies, and free quartz, but quartz and sulphides of the metals are soluble in solutions of carbonates and sulphides of the earths and alkalies, and the essential constituents of the ore might, therefore, readily be conveyed to openings in the vein where they would have been deposited on relief of pressure and diminution of temperature. An advance boring on the 3000 ft. level of the Yellow Jacket struck a powerful stream of water at 3065 ft. (in the west country), which was heavily charged with hydrogen sulphide, and had a temperature of 170° F., and there is equal evidence of the presence of carbonic acid in the water of the lower levels. A spring on the 2700 ft. level of the Yellow Jacket which showed a temperature of about 150° F., was found to be depositing a sinter largely composed of carbonates.”

It may be worth while here to speak of the probable reason why gold, and indeed, almost all the metals generally occur in chutes in the lodes; and why, as is often the case, these chutes are found to be more or less in a line with each other in parallel lodes, and why also the junction of two lodes is frequently specially productive. The theory with respect to these phenomena which appears most feasible is, that at these points certain chemical action has taken place, by which the deposition of the metals has been specially induced. Generally a careful examination of the enclosing rocks where the chute is found will reveal some points of difference from the enclosing rocks at other parts of the course of the lode, and when ore chutes are found parallel in reefs running on the same course, bands or belts of similar country rock will be found at the productive points. From this we may fairly reason that at these points the slow stream filling the lode cavity met with a reagent percolating from this particular band of rock, which caused the deposition of its metals; and, indeed, I am strongly disposed to believe that the deposition of metals, particularly in some loose lodes, may even now be proceeding. But as in Nature’s laboratory the processes, if certain, are slow, this theory may be difficult to prove.

Why the junction of lodes is often found to be more richly metalliferous than neighbouring parts is probably because there the depositing reagents met. This theory is well put by Mr. S. Herbert Cox, late of Sydney, in his useful book, “Mines and Minerals.” He says:—“It is a well-known fact in all mining districts that the junctions of lodes are generally the richest points, always supposing that this junction takes place in ‘kindly country,’ and the explanation of this we think is simple on the aqueous theory of filling of lodes. The water which is traversing two different channels of necessity passes through different belts of country, and will thus have different minerals in solution. As a case in point, let us suppose that the water in one lode contained in solution carbonates of lime, and the alkalies and silica derived from a decomposition of felspars; and that the other, charged with hydrosulphuric acid, brought with it sulphide of gold dissolved in sulphide of lime. The result of these two waters meeting would be that carbonate of lime would be formed, hydrosulphuric acid would be set free, and sulphide of gold would be deposited, as well as silica, which was formerly held in solution by the carbonic acid.”

Most practical men who have given the subject attention will, I think, be disposed to coincide with this view, though there are some who hold that the occurrence of these parallel ore chutes and rich deposits at the junctions of lodes is due to extraneous electrical agency. Of this, however, I have failed to find any satisfactory evidence.

There is, however, proof that lodes are actually re-forming and the action observed is very interesting as showing how the stratification in some lodes has come about. The growth of silica on the sides of the drives has occurred in some of the mines on the Thames gold-fields, New Zealand (p. 36), where in some cases the deposition was so rapid as to be noticeable from day to day, whilst the big pump, which drained all the mines in the vicinity, was actually choked by siliceous deposits. In old auriferous workings which have been under water for years, in many parts of the world, formations of iron and silica have been found on the walls and roof, while in mining tunnels which have been long unused stalactites composed of silica and calcite have formed. Then, again, experiments made by the late Professor Cosmo Newbery, in Victoria, showed that a distinctly appreciable amount of gold, iron, and silica (the latter in granular form) could be extracted from solid mine timber, which had been submerged for a considerable time.

This reaction then must be in progress at the present time, and doubtless under certain conditions pyrites would eventually take the place of the timber, as is the case with some of the long buried driftwood found in Victorian deep leads. Again, we know that the water from some copper mines is so charged with copper sulphate that if scrap iron be thrown into it, the iron will be taken up by the sulphuric acid, and metallic copper deposited in its place. All this tends to prove that the deposition of metals from their salts, though probably not now as rapid as formerly, is still ceaselessly going on in some place or another where the necessary conditions are favourable.

Quite unexpectedly I lately came across these lines in Dryden’s Annus Mirabilis, verse cxxxix.:—

“As those who unripe veins in mines explore,
On the rich bed again the warm turf lay,
Till time digests the yet imperfect ore,
And know it will be gold another day.”

Is there “any new thing under the sun?”

With regard to auriferous pyritous lodes, it does not appear even now to be clear, as some scientists assert, that their gold is never found in chemical combination with the sulphides of the base metals. On the contrary, I think much of the evidence points in the other direction.

I have long been of opinion that it is really so held in many of the ferro-sulphides and arsenio-ferro sulphides. On this subject Mr. T. Atherton contributed a short article in 1891 to the Australian Mining Standard which is worthy of notice. He says, referring to an occurrence of a Natural Sulphide of Gold:—“The existence of gold, in the form of a natural sulphide in conjunction with pyrites, has often been advanced theoretically, as a possible occurrence; but up to the present time has, I believe, never been established as an actual fact.” During my investigations on the ore of the Deep Creek mines, Nambucca, New South Wales, I found in them what I believe to be gold existing as a natural sulphide. The lode is a large irregular one of pure arsenical pyrites carrying, in addition to gold and silver, nickel and cobalt. It exists in a felsite dyke immediately on the coast. Surrounding it on all sides are micaceous schists, and in the neighbourhood about half a mile distant is a large granite hill about 800 feet high. In the lode and its walls are large quantities of pyrophyllite, and in some parts of the mine there are deposits of pure white translucent mica, but in the ore itself it is a yellow or pale olive green, and is never absent from the pyrites.

From the first I was much struck with the exceedingly fine state of division in which the gold existed in the ore. After roasting and very carefully grinding down in an agate mortar, I have never been able to get any pieces of gold exceeding one-thousandth of an inch in diameter, and the greater quantity is very much finer than this. Careful dissolving of the pyrites and gangue so as to leave the gold intact failed to find it in any larger diameter. As this was a very unusual experience in investigations on many other kinds of pyrites, I was led further into the matter.

Ultimately, after a number of experiments, there was nothing left but to test for gold existing as a natural sulphide. Taking 200 gr. of gold from a sample assaying 17 oz. fine gold per ton, grinding it finely and heating for some hours with yellow sodium sulphide—on decomposing the filtrate and treating for gold I got a result at the rate of 12 oz. per ton. This was repeated several times with the same result.

This sample came from the lode at the 140 ft. level, whilst samples from the higher levels where the ore is more oxidised, although carrying the gold in exactly the same degree of fineness, do not give as high a percentage of auric sulphide.

It would appear that all the gold in the pyrites (and I have never found any gold existing apart from the pyrites) has originally taken its place there as a sulphide.

The following is an analysis of a general sample insoluble in nitro-sulphuric acid:—

20·532 per cent, consisting of | {Silica | 13·940 | per cent
| {Alumina | 6·592 | ” ”
| Lime | 0·903 | ” ”
| Sulphur | 16·584 | ” ”
| Arsenic | 33·267 | ” ”
| Iron | 27·720 | ” ”
| Cobalt | 0·964 | ” ”
| Nickel | Traces |
(5 oz. 3 dwt. 8 gr. per ton) | Gold | — |
(0 oz. 16 dwt. 0 gr. ” ”) | Silver | — |
| | ——— |
| Total | 99·970 | ” ”

Professor Newbery, who made many valuable suggestions on the subject, says, speaking of gold in pyritous lodes:—

“As it (the gold salt) may have been in the same solution that deposited the pyrites, which probably contained its iron in the form of proto-carbonate with sulphates, it was not easy at first to imagine any ordinary salt of iron; but this I find can be accomplished with very dilute solutions in the presence of an alkaline carbonate and a large excess of carbonic acid, both of which are common constituents of mineral waters, especially in Victoria. This is true of chloride of gold, and if the sulphide is required in solution, it is only necessary to charge the solution with an excess of sulphuretted hydrogen. In this manner both sulphides may be retained in the same solution, depositing gradually with the escape of the carbonic acid.”

Pyritous lodes usually contain a considerable proportion of calcareous matter, mostly carbonates, and consequently it appears not improbable that the gold may remain in some instances as a sulphide, particularly in samples of pyrites, in which it cannot be detected even by the microscope until by calcination the iron sulphide is changed to an oxide, wherein the gold may be seen in minute metallic specks. The whole subject is full of interest, and careful scientific investigation may lead to astonishing results.

CHAPTER V

THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD—AURIFEROUS DRIFTS

Having considered the origin of auriferous lodes, and the mode by which in all probability the gold was conveyed to them and deposited as a metal, it is necessary also to inquire into the derivation of the gold of our auriferous drifts, and the reasons for its occurrence therein.

When quite a lad on the Victorian alluvial fields, I frequently heard old diggers assert that gold grew in the drifts where found. At the time we understood this to mean that it grew like potatoes; and, although not prepared with a scientific argument to prove that such was not so, the idea was generally laughed at. I have lived to learn that these old hard-heads were nearer the truth than possibly they clearly realised, and that gold does actually grow or agglomerate; and, indeed, is probably even now thus growing, though it is likely that the chemical and electric action in the mineral waters flowing through the drifts is not in this age nearly so active as formerly.

Most boys have tried the experiment of dipping a clean-bladed knife into sulphate of copper, and so depositing on the steel a film of copper, which adheres closely until worn away. This is a simple demonstration of a hydro-metallurgical process, though probably young hopeful is not aware of the fact; and it is really by an enlargement of this process that our beautiful and artistic gold-and silver-plated ware is produced.

In the great laboratory of Nature similar chemical depositions have taken place in the past, and may still be in progress; indeed, there is sound scientific reason to suppose that in certain localities this is even now the case, and that in this way much of our so-called alluvial gold has been formed, that is, by the deposition on metallic bases of the gold held in solution.

We will, however, take, to begin with, the generally accepted theory as to the occurrence of alluvial gold. First, let it be said, that certain alluvial gold is unquestionably derived from the denudation of quartz lodes. Such is the gold dust found in many Asiatic and African rivers, in the great placer mines of California, as also the gold dust gained from the beach sand on the west coast of New Zealand, or in the enormous alluvial drifts of the Shoalhaven Valley, New South Wales. Of the first, many fabulous tales are told to account for its being found in particular spots each summer after the winter floods, and miraculous agency was asserted, while the early beachcombers of the Hokitika district found an equally ridiculous derivation for their gold, which was always more plentiful after heavy weather. They imagined that the breakers were disintegrating some abnormally rich auriferous reefs out at sea, and that the resultant gold was washed up on the beach.

The facts are simply, with regard to the rivers, that the winter floods break down the drifts in the banks and agitate the auriferous detritus, thus acting as natural sluices, and cause the metal to accumulate in favourable spots; whilst on the New Zealand coast the heavy seas breaking on the shingly beach, carry off the lighter particles, leaving behind the gold, which is so much heavier. These beaches are composed, as also are the “terraces” behind, of enormous glacial and fluvial deposits, all containing more or less gold, and extend inland to the foot of the mountains.

It is almost certain that the usually fine gold got by hydraulicing in Californian cañons, in the gullies of the New Zealand Alps, and the great New South Wales drifts, is largely the result of the attrition of the boulders and gravel of moraines, which has thus freed, to a certain extent, the auriferous particles. But when we find large nuggety masses of high carat gold in the beds of dead rivers, another origin has to be sought.

As previously stated, there is fair reason to assume that at least three salts of gold have existed, and, possibly, may still be found, in Nature—silicate, sulphide, and chloride. All of these are soluble and in the presence of certain reagents, also existing naturally, can be deposited in metallic form. Therefore, if, as is contended, reef gold was formed with the reefs from solutions in mineral waters, by inferential reasoning it can be shown that much of our alluvial gold was similarly derived.

The commonly accepted theory, however, is that the alluvial gold of our drifts has been ground out of the solid siliceous lodes by glacial and fluvial action, and that the auriferous leads have been formed by the natural sluicing operations of former streams. To this, however, there are several insuperable objections.

First, how comes it that alluvial gold is usually superior in purity to the “reef” gold immediately adjacent? Second, why are masses of gold, such as the huge nuggets found in Victoria and New South Wales, never been discovered in lodes? Third, why are these heavy masses which, from their specific gravity, should be found only at the very bottom of the drifts, if placed there by water action, sometimes found in all positions from the surface to the bottom of the wash? And, lastly, why is it that when an alluvial lead is traced up to, or down from, an auriferous reef, that the light, angular gold lies close to the reef, while the heavy masses are often bedded much farther away? Any one who has worked a ground sluice knows how extremely difficult it is with a strong head of water to shift from its position an ounce of solid gold. What, then, would be the fluvial force required to move the Welcome Nugget? Under certain circumstances, Niagara itself would not be equal to the task.

The generally smooth appearance of alleged alluvial gold is adduced as an argument in favour of its having been carried by water from its original place of deposit, and thus in transit become waterworn; while some go so far as to say that it was shot out of the reefs in a molten state. The latter idea has been already disposed of, but if not, it may be dismissed with the statement that the heat which would melt silica in the masses met with in lodes would sublimate any gold contained, and dissipate it, not in nuggets but in fumes. With regard to the assumed waterworn appearance of alluvial gold, I have examined with the microscope the smooth surface of more than one apparently waterworn nugget, and found that it was not scratched and abraded, as would have been the case had it been really waterworn, but that it presented the same appearance, though infinitely finer in grain, as the surface of a piece of metal fresh from the electrical plating-bath.

Let us then try if we cannot suggest, if not a complete answer to the many perplexing problems which trouble the alluvial miner, at least a theory that will bear investigation, and by the application of which many apparent paradoxes may be explained. While admitting that certain alluvial gold has been ground out of its siliceous matrix, and distributed and re-collected by water action, we may inquire what would be the result if we extend the experiment of the boy and knife, or the electro-metallurgical bath to alluvial drifts, and show that it is not only possible, but almost certain, that similar action has obtained, and may now be occurring.

Mr. Daintree, of the Victorian Geological Survey, many years ago discovered accidentally that gold chloride would deposit its metal on a metallic base in the presence of any organic substance. Mr. Daintree found that a piece of undissolved gold in a bottle containing chloride of gold in solution had, owing to a portion of the cork having fallen into the liquid, grown or accretionised so much that it could not be extracted through the neck. This led Mr. Charles Wilkinson, who has contributed much to our scientific knowledge of metallurgy, to experiment further in the same direction. He says: “Using the most convenient salt of gold, the terchloride, and employing wood as the decomposing agent, in order to imitate as closely as possible the organic matter supposed to decompose the solution circulating through the drifts, I first immersed a piece of cubic iron pyrites taken from the coal formation of Cape Otway, far distant from any of our gold rocks, and therefore less likely to contain gold than other pyrites. The specimen (No. 1) was kept in dilute solution for about three weeks, and is completely covered with a bright film of gold. I afterwards filed off the gold from one side of a cube crystal to show the pyrites itself and the thickness of the surrounding coating, which is thicker than ordinary notepaper. If the conditions had continued favourable for a very lengthened period, this specimen would doubtless have formed the nucleus of a large nugget. Iron, copper, and arsenical pyrites, antimony, galena, molybdenite, zinc blende, and wolfram were treated in the above manner with similar results. In the above experiments a small chip of wood was employed as the decomposing agent. In one instance I used a piece of leather. All through the wood and leather gold was disseminated in fine particles, and when cut through the characteristic metallic lustre was brightly reflected. The first six of these sulphides were also operated upon simply in the solution without organic matter, but they remained unaltered.”

Wilkinson found that when the solution of gold chloride was as strong as, say, four grains to the ounce of water, that the pyrites or other base began to decompose, and the iron sulphide changed to yellow oxide, the “gossan” of our lodes, and that though the gold was deposited, this occurred in an irregular way, and it was coated with a dark brown powdery film something like the “black gold,” often found in drifts containing much ferruginous matter. Such were the curious Victorian nuggets Spondulix and Lothair.

Professor Newbery also made a number of similar experiments, and arrived at like results. He states as follows: “I placed a cube of galena in a solution of chloride of gold, with free access of air, and put in organic matter; gold was deposited as usual, in a bright metallic film, apparently completely coating the cube. After a few months the film burst along the edges of the cube, and remained in that state with the cracks open without any further alteration in size or form being apparent. Upon removing it a few days ago and breaking it open, I found that a large portion of the galena had been decomposed, forming chloride and sulphate of lead and free sulphur, which were mixed together, encasing a small nucleus of undecomposed sulphate of lead. The formation of these salts had exerted sufficient force to burst open the gold coating, which upon the outside had the mammillary form noticed by Wilkinson, while the inside was rough and irregular with crystals forcing their way into the lead salts. Had this action continued undisturbed, the result would have been a nugget with a nucleus of lead salts, or if there had been a current to remove the results of the decomposition, a nugget without a nucleus of foreign matter.”

But Newbery also made another discovery which still further establishes the probability of the accretionary growth of gold in drifts. In the first experiments both investigators used organic substances as the reagent to cause the deposit of gold on its base, and in each case these substances whether woodchips, leather, or even dead flies, were found to be so absolutely impregnated with gold as to leave a golden skeleton when afterwards burned. Timber found in the Ballarat deep leads has been proved to be similarly impregnated.

Newbery found that gold could also be deposited on sulphurets without any other reagent. He says: “In our mineral sulphurets, however, we have agents which are not only capable of reducing gold and silver from solution, but besides are capable of locating them when so reduced in coherent and bulky masses. Thus the aggregation of the nuggety forms of gold from solution becomes a still more simple matter, only one reagent being necessary, so that there is a greater probability of such depositions obtaining than were a double process necessary. Knowing the action of sulphides, the manner or the mode of formation of a portion at least of these nuggets seems apparent. Conceive a stream or river fed by springs rising in a country intersected by auriferous reefs, and consequently in this case carrying gold in solution; the drift of such a country must be to a greater or lesser extent pyritous, so that the débris forming the beds of these streams or rivers will certainly contain nodules of such matters disseminated or even stopping them in actual contact with the flow of water. It follows, then, from what has been previously affirmed, that there will be a reduction of gold by these nodules, and that the metal thus reduced will be firmly attached to them, at first in minute spangles isolated from each other, but afterwards accumulating and connecting in a gradual manner at that point of the pyritous mass most subject to the current until a continuous film of some size appears. This being formed the pyrites and gold are to a certain extent polarised, the film or irregular but connected mass of gold forming the negative, and the pyrites the positive end of a voltaic pair; and so according as the polarisation is advanced to completion the further deposition of gold is changed in its manner from an indiscriminate to an orderly and selective deposition concentrated upon the negative or gold plate. The deposition of gold being thus controlled, its loss by dispersion or from the crumbling away of the sustaining pyrites is nearly or quite prevented, a conservative effect which we could scarcely expect to obtain if organic matter were the reducing agent. Meanwhile there is a gradual wasting away of the pyrites or positive pole, its sulphur being oxidised to sulphuric acid and its iron to sesquioxide of iron, or hematite, a substance very generally associated with gold nuggets. According to the original size of the pyritous mass, the protection it receives from the action of oxidising substances other than gold, the strength of the gold solution, length of exposure to it, the rate of supply and velocity of stream, will be the size of the gold nugget. As to the size of a pyritous mass necessary to produce in this manner a large nugget, it is by no means considerable. A mass of common pyrites (bisulphide of iron) weighing only 12 lbs. is competent for the construction of the famous ‘Welcome Nugget,’ an Australian find having weight equal to 152 lbs. avoirdupois. Such masses of pyrites are by no means uncommon in our drifts or the beds of our mountain streams. Thus we find that no straining of the imagination is required to conceive of this mode of formation for the huge masses of gold found in Australia in particular, such as the Welcome Nugget, 184 lbs. 9 oz.; the Welcome Stranger, a surface nugget, 190 lbs. after smelting; the Braidwood specimen nugget, 350 lbs., two-thirds gold; besides many other large masses of almost virgin gold which have been obtained from time to time in the alluvial diggings.”

The author has made a number of experiments in the same direction, but more with the idea of demonstrating how possibly gold may in certain cases have been deposited in siliceous formations after such formations had solidified. Some of the results were remarkable and indeed unexpected. I found that I could produce artificial specimens of auriferous quartz from stone which had previously contained no gold whatever, also that it was not absolutely necessary that the stone so treated should contain any metallic sulphides.

The following was contributed by the author and is from the “Transactions” of the Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers for 1893:—

“THE DEPOSITION OF GOLD.

“The question as to how gold was originally deposited in our auriferous lodes is one to which a large amount of attention has been given, both by mineralogists and practical miners, and which has been hotly argued by those who held the igneous theory and those who pronounced for the aqueous theory. It was held by the former that as gold was not probably existent in nature in any but its metallic form, therefore it had been deposited in its siliceous matrix while in a molten state, and many ingenious arguments were adduced in support of this contention. Of late, however, most scientific men, and indeed many purely empirical inquirers (using the word empirical in its strict sense) have come to the conclusion that though the mode in which they were composed was not always identical, all lodes, including auriferous formations, were primarily derived from mineral-impregnated waters which deposited their contents in fissures caused either by the cooling of the earth’s crust or by volcanic agency.

“The subject is one which has long had a special attraction for the writer, who has published several articles thereon, wherein it was contended that not only was gold deposited in the lodes from aqueous solution, but that some gold found in form of nuggets had not been derived from lodes but was nascent in its alluvial bed; and for this proof was afforded by the fact that certain nuggets have been unearthed having the shape of an adjacent pebble or angular fragment of stone indented in them. Moreover, no true nugget of any great size has ever been found in a lode such as the Welcome, 2159 oz., or the Welcome Stranger, 2280 oz.; while it was accidentally discovered some years ago that gold could be induced to deposit itself from its mineral salt to the metallic state on any suitable base, such as iron sulphide.

“Following out this fact, I have experimented with various salts of gold, and have obtained some very remarkable results. I have found it practicable to produce most natural looking specimens of auriferous quartz from stone which previously, as proved by assay, contained no gold whatever. Moreover, the gold, which penetrates the stone in a thorough manner, assumes some of the more natural forms. It is always more or less mammillary, but at times, owing to causes which I have not yet quite satisfied myself upon, is decidedly dendroidal, as may be seen in one of the specimens which I have submitted to members. Moreover, I find it possible to moderate the colour and to produce a specimen in which the gold shall be as ruddy yellow as in the ferro-oxide gangue of Mount Morgan, or to tone it to the pale primrose hue of the product of the Croydon mines.

“I note that the action of the bath in which the stone is treated has a particularly disintegrating effect on many of the specimens. Some, which before immersion were of a particularly flinty texture, became in a few weeks so friable that they could be broken up by the fingers. So far as my experiments have extended they have proved this, that it was not essential that the silica and gold should have been deposited at the one time in auriferous lodes. A non-auriferous siliceous solution may have filled a fissure, and, after solidifying, some volcanic disturbance may have forced water impregnated with a gold salt through the interstices of the lode formation, when, if the conditions were favourable, the gold would be deposited in metallic forms. I prefer, for reasons which will probably be understood, not to say exactly by what process my results are obtained, but submit specimens for examination.

“(1) Piece of previously non-gold bearing stone. Locality near Adelaide, now showing gold freely in mammillary and dendroidal form.

“(2) Stone from New South Wales, showing gold artificially introduced in interstices and on face.

“(3) Stone from West Australia, very glassy looking, now thoroughly impregnated with gold; the mammillary formation being particularly noticeable.

“(4) Somewhat laminated quartz from Victoria, containing a little antimony sulphide. In this specimen the gold not only shows on the surface but penetrates each of the laminations, as is proved by breaking.

“(5) Consists of fragments of crystallised carbonate of lime from Tarrawingee, in which the gold is deposited in spots, in appearance like ferrous oxide, until submitted to the magnifying glass.

“The whole subject is worthy of much more time than I can possibly give it. The importance lies in this: That having found how the much desired metal may have been deposited in its matrix, the knowledge should help to suggest how it may be economically extracted therefrom.”

A very remarkable nugget weighing 16¾ oz. was sluiced from near the surface in one of my own mining properties at Woodside, South Australia, some years ago, which illustrated the nuclear theory very beautifully. This nugget is very irregular in shape, fretted and chased as though with a jeweller’s graving tool, showing plainly the shape of the pyritous crystals on which it was formed while the interstices were filled with red hematite iron just as found in artificially formed nuggets on a sulphide of iron base. The author has a nugget from the same locality weighing about 1½ oz. which exhibits in a marked degree the same characteristics, as indeed does most of the alluvial gold found in the Mount Lofty Ranges; also a nugget from near the centre of Australia weighing four ounces, in which the original crystals of pyrites are reproduced in gold just as an iron horse-shoe, placed in a launder through which cupriferously impregnated water flows, will in time be changed to nearly pure copper and yet retain its shape.

Now with regard to the points I have put (p. 36) as to the apparent anomalies of occurrence of alluvial gold. The explanation for alluvial gold being of finer quality as a rule than reef is probably that while gold and silver, which have a considerable affinity for each other, were presumably dissolved from their salts and held in solution in the same mineral water, they would in many cases not be deposited together, for the reason that silver is most readily deposited in the presence of alkalies, which would be found in excess in mineral waters coming direct from the basic rocks, while gold is induced to precipitate more quickly in acid solutions, which would be the character of the waters after they had been exposed to atmospheric action and to contact with organic matters.

This, then, may explain not only the comparatively greater purity of the alluvial gold, but also why big nuggets are found so far from auriferous reefs, and also why heavy masses of gold have been frequently unearthed from among the roots even of living trees, but more particularly in drifts containing organic matter, such as ancient timber.

All, then, that has been adduced goes to establish the belief that the birthplace of our gold is in certain of the earlier rocks comprising the earth’s crust, and that its appearance as the metal that is valued so highly is the result of electro-chemical action, such as we can demonstrate in the laboratory.

CHAPTER VI

GOLD EXTRACTION

We now come to a highly important part of our subject, the practical treatment of ores and matrixes for the extraction of the metals contained. The methods employed are multitudinous, but may be divided into four classes, namely, washing, amalgamating with mercury, chlorinating, cyaniding and other leaching processes, and smelting. The first is used in alluvial gold and tin workings and in preparing some silver, copper, and other ores for smelting, and consists merely in separating the heavier metals and minerals from their gangues by their greater specific gravity in water. The second includes the trituration of the gangue and the extraction of its gold or silver by means of mercury. Chlorinating and leaching generally is a process whereby metals are first changed by chemical action into their mineral salts, as chloride of gold, nitrate of silver, sulphate of copper, and being dissolved in water are afterwards re-deposited in the metallic form by means of well-known reagents.

In really successful mining it is in the last degree important that the mode of extraction of metals in the most scientific manner should be thoroughly understood, but as a general rule the science of metallurgy is but very superficially grasped even by those whose special business it is to treat ore bodies in order to extract their metalliferous contents, and whether in quartz crushing mill, lixiviating, or smelting works there is much left to be desired in the method of treating our ores.

My attention was recently attracted to an article written by Mr. F. A. H. Rauft, M.E., from which I make the following extract:

He says, speaking of the German treatment of ores and the mode of procedure in Australia, “It is high time that Government stepped in and endeavoured by prompt and decisive action to bring the mining industry upon a sound and legitimate basis. Though our ranges abound in all kinds of minerals that might give employment to hundreds of thousands of people, mining is carried on in a desultory, haphazard fashion. There is no system, and the treatment of ores is of necessity handed over to the tender mercies of men who have not even an idea of what an intricate science metallurgy has become in older countries. During many years of practical experience I have never known a single instance where a lode, on being worked, gave a return according to assay, and I have never known any mine where some of the precious metals could not be found in the tailings or slag. The Germans employ hundreds of men in working for zinc which produces some two or three per cent. to the ton; here the same percentage of tin could hardly be made payable, and this, mark you, is owing not to cheaper labour alone, but chiefly to the labour-saving appliances and the results of the researches of such gigantic intellects as Professor Kerl and many others, of whom we in this country never even hear. Go into any of the great mining works of central Germany, and you may see acres covered by machinery ingeniously constructed to clean, break, and sort, and ultimately deliver the ores into trucks or direct into the furnace, and the whole under the supervision of a youngster or two. When a parcel of ore arrives at any of the works, say Freiberg or Clausthal, it is carefully assayed by three or four different persons and then handed over to practical experts, who are expected to produce the full amount of precious metal according to assay; and if by any chance they do not, a fixed percentage of the loss is deducted from their salary; or, if the result is in excess of this assay which is more frequently the case, a small bonus is added to their pay. Compare this system with our own wasteful, reckless method of dealing with our precious metals, and we may hide our heads in very shame.”

All really practical men will, I think, endorse Mr. Rauft’s opinion. Well organised and conducted schools of mines will gradually ameliorate this unsatisfactory state of things, and I hope before long that we shall have none but qualified certificated men in our mines. In the meantime a few practical hints, particularly on that very difficult branch of the subject, the saving of gold, will, it is hoped, be found of service.

The extraction of gold from the soil is an industry so old that its first introduction is lost in the mist of ages. As before stated, gold is one of the most widely disseminated of the metals, and man, so soon as he had risen from the lowest forms of savagery, began to be attracted by the kingly metal, which he found to be easily fashioned into articles of ornament and use, and to be practically non-corrodable.

What we now term the dish or pan, then, doubtless generally a wooden bowl, was the appliance first used; but they had also an arrangement, somewhat like our modern blanket tables, over which the auriferous sand was passed by means of a stream of water. The sands of some of the rivers from which portions of the gold supply of the old world was derived are still washed over year after year in exactly the same manner as was employed, probably, thousands of years ago, the labour, very arduous, being often carried on by women, who, standing knee deep in water, pan off the sand in wooden bowls much as the digger in modern alluvial fields does with his tin dish. The resulting gold often consists of but a grain or two of fine gold-dust, which is carefully collected in quills, and so exported or traded for goods.

The digger of to-day having discovered payable alluvial dirt at such a depth as to permit of its being profitably worked by small parties of men with limited or no capital, procures first a half hogshead for a puddling tub, a “cradle,” or “long tom,” and tin dish. The “wash dirt,” as the auriferous drift is usually termed, contains a considerable admixture of clay of a more or less tenacious character, and the bulk of this has to be puddled and so disintegrated before the actual separation of the gold is attempted in the cradle or dish. This is done in the tub by constantly stirring with a shovel, and changing the water as it becomes charged with the floating argillaceous, or clayey, particles. The gravel is then placed in the hopper of the cradle which separates the larger stones and pebbles, the remainder passing down over inclined ledges as the cradle is slowly rocked and supplied with water. At the bottom of each ledge is a riffle to arrest the particles of gold. Sometimes, when the gold is very fine, amalgamated copper plates are introduced and the lower ledges are covered with green baize to act as blanket tables and catch gold which might otherwise be lost.

A long tom (Fig. 8) is a trough some 12 feet in length by 20 inches in width at the upper end, widening to 30 inches at the lower end; it is about 9 inches deep and has a fall of 1 inch to a foot. An iron screen is placed at the lower end (cut off in the manner shown in diagram) where large stones are caught, and below this screen is the riffle box, 12 feet long, 3 feet wide, and having the same inclination as the upper trough. It is fitted with several riffles in which mercury is sometimes placed.

Fig. 8. Long Tom.

Much more work can be done with this appliance than with the cradle, which it superseded. Of course, the gold must be coarse and water plentiful.

When, however, the claim is paying, and the diggings show signs of some permanency, a puddling machine is constructed. This is described and illustrated in Chapter XII., called “Rules of Thumb.”

Hydraulicing and ground sluicing is a very cheap and effective method of treating large quantities of auriferous drift, and, given favourable circumstances, such as a plentiful supply of water with good fall and extensive loose auriferous deposits, a very few grains to the ton or load can be made to give payable returns.

Fig. 9. Flume, Great Southern Gold-field, Shoalhaven, N.S.W.

Fig. 10. Monitor at Work, Great Southern Gold-field.

The water is conveyed in flumes (Fig. 9), or pipes to a point near where it is required, thence in wrought iron pipes gradually reduced in size and ending in a great nozzle somewhat like that of a fireman’s hose. The “Monitor,” as it is sometimes called, is generally fixed on a movable stand, so arranged that the strong jet of water can be directed to any point by a simple adjustment (Fig. 10). A “face” is formed in the drift, and the water played against the lower portion of the ledge, which is quickly undermined, falls, and is soon washed away in the stream of water, which is conducted through sluices with riffles, and sometimes over considerable lengths of amalgamated copper plates. This class of mining has been most extensively carried out in California and New Zealand, and some districts of Victoria, but the truly enormous drifts of the Shoalhaven district in New South Wales must in the near future add largely to the world’s gold supply. These drifts are auriferous from grass roots to bed rock, extend for nearly fifty miles, and are in places as much as 300 feet deep. Want of capital and want of knowledge has hitherto prevented them being profitably worked on a large scale.

The extraction of reef gold from its matrix is a much more complicated process, and the problem how most effectively to obtain that great desideratum—a complete separating and saving operation—is one which taxes the skill and evokes the ingenuity of scientific men all over the world. The difficulty is that as scarcely any two gangues, or matrixes, are exactly alike, the treatment which is found most effective on one mine will often not answer in another. Much also depends on the proportion of gold to the ton of rock under treatment, as the most scientific and perfect processes of lixiviation hitherto adopted will not pay, even when all other conditions are favourable, if the amount of gold is much under half an ounce to the ton and even then will leave but a very small profit. If, however, the gold is “free,” and the lode large, a very few pennyweights (or “dollars,” as the Americans say) to the ton will pay handsomely. The mode of extraction longest in vogue, and after all the cheapest and most effective, for free milling ores where the gold is not too fine, is amalgamation with mercury, which metal has a strong affinity for gold, silver, and copper.

As to crushing appliances, I shall not say much. “Their name is legion for they are many,” and the same may be said of concentrators. It may be old-fashioned, but I admit my predilection is still in favour of the stamper-battery, for the reason that though it may be slower in proportion to the power employed, it is simple and not liable to get out of order, a great advantage when one has so often to depend on men who bring to their work a supply principally of main strength and stupidity. For the same reason I prefer the old draw and lift, and plunger pumps to newer but more complicated water-lifters.

On both these points, however, I am constrained to admit that my opinion has recently been somewhat shaken.

I have lately seen two appliances which appear to mark a new era in the scientific progress of mining. One is the “Griffin Mill,” the other the “Lemichel Siphon Èlévateur.”

The first is in some respects on the principle of the Huntingdon Mill. The latter, if the inventor is to be believed, and the results seem to show he may, will be a wonderful factor in developing not only mining properties where a preponderance of water is the trouble, but also in providing an automatic, and therefore extremely cheap, mode of water-raising and supply, which in simplicity is thus far unexampled. Atmospheric pressure alone is relied on. The well-known process of the syphon is the basis, but with this essential difference, that a large proportion of the water drawn up to the apex of the syphon is super-elevated to heights regulated by the fall obtained in the outlet leg. This elevation can be repeated almost indefinitely by returning the waste water to the reservoirs.

The Lemichel Syphon (Fig. 11) is a wonderful, yet most simple application of natural force. The inlet leg of the syphon is larger in diameter than the outlet leg, and is provided at the bottom with a valve or “clack.” The outlet leg has a tap at its base. At the apex are two chambers, with an intermediary valve, regulated by a counterpoise weighted lever. The first chamber has also a vertical valve and pipe.

When the tap of the outlet leg is turned, the water flows as in an ordinary syphon, but owing to the rapid automatic opening and shutting of the valve in the first chamber about 45 per cent. of the water is diverted, and may be raised to a height of many feet above the top of the syphon.

It need not be impressed on practical men that if this invention will perform anything like what is claimed for it, its value can hardly be calculated. After a careful inspection of the appliance in operation, I believe it will do all that is stated.

Another invention is combined with this which, by a very small expenditure of fuel, will enable the first point of atmospheric pressure to be attained. In this way the unwatering of mines may be very inexpensively effected, or water for irrigation purposes may be raised from an almost level stream (Fig. 11).

Fig. 11. “Lemichel” Syphon.

Fig. 12. “Griffin” Mill.

The Griffin Mill is a centrifugal motion crusher with one roller only, which, by an ingenious application of motive force, revolves in an opposite direction to its initial momentum, and which evolves a force of 6000 lb. against the tire, which is only 30 inches in diameter. For hard quartz the size should be increased by at least 6 inches. It is claimed for this mill that it will pulverise to a gauge of 900 holes to the square inch from 1½ to 2½ tons per hour, or, say roughly, 150 tons per week.

The Huntingdon mill (Fig. 13) is a good crusher and amalgamator where the material to be operated on is comparatively soft, but does not do such good work when the stone is of a hard flinty nature.

Fig. 13. Huntingdon Mill.

A No. 4 Dodge stone-breaker working about 8 hours will keep a five foot Huntingdon Mill going 24 hours, and an automatic feeder is necessary. For that matter both are almost essential for an ordinary stamper battery, and will certainly increase the crushing capacity and do better work from the greater regularity of the feed.

A 10 h.-p. (nominal) engine of good type is sufficient for Huntingdon mill, rock breaker, self-feeder and steam pump. A five foot mill under favourable circumstances will crush about as much as eight head of medium weight stamps.

Fig. 14. Stone-Breaker.

Fig. 15. Stone-Breaker (Sectional View).

The Grusonwerk Ball Mills (Fig. 16), made by Krupp of Germany, as also that made by the Austral Otis Company, Melbourne, are fast and excellent triturating appliances for either wet or dry working, but are specially suitable only for ores when the gold is fine and evenly distributed in the stone. The trituration is effected by revolving the stone in a large cylinder together with a number of steel balls of various sizes, the attrition of which with the rock quickly grinds it to powder of any required degree of fineness.

Fig. 16. Grusonwerk Ball Mill.

Probably more mines have been ruined by bad mill management than by bad mining, though every experienced man must have seen in his time many most flagrant instances of bungling in the latter respect. Shafts are often sunk on the wrong side of the lode or too near or too far away therefrom, while instances have not been wanting where the (mis)manager has, after sinking his shaft, driven in the opposite direction to that where the lode should be found.

A common error is that of erecting machinery before there is sufficient ore in sight to make it certain that enough can be provided to keep the plant going. In mines at a distance from the centre of management it is almost impossible to check mistakes of this description, caused by the ignorance or over sanguineness of the mine superintendent, and they are often as disastrous as they are indefensible. Another fertile source of failure is the craze for experimenting with untried inventions, alleged to be improvements on well-known methods.

A rule in the most scientific of card games, whist, is “when in doubt lead trumps.” It might be paraphrased for mining thus: “When in doubt about machinery use that which has been proved.” Let some one else do the experimenting.

Fig. 17. Double Faulted Lode.

The success of a quartz mine depends as much on favourable working conditions as on its richness in gold. Thus it may be that a mine carrying 5 or 6 oz. of gold to the ton but badly circumstanced as to distance, mountainous roads, lack of wood and water, in some cases a plethora of the latter, or irregularly faulted country (Fig. 17), may be less profitable than another showing only 5 or 6 dwt., but favourably situated.

It is usually desirable to choose for the battery site, when possible, the slope of a hill which consists of rock that will give a good foundation for your battery.

The economical working depends greatly on the situation, which is generally fixed more or less, in the proximity of the water. The advantages of having ample water for battery purposes, or of using water as a motive power, are so great that it is very often desirable to construct a tramway of considerable length, when, by so doing, that power can be utilised; hence most quartz mills are placed near streams, or in valleys where catchment dams can be effectively constructed, except, of course, in districts where much water has to be pumped from the mine.

If water-power can be used, the water-motor will necessarily be placed as low as possible, in order to obtain the fullest available power. One point is essential. Special care must be taken to keep the appliances above highest flood-level. If the water in the stream is not sufficient to carry off the tailings, the battery should be placed at such a height as to leave sufficient slope for tailings’ dumps. This is more important when treating ore of such value that the tailings are worth saving for secondary treatment. In this case provision should be made for tailings, dams, or slime pits.

Whether the battery is worked by water, steam, or gas power, an ample supply of water is absolutely necessary, at least until some thoroughly effective mode of dry treatment is established. If it can be possibly arranged the water should be brought in by gravitation, and first cost is often least cost; but where this is impossible, pumps of sufficient capacity, not only to provide the absolute quantity used, but to meet any emergency, should be erected.

The purer the water the better it will be for amalgamating purposes, and in cold climates it is desirable to make provision for heating the water supplied to the battery. This can be done by means of steam from the boiler led through the feed tanks; but where the boiler power is not more than required, waste steam from the engine may be employed, but care must be taken that no greasy matter comes in contact with the plates. The exhaust steam from the engine may be utilised by carrying it through tubes fitted in an ordinary 400 gallon tank.

Reducing appliances have often to be placed in districts where the water supply is insufficient for the battery. When this is so every available means must be adopted for saving the precious liquid, such as condensing the exhaust steam from the engine. This may be done by conducting it through a considerable length of ordinary zinc piping, such as is used for carrying the water from house roofs. Also tailings pits should be made, in which the tailings and slimes are allowed to settle, and the cleared water is pumped back to be again used. These pits should, where practicable, be cemented. It is usual, also, to have one or two tailings dams at different levels; the tailings are run into the upper dam, and are allowed to settle; the slimes overflow from it into the lower dam, and are there deposited, while the cleared water is pumped back to the battery. Arrangements are made by which all these reservoirs can be sluiced out when they are filled with accumulated tailings. It is well not to leave the sluicing for too long a period, as when the slimes and tailings are set hard they are difficult to remove.

Where a permanent reducing plant is to be erected, whatever form of mill may be adopted, it is better for many reasons to use automatic ore feeders. Of these the best two I have met are the “Tulloch” (Fig. 18), and “Challenge” (Fig. 19) either of which can be adapted to any mill and both do good work.

By their use the reducing capacity of the mill is increased, and the feeding being regular the wear and tear is decreased, while by the regulated feeding of the “pulp” in the battery box or mortar can be maintained at any degree of consistency which may be found desirable, and thus the process of amalgamation will be greatly facilitated. The only objection which can be urged against the automatic feeder is that the steel points of picks, gads, drills, and other tools may be allowed to pass into the mortar or mill, and thus cause considerable wear and tear. A remedy for this is suggested (p. 148).

Plate IV.—Tail Race

Fig. 18. Tulloch Automatic Ore Feeder.

Fig. 19. Challenge Automatic Ore Feeder.

If local conditions are favourable and the management good, some mines have paid well with a yield of from 1½ to 4 dwts. of gold per ton of ore; but others have not paid with much higher yields in test crushings. Great judgment is required in selecting the best possible site for the class of crushing machinery decided upon. The crusher should be as high as can be managed so as to give a good clear run for the tailings and room for the concentrators and amalgamators, &c., below the copper plates and blanket strakes. Solid, strong foundations are essential; many failures are due to a neglect of this point.

In a stamp mill (Fig. 20) the foundations are usually made of hard-wood logs about 5 to 6 feet long, set on end, the bottom end resting on rock and set round with cement concrete. These are bolted together, and the “box” or mortar is bolted to them. The horizontal logs to carry the “horses” or supports for the battery frame should also be of good size, and solidly and securely bolted. The same applies to your engine bed, but whether it be of timber, or mason work, above all things provide that the whole of your work is set out square and true to save after wear and friction. Fig. 21 represents a 10-head stamp mill.

My experience has been that the most effective weight for stamps and height for drop largely depends on the nature of the rock foundation. I have usually found that with medium stamps, say 7½ to 8 cwt. with fair drop and lively action, about 80 falls per minute, the best results were obtained, but the tendency of modern mill men is towards the heavier stamps, 10 cwt. and even heavier.

Great improvements have been made in stamp mills since the sixteenth century, as is evident by comparing Fig. 21A with Figs. 20 and 21; even in the writer’s time they have been considerable.

To find the horse power required to drive a battery, multiply the weight of one stamp by the number of stamps in the battery; the height of lift in feet by the number of lifts per minute; add one-third of the product for friction, and the result will be the number of feet-lbs. per minute; divide this by 33,000 which is the number of feet-lbs. per minute equal to 1 h.-p. and the result will be the h.-p. required. Thus if a stamp weighs 800 lbs. and you have five in the box, and each stamp has a lift of 9 in. = 0·75 ft. and strikes 80 blows per minute, then ÷ 800 × 5 × 0·75 × 80 = 240,000; one third of 240,000 = 80,000, which added to 240,000 = 320,000; and 320,000 divided by 33,000 = 9·7 h.-p. or 1·9 h.-p. each stamp.

Fig. 20. Stamp Mill, showing Part of Foundations.

Fig. 21. 10-Head Stamp Mill.

The total weight of a battery, including stamper box, stampers, &c., may be roughly estimated at about 1 ton per stamp. Medium weight stampers, including shank, cam, disc, head, and shoe, weigh from 600-700 lbs., and need about ¾ h.-p. to work them.

Fig. 21a.

Sixteenth Century Stamp Mill.

The quantity of water required for the effective treatment of gold bearing rock in a stamper battery varies according to the composition of the material to be operated upon, but generally it is more than the inexperienced believe. For instance, “mullocky” lode stuff, containing much clayey matter or material carrying a large percentage of heavy metal, such as titanic iron or metallic sulphides, will need a larger quantity of water per stamp than clean quartz. A fair average quantity would be 750 to 1000 gallons per hour for each box of five stamps. In general practice I have seldom found 1000 gallons per hour more than sufficient.

As to the most effective mesh for the screen or grating, that depends largely on the size of the gold particles contained in the gangue. The finer the particles the closer must be the mesh, so that nothing but careful experiment will enable the battery manager to decide this most important point. The American slotted screens are best; they wear better than the punched gratings and can be used of finer gauge. Woven steel wire gauze is employed with good effect in some mills where specially fine trituration is required. This class of screen requires special care as it is somewhat fragile, but with intelligent treatment does good work.

The fall or inclination of the tables, both copper and blanket strakes, is also regulated by the class of ore. If it should be heavy then the fall must be steeper. A fair average drop is ¾ inch to the foot. Be careful that your copper tables are thoroughly water-tight, for, remember, where water will percolate, mercury will penetrate.

The blanket tables are simply a continuation of the mercury tables, but covered with strips of coarse blanket, green baize, or other flocculent material, intended to arrest the heavier metallic particles which have not been amalgamated.

The blanket table is, however, a very unsatisfactory concentrator at best, and is giving place to mechanical concentrators of various descriptions.

I have a device at present unpatented which will do away with the necessity for blanket tables or copper plates, as by the expenditure of from ½ to 1 h.-p. every particle of free gold after leaving the boxes must come within the embrace of a mercury amalgam. No cleaning of plates is required.

An ancient Egyptian gold washing table is shown in Fig. 22. It is a representation of an old stone table such as is referred to in p. 2, which was used by the Egyptians in treating the gold ores of Lower Egypt. The ore was first ground, it is likely by means of some description of stone arrastra, and then passed over the sloping table with water, the gold being retained in the riffles. In these the material would probably be mechanically agitated. Although for its era ingenious it will be plain to practical men that if the gold were fine the process would be very ineffective. Possibly, but of this I have no evidence, mercury was used to retain the gold in the riffles, for, as previously stated, this method was known to the ancients.

Fig 22. Washing Table of Stone with Riffles.

At a mine at which I was managing director the lode was almost entirely composed of sulphide of iron, carbonate of lime or calcspar, with a little silica. In this case it was found best to crush without mercury, then run the pulp into pans, where it was concentrated. The concentrates were calcined in a common reverberatory furnace, and afterwards amalgamated with mercury in a special pan; the results were very satisfactory; but it does not follow that this process would be the most suitable for a slightly different lode stuff.

I was lately consulted with respect to the treatment of a pyritic ore in a very promising mine, but could not recommend the above treatment, because though the pyrites in the gangue was similar, the bulk of the lode consisted of silica, consequently there would be a great waste of power in triturating the whole of the stuff to what, with regard to much of it, would be an unnecessary degree of fineness. I am of opinion that in cases such as this, where it is not intended to adopt the chlorination or cyanogen process, it will be found most economical to crush to a coarse gauge, concentrate, calcine the concentrates, and finally amalgamate in some suitable amalgamator.

Probably for this mode of treatment Krom rolls would be found more effective reducing agents than stampers, as with them the bulk of the ore can be broken to any required gauge and there would consequently be less loss in “slimes.”

The great art in effective battery work is to crush your stuff to the required fineness only, and then to provide that each particle is brought into contact with the mercury either in box, trough plate, or pan. To do this the flow of water must be carefully regulated; it should not carry the stuff off too quickly nor allow the troughs and plates to be choked. In cold weather the water may be warmed by passing the feed-pipe through a tank into which the steam from the engine exhausts, and this will be found to keep the mercury bright and lively. But be careful no engine oil or grease mingles with the water, as grease on the copper tables will absolutely prevent amalgamation.

The first point, then, is to effectively crush the gangue, the degree of fineness being regulated by the fineness of the gold itself. This being done, then comes the question of saving the gold. If the quartz be clean, and the gold unmixed with base metal, the difficulty is small. All that is required is to ensure that each particle of gold shall be taken up by the mercury. The main object is to arrest the gold at the earliest possible stage; therefore, if you are treating clean stone containing free gold, either coarse or fine, I advise the use of mercury in the boxes, for the reason that a considerable proportion of the gold will be caught thereby, and settling to the bottom, or adhering to amalgamated plates in the boxes, where such are used, will not be afterwards affected by the crushing action, which might otherwise break up, or “flour,” the mercury. On the whole, I rather favour the use of mercury in the box at any time, unless the ore is very refractory—that is, contains too great a proportion of base metals, particularly sulphides of iron, arsenic, &c., when the result will not be satisfactory, but may entail great loss by the escape of floured mercury carrying with it particles of gold. Intelligent experience will assist the battery manager to adopt the right system.

The crushed stuff—generally termed the “pulp”—passes from the boxes through the “screens” or “gratings,” and so on to the “tables”—i.e., sheets of copper amalgamated on the upper surface with mercury, and sometimes electroplated with silver and afterwards treated with mercury. Unless the quartz is very clean, and, consequently light, I am opposed to the form of stamper box with mercury troughs cast in the “lip,” nor do I think that a trough under the lip is a good arrangement, as it usually gets so choked and covered with the heavy clinging base metals as to make it almost impossible for the gold to come in contact with the mercury. It will be found better where the gold is fine, or the gangue contains much base metal, to run the pulp from the lip of the battery into a “distributor.”

The distributor is a wooden box the full width of the stamper box or mortar, having a perforated iron bottom set some three to four inches above the first copper plate, which should come up under the lip. The effect of this arrangement is that the pulp is dashed on to the plate by the falling water, and the gold at once coming in contact with the mercury begins to accumulate and attract that which follows, till the amalgam becomes piled in little crater-shaped mounds, and thus 75 per cent. of the gold is saved on the top plate.

I have tried a further adaptation of this process when treating ores containing a large percentage of iron oxide, where the bulk of the gold is impalpably fine, and contained in the “gossan.” At the end of the blanket table, or at any point where the crushed stuff last passes before going to the “tailings heap” or “sludge pit,” a “saver” is placed. The saver is a strong box about 15 in. square by 3 ft. high, one side of which is removable, but must fit tight. Nine slots are cut inside at 4 in. apart, and into these are fitted nine square perforated copper plates, having about eighty to a hundred ¼ in. holes in each; the perforations should not come opposite each other. These plates are to be amalgamated on both sides with mercury, and the top plate “fed” from time to time with mercury, in which a very little sodium has been placed. If acid ores are being treated, zinc should be employed in place of sodium, and to prevent the plates becoming bare, if the stuff is very poor, thick zinc amalgam may be used with good effect; but in that case discontinue the sodium, and occasionally, if required, say once or twice in the day, mix an ounce of sulphuric acid in a half gallon of water and slowly pour it into the launder above the saver. Underneath the “saver” you require a few riffles, or troughs, to catch any waste mercury, but if not overfed there should be no waste. This automatic appliance sometimes arrests a considerable quantity of gold.

We now come to the subsidiary processes of battery work, the “cleaning” of plates, and “scaling” same when it is desired to get all the gold off them, the cleaning and retorting of amalgam, and of the mercury, smelting gold, &c.

Plates should be tenderly treated, kept as smooth as possible, and when cleaning up after crushing, in your own battery, the amalgam—except, say, at half-yearly intervals—should be removed with a rubber only; the rubber is simply a square of black india-rubber or soft pine wood.

Fig. 23. Scraper.

When crushing rich ore, and you want to get nearly all the gold off your plates, the scraper (Fig. 23) may be resorted to. This is usually made by the mine blacksmith from an old flat file which is cut in half, the top turned over, beaten out to a sharp blade, and kept sharp by touching it up on the grinding-stone. This, if carefully used, will remove the bulk of the amalgam without injury to the plate.

Various methods of “scaling” plates will be found among “Rules of Thumb.”

Where base metals are present in the lode stuff frequent retortings of the mercury, say not less than once a month, will be found to have a good effect in keeping it pure and active. For this purpose, and in order to prevent stoppage of the machinery, a double quantity is necessary, so that half may be used alternately. Less care is required in retorting the mercury than in treating the amalgam, as the object in the one case is more to cleanse the metal of impurities than to save gold, which will for the most part have been extracted by squeezing through the chamois leather or calico. A good strong heat may therefore at once be applied to the retort and continued, the effect being to oxidise the arsenic, antimony, lead, &c., which, in the form of oxides, will not again amalgamate with the mercury, but will either lie on its surface under the water, into which the nozzle of the retort is inserted, or will float away on the surface of the water. I have also found that covering the top of the mercury with a few inches of broken charcoal when retorting has an excellent purifying effect.

In retorting amalgam, much care and attention is required.

First, never fill the retort too full, give plenty of room for expansion; for, when the heat is applied, the amalgam will rise like dough in an oven, and may be forced into the discharge pipe, the consequence being a loss of amalgam or the possible bursting of the retort. Next, be careful in applying the heat, which should be done gradually, commencing at the top. This is essential to prevent waste and to turn out a good-looking cake of gold, which all battery managers like to do, even if they purpose smelting into bars.

Sometimes special difficulties crop up in the process of separating the gold from the amalgam. At the first “cleaning up” on the Frasers Mine at Southern Cross, West Australia, great consternation was excited by the appearance of the retorted gold, which, as an old miner graphically put it, was “as black as the hind leg of a crow,” and utterly unfit for smelting, owing to the presence of base metals. Some time after this I was largely interested in the Blackborne mine in the same district when a similar trouble arose. This I succeeded in surmounting, but a still more serious one was too much for me—i.e., the absence of payable gold in the stone. I give here an extract from the Australian Mining Standard, of December 9th, 1893, with reference to the mode of cleaning the amalgam which I adopted.

NEW METHOD OF SEPARATING GOLD FROM IMPURE AMALGAM.

I had submitted to me lately a sample of amalgam from a mine in West Australia which amalgam had proved a complete puzzle to the manager and amalgamator. The Mint returns showed a very large proportion of impurity, even in the smelted gold. When retorted only, the Mint authorities refused to take it after they had treated the first two cakes, one of 119 oz., which yielded only 35 oz. 5 dwt. standard gold, and one of 140 oz., which gave 41 oz. 10 dwt. The gold smelted on the mine was nearly as bad proportionately. Thus, 128 oz. smelted down at the Mint to 87 oz. 8 dwt. and 109 oz. to 55 oz. 10 dwt. The impurity was principally iron, a most unusual thing in my experience, and was due to two causes revealed by assay of the ore and analysis of the mine water, viz., an excess of arsenate of iron in the stone, and the presence in large proportions of mineral salts, principally chloride of calcium CaCl₂, sodium NaCl, and magnesium MgCl₂, in the mine water used in the battery. The exact analysis of the water was as follows:—

Carbonate of Iron | FeCO₃ | 2·76 | grains per gallon
Carbonate of Calcium | CaCO₃ | 7·61 | ”   ”
Sulphate of Calcium | CaSO₄ | 81·71 | ”   ”
Chloride of Calcium | CaCl₂ | 2797·84 | ”   ”
Chloride of Magnesium | MgCl₂ | 610·13 | ”   ”
Chloride of Sodium or Common Salt | NaCl | 5072·65 | ”   ”
| | —— |
Total solid matter | | 8572·70 | = 19·5 oz. to the gallon

It will be seen, then, that this water is nearly four times more salt than that of the sea. The effect of using a water of this character, as I have previously found, is to cause the amalgamation of considerable quantities of iron with the gold as in this case.

I received 10 oz. of amalgam, and having found what constituted its impurities proceeded to experiment as to its treatment. When retorted on the mine it was turned out in a black cake so impure as almost to make it impossible to smelt properly. I found the same result on first retorting, and after a number of experiments which need not be recapitulated, though some were fairly effective, I hit on the following method, which proved to be most successful and will probably be so found in other localities where similarly unfavourable conditions prevail.

I took a small ball of amalgam, placed it in a double fold of new fine-grained calico, and after soaking in hot water put it under a powerful press. The weight of the ball before pressing was 1583 gr. From this 383 gr. of mercury were expressed and five-eighths of a grain of gold was retorted from this expressed mercury. The residue, in the form of a dark, grey, and very friable cake, was powdered up between the fingers and retorted, when it became a brown powder; it was afterwards calcined on a flat sheet in the open air; result, 510 gr. of russet-coloured powder. Smelted with borax, the iron oxide readily separated with the slag; result, 311 gr. gold 871-1000 fine; a second smelting brought this up to 914-1000 fine. Proportion of smelted gold to amalgam, one-fifth.

The principal point about this mode of treatment is the squeezing out of the mercury, whereby the amalgam goes into the retort in the form of powder, thus preventing the slagging of the iron and enclosure of the gold. The second point of importance is thorough calcining before smelting.

Of course it would be practicable, if desired, to treat the powder with hydrochloric acid, and thus remove all the iron, but in a large way this would be too expensive, and my laboratory treatment, though necessarily on a small scale, was intended to be on a practical basis.

The amalgam at this mine was in this way afterwards treated with great success.

For the information of readers who do not understand the chemical symbols it may be said that

FeCO₃ | is carbonate of iron;
CaCO₃ | is carbonate of calcium;
CaSO₄ | is sulphate of calcium;
CaCl₂ | is chloride of calcium;
MgCl₂ | is chloride of magnesium;
NaCl | is chloride of sodium, or common salt

CHAPTER VII

GOLD EXTRACTION—SECONDARY PROCESSES AND LIXIVIATION

Before any plan is adopted for treating the ore in a new mine the management should very seriously and carefully consider the whole circumstances of the case, taking into account the quantity and quality of the lode stuff to be operated on, and ascertain by analysis what are its component parts, for, as before stated, the treatment which will yield most satisfactory results with a certain class of gangue on one mine will sometimes, even when the material is apparently similar, prove a disastrous failure in another. Some time since I was glad to note that the manager of what has since become a very prominent Australian mine strongly discountenanced the purchase of any extracting plant until he was fully satisfied as to the character of the bulk of the ore he would have to treat. It would be well for the pockets of shareholders and the reputation of managers if more of our mine superintendents followed this prudent and sensible course.

Having treated on gold extraction with mercury by amalgamated plates and their accessories, something must be said about secondary modes of saving in connection with the amalgamation process. The operations described hitherto have been the disintegration of the gold-bearing material and the extraction therefrom of the coarser free gold. But it must be understood that most auriferous lode stuff contains a proportion of sulphides of various metals, wherein a part of the gold, usually in a very finely divided state, is enclosed, and on this gold the mercury has no influence. Also many lodes contain hard heavy ferric ores, such as titanic iron, tungstate of iron, and hematite, in which gold is held. In others, again, are found considerable quantities of soft powdery iron oxide or “gossan,” and compounds such as limonite, aluminous clay, &c., which, under the action of the crushing mill become finely divided and float off in the water as “slimes,” carrying with them atoms of gold, often microscopically small. To save the gold in such matrixes as these is an operation which even the best of our mechanical appliances have not yet fully accomplished.

Where there is not too great a proportion of base metals on which the solvent will act, and when the material is rich enough in gold to pay for the extra cost of treatment, chlorination or cyanisation are the best modes of extraction yet practically adopted.

Presuming, however, that we are working by the amalgamation process, and have crushed our stone and obtained the free gold, the next requirement is an effective concentrator to secure the heavy base metals which hold a percentage of gold. There are many, and some do excellent work, but do not act equally well in all circumstances. The first and most primitive is the blanket table (p. 79); but it can hardly be said to be very effective, and requires constant attention and frequent changing and washing of the strips of blanket.

Instead of blanket tables percussion tables are sometimes used, to which a jerking motion is given against the flow of the water and pulp, and by this means the heavier minerals are gathered towards the upper part of the table, and are removed when concentrated. I have seen this appliance doing fairly good work, but it is by no means a perfect concentrator.

Another form of “shaking table” is one with a lateral motion, and this, whether with amalgamated plates, or provided with small riffles, or covered with blanket, keeps the pulp lively and encourages the retention of the heavier particles, whether of gold or base metals containing gold. There has also been devised a rocking table, the action of which is analogous to that of the ordinary miner’s cradle. This appliance, working somewhat slowly, swings on rockers from side to side, and is usually employed in mills where, owing to the complexity of the ore, difficulties have been met with in amalgamating the gold. Riffles are provided and even very fine gold is sometimes effectively recovered by their aid.

The Frue vanner will, as a rule, act well when the pulp is sufficiently and consistently fine. It is an adaptation of the old simple apparatus used in China and India for washing gold dust from river sand. The original consisted of an endless band of strong cloth or closely woven matting, run on two horizontal rollers placed about seven feet apart, one being some inches lower than the other. The upper is caused to revolve by means of a handle. The cloth is thus dragged upwards against a small stream of water and sand fed to it by a second man, the first man not only turning the handle but giving a lateral motion to the band by means of a rope tied to one side.

Fig. 24. Frue Vanner.

Chinamen were working these forerunners of the Frue vanner fifty years ago in Australia, and getting fair returns.

The Frue vanner (Fig. 24) is an endless india-rubber band drawn over an inclined table, to which a revolving and side motion is given by ingenious mechanism, the pulp being automatically fed from the upper end, and the concentrates collected in a trough containing water in which the band is immersed in its passage under the table; the lighter particles wash over the lower end. The only faults with the vanner are—first, it is rather slow; and secondly, though so ingenious it is just a little complicated in construction for the average non-scientific operative.

Of pan concentrators there is an enormous selection, the principle in most being similar—i.e., a revolving muller, which triturates the sand, so freeing the tiny golden particles and admitting of their contact with the mercury. The mistake with respect to most of these machines is the attempt to grind and amalgamate in one operation. Even when the stone under treatment contains no deleterious compounds the simple action of grinding the hard siliceous particles has a bad effect on the quicksilver, causing it to separate into small globules, which either oxidising or becoming coated with the impurities contained in the ore will not reunite, but wash away in the slimes and take with them a percentage of the gold. As a grinder and concentrator, and in some cases as an amalgamator, when used exclusively for either purpose, the Watson and Denny pan (Fig. 25) is effective; but although successfully used at one mine I know, the mode there adopted would, for reasons previously given, be very wasteful in many other mines.

Fig. 25. Watson and Denny Pan.

There is much misconception, even among men with some practical knowledge, as to the proper function of these saving appliances; and sometimes good machines are condemned because they fail to perform work they were not intended for.

It cannot be too clearly realised that the correct order of procedure for extracting the gold held in combination with base metals is—first, reduction of the particles to a uniform gauge and careful concentration only; next, the dissipation, usually by simple calcination, of substances in the concentrates inimical to the thorough absorption of the gold by the mercury; and lastly, the amalgamation of the gold and mercury.

For general purposes, where the gangue has not been crushed too fine, I think the Duncan pan will usually be found effective in saving the concentrates. In theory it is an enlargement of the alluvial miner’s tin dish, and the motion imparted to it is similar to the eccentric motion of that simple separator.

The calcining may be effectively carried out in an ordinary reverberatory furnace, the only skill required being to prevent over “roasting” and so slagging the concentrates; or not sufficiently calcining so as to remove all deleterious constituents; the subject, however, is fully treated in Chapter VIII.

For amalgamating I prefer some form of settler to any further grinding appliance, but I note also improvements in the rotary amalgamating barrel, which, though slow, is, under favourable conditions, an effective amalgamator. The introduction of steam under pressure into an iron cylinder containing a charge of concentrates with mercury is said to have produced good results, and I am quite prepared to believe such would be the case, as we have long known that the application of steam to ores in course of amalgamation facilitates the process considerably.

Some twenty-five years since I also was engaged on the construction of a dry amalgamator in which sublimated mercury was passed from a retort through the descending gangue in a vertical cylinder, the material falling therefrom through an aperture into a revolving settler, the object being to save water on mines in dry country. The model, about quarter size, was completed, when my attention was called to an American invention, in which the same result was stated to be attained more effectively by blowing the mercury spray through the triturated material by means of a steam jet. I had already encountered a difficulty, since found so obstructive by experimentalists in the same direction, that is, the getting of the mercury back into its liquid metallic form. This difficulty can be largely obviated by my own device of using a very weak solution of sulphuric acid (it can hardly be too weak) and adding a small quantity of zinc to the mercury. It is perfectly marvellous how some samples of mercury “sickened” or “floured” by bad treatment, may be brought back to the bright, clean, easy flowing metal by a judicious use of these inexpensive materials.

Thus it will probably be found practicable to crush dry and amalgamate semi-dry by passing the material in the form of a thin pasty mass to a settler, as in the old South American arrastra, and, by slowly stirring, recover the mercury, and with it the bulk of the gold.

The following is from the Australian Mining Standard, and was headed “Amalgamation Without Overflow”:

“Recent experiments at the Ballarat School of Mines have proved that a deliverance from difficulties is at hand from an unexpected quarter. The despised Chilian mill and Wheeler pan, discarded at many mines, will solve the problem, but the keynote of success is amalgamation without overflow. Dispense with the overflow and the gold is saved.

“Two typical mines—the Great Mercury Proprietary Gold Mine, of Kuaotunu, N.Z., the other, the Pambula, N.S.W.—have lately been conducting a series of experiments with the object of saving their fine gold in an economical manner. The last and best trials made by these companies were at the Ballarat School of Mines, where amalgamation without overflow was put to a crucial test, in each case with the gratifying result that ninety-six per cent. of the precious metal was secured. What this means to the Great Mercury Mine, for instance, can easily be imagined when it is understood that notwithstanding all the latest gold-saving adjuncts during the last six months 1260 tons of ore, worth £4. 17s. 10⅔d. a ton, have been put through for a saving of £1 9s. 1⅔d. only; or in other words over two-thirds of the gold has gone to waste (for the time being) in the tailings, and in the tailings at the present moment lie the dividends that should have cheered shareholders’ hearts.

“And now for the modus operandi, which, it must be remembered, is not hedged in by big royalties to any one, rights, patent or otherwise. The ore to be treated is first calcined, then put through a rock-breaker or stamper battery in a perfectly dry state. If the battery is used, ordinary precautions, of course, must be taken to prevent waste, or the dust becoming obnoxious to the workmen. The ore is then transferred to the Chilian mill and made to the consistency of porridge, the quicksilver being added. When the principal work of amalgamation is done (experience soon teaching the amount of grinding necessary), from the Chilian mill the paste (so to say) is passed to a Wheeler or any other good pan of a similar type, when the gold-saving operation is completed.”

This being an experiment in the same direction as my own, I tried it on a small scale. I calcined some very troublesome ore till it was fairly “sweet,” triturated it, and having reduced it with water to about the consistency of invalid’s gruel, put it into a little berdan pan made from a “camp oven,” which I had used for treating small quantities of concentrates, and from time to time drove a spray of mercury, wherein a small amount of zinc had been dissolved, into the pasty mass by means of a steam jet, added about half an ounce of sulphuric acid and kept the pan revolving for several hours. The result was an unusually successful amalgamation and consequent extraction—over ninety per cent.

Steam—or to use the scientific term, hydro-thermal action—has played such an important part in the deposition of metals that I cannot but think that under educated intelligence it will prove a powerful agent in their extraction. Twenty-five years ago I obtained some rather remarkable results from simply boiling auriferous ferro-sulphides in water. There is in this alone an interesting, useful, and profitable field for investigation and experiment.

The most scientific and perfect mode of gold extraction (when the conditions are favourable) is lixiviation by means of chlorine, potassium cyanide, or other aurous solvent, for by this means as much as 98 per cent. of the gold contained in suitable ores can be converted into its mineral salt, and being dissolved in water, re-deposited in metallic form for smelting; but lode stuff containing much lime would not be suitable for chlorination, or the presence of a considerable proportion of such a metal as copper, particularly in metallic form, would be fatal to success, while cyanide of potassium will also attack metals other than gold, and hence discount the effect of that solvent.

The earlier practical applications of chlorine to gold extraction were known as Mears’ and Plattner’s processes, and consisted in placing the material to be operated on in vats with water, and introducing chlorine gas at the bottom, the mixture being allowed to stand for a number of hours, the minimum about twelve, the maximum forty-eight. The chlorinated water was then drawn off containing the gold in solution which was deposited as a brown powder by the addition of sulphate of iron.

Great improvements on this slow and imperfect method have been made of late years, among the earlier of which was that of Messrs. Newbery and Vautin. They placed the pulp with water in a gas-tight revolving cylinder, into which the chlorine was introduced, and atmospheric air to a pressure of 60 lb. to the square inch was pumped in. The cylinder with its contents was revolved for two hours, then the charge was withdrawn and drained nearly dry by suction, the resultant liquid being slowly filtered through broken charcoal on which the chloride crystals were deposited, in appearance much like the bromo-chlorides of silver ore seen on some of the black manganic oxides of the Barrier silver mines. The charcoal, with its adhering chlorides, was conveyed to the smelting-house and the gold smelted into bars of extremely pure metal. Messrs. Newbery and Vautin claimed for their process decreased time for the operation with increased efficiency.

At Mount Morgan, when I visited that mine in the eighties, they were using what might be termed a composite adaptation process. Their chlorination works, the largest in the world, were putting through 1500 tons per week. The ore as it came from the mine was fed automatically into Krumm roller mills, and after being crushed and sifted to regulation gauge was delivered into trucks and conveyed to the roasting furnaces, and thence to cooling floors, from which it was conveyed to the chlorinating shed. Here were long rows of revolving barrels, on the Newbery-Vautin principle, but with this marked difference, that the pressure in the barrel was obtained from an excess of the gas itself, generated from a charge of chloride of lime and sulphuric acid. On leaving the barrels the pulp ran into settling vats, somewhat on the Plattner plan, and the clear liquid having been drained off was passed through a charcoal filter, as adopted by Newbery and Vautin. The manager, Mr. Wesley Hall, stated that the estimated cost per ton was not more than 30s., and he expected shortly to reduce that when he began making his own sulphuric acid. As he was obtaining over 4 oz. to the ton the process was paying very well, but it will be seen that the price would be prohibitive for poor ores unless they could be concentrated before calcination.

The Pollok process is a newer, and stated to be a cheaper mode of lixiviation by chlorine. It is the invention of Mr. J. H. Pollok, of Glasgow University, and a strong Company was formed to work it. With him the gas is produced by the admixture of bisulphate of sodium (instead of sulphuric acid, which is a very costly chemical to transport) and chloride of lime. Water is then pumped into a strong receptacle containing the material for treatment and powerful hydraulic pressure is applied. The effect is stated to be the rapid change of the metal into its salt, which is dissolved in the water and afterwards treated with sulphate of iron, and so made to resume its metallic form.

It appears, however, to me that there is no essential difference in the pressure brought to bear for the quickening of the process. In each case it is an air cushion, induced in the one process by the pumping in of air to a cylinder partly filled with water, and in the other by pumping in water to a cylinder partly filled with air.

The process of extracting gold from lode stuff and tailings by means of cyanide of potassium is now largely used and may be thus briefly described:—It is chiefly applied to tailings, that is, crushed ore that has already passed over the amalgamating and blanket tables. The tailings are placed in vats, and subjected to the action of solutions of cyanide of potassium of varying strengths down to 0·2 per cent. These dissolve the gold, which is leached from the tailings, passed through boxes in which it is precipitated either by means of zinc shavings, electricity, or other precipitant. The solution is made up to its former strength and passed again through fresh tailings. When the tailings contain a quantity of decomposed pyrites, partly oxidised, the acidity caused by the freed sulphuric acid requires to be neutralised by an alkali, caustic soda being usually employed.

When “cleaning up,” the cyanide solution in the zinc precipitating boxes is replaced by clean water. After careful washing in the box, to cause all pure gold and zinc to fall to the bottom, the zinc shavings are taken out. The precipitates are then collected, and after calcination in a special furnace for the purpose of oxidising the zinc, are smelted in the usual manner.

The following description of an electrolytic method of gold deposition from a cyanide solution was given by Mr. A. L. Eltonhead before the Engineers’ Club of Philadelphia.

A description of the process is as follows:—“The ore is crushed to a certain fineness, depending on the character of the gangue. It is then placed in leaching vats, with false bottoms for filtration, similar to other leaching plants. A solution of cyanide of potassium and other chemicals of known percentage is run over the pulp and left to stand a certain number of hours, depending on the amount of metal to be extracted. It is then drained off and another charge of the same solution is used, but of less strength, which is also drained. The pulp is now washed with clean water, which leaches all the gold and silver out, and leaves the tailings ready for discharge, either in cars or sluiced away by water, if it is plentiful.

“The chemical reaction of cyanide of potassium with gold is as follows, according to Elsner:—

₂Au + ₄KCy + O + H₂O = ₂KAuCy₂ + ₂KHO.

That is, a double cyanide of gold and potassium is formed.

“All filtered solutions and washings from the leaching vats are saved and passed through a precipitating ‘box’ of novel construction, which may consist either of glass, iron or wood, and be made in any shape, either oval, round, or rectangular—if the latter, it will be about 10 ft. long, 4 ft. wide and 1 ft. high—and is partitioned off lengthwise into five compartments. Under each partition, on the inside or bottom of the ‘box,’ grooves may be cut a quarter-to a half-inch deep, extending parallel with the partitions to serve as a reservoir for the amalgam, and give a rolling motion to the solution as it passes along and through the four compartments. The centre compartment is used to hold the lead or other suitable anode and electrolyte.

“The anode is supported on a movable frame or bracket, so it may be moved either up or down as desired, it being worked by thumb-screws at each end.

“The electrolyte may consist of saturated solutions of soluble alkaline metals and earths. The sides or partitions of each compartment dip into the mercury, which must cover the ‘box’ evenly on the bottom to the depth of about a half-inch.

“Amalgamated copper strips or discs are placed in contact with the mercury and extended above it, to allow the gold and silver solution of cyanide to come in contact.

“The electrodes are connected with the dynamo; the anode of lead being positive and the cathode of mercury being negative. The dynamo is started, and a current of high amperage and low voltage is generated, generally 100 to 125 amperes, and with sufficient pressure to decompose the electrolyte between the anode and the cathode.

“As the gas is generated at the anode, a commotion is created in the liquid, which brings a fresh and saturated solution of electrolyte between the electrodes for electrolysis, and makes it continuous in its action.

“The solution of double cyanide of gold, silver, and potassium, which has been drained from the leaching vats, is passed over the mercury in the precipitating ‘box’ when the decomposition of the electrolyte by the electric current is being accomplished, the gold and silver are set free and unite with the mercury, and are also deposited on the plates or discs of copper, forming amalgam, which is collected and made marketable by the well-known and tried methods. The above solution is regenerated with cyanide of potassium by the setting free of the metals in the passage over the ‘box.’

“In using this solution again for a fresh charge of pulp, it is reinforced to the desired percentage, or strengthened with cyanide of potassium and other chemicals, and is always in good condition for continuing the operation of dissolving.

“The potassium acting on the water of the solution creates nascent hydrogen and potassium hydrate; the nascent hydrogen sets free the metals (gold and silver), which are precipitated into the mercury and form amalgam, leaving hydrocyanic acid; this latter combines with the potassium hydrate of the former reaction, thus forming cyanide of potassium. There are other reactions for which I have not at present the chemical formulas.

“As the solution passes over the mercury, the centre compartment of the ‘box’ is moved slowly longitudinally, which spreads the mercury, the solution is agitated and comes in perfect contact with the mercury, as well as the amalgamated plates or discs of copper, ensuring a perfect precipitation.

“It is not always necessary to precipitate all the gold and silver from the solution, for it is used over and over again indefinitely; but when it is required, it can be done perfectly and cheaply in a very short time.

“No solution leached from the pulp, containing cyanide of potassium, gold and silver, need be run to waste, which is in itself an enormous saving over the use of zinc shavings when handling large quantities of pulp and solution.

“Some of the advantages the electro-chemical process has over other cyanide processes are: Its cleanliness, quickness of action, cheapness, and large saving of cyanide of potassium by regeneration; not wasting the solutions, larger recovery of the gold and silver from the solutions; the cost of recovery less; the loss of gold, silver, and cyanide of potassium reduced to a minimum; the use of caustic alkali in such quantity as may be desired to keep the cyanide solution from being destroyed by the acidity of the pulp, and also sometimes to give warmth, as a warm cyanide solution will dissolve gold and silver quicker than a cold one. These caustic alkalies do not interfere with or prevent the perfect precipitation of the metals. The bullion recovered in this process is very fine, while the zinc-precipitated bullion is only about 700 fine.

“The gold and silver is dissolved, and then precipitated in one operation, which we know cannot be done in the ‘chlorination process’; besides, the cost of plant and treatment is much less in the above-described process.

“The electro-chemical process, which I have hastily sketched will, I think, be the future cheap method of recovering fine or flour gold from our mines and waste tailings or ore dumps.

“Without going into details of cost of treatment, I will state that with a plant of a capacity of handling 10,000 tons of pulp per month, the cost should not exceed 8s. per ton, but that may be cheapened by labour-saving devices. There being no expensive machinery, a plant could be very cheaply erected wherever necessary.”

CHAPTER VIII

CALCINATION OR ROASTING OF ORES

The object of calcining or roasting certain ores before treatment is to dissipate the sulphur or sulphides of arsenic, antimony, lead, &c., which are inimical to treatment, whether by ordinary mercuric amalgamation or lixiviation. The effect of the roasting is first to sublimate and drive off as fumes the sulphur and a proportion of the objectionable metals. What is left is either iron oxide, “gossan,” or the oxides of the other metals. Even lead can thus be oxidised, but requires more care as it melts nearly as readily as antimony and is much less volatile. The oxides in the thoroughly roasted ore will not amalgamate with mercury, and are not acted on by chlorine or cyanogen.

To effect the oxidation of sulphur, it is necessary not only to bring every particle of sulphur into contact with the oxygen of the air, but also to provide adequate heat to the particles sufficient to raise them to the temperature that will induce oxidation. No appreciable effect follows the mere contact of air with sulphur particles at atmospheric temperature; but if the particles be raised to a temperature of 500° Fahr., the sulphur is oxidised to the gaseous sulphur dioxide. The same action effects the elimination of the arsenic and antimony associated with gold and silver ores, as when heated to a certain constant temperature these metals readily oxidise.

The science of calcination consists of the method by which the sulphide ores, having been crushed to a proper degree of fineness, are raised to a sufficient temperature and brought into intimate contact with atmospheric air.

It will be obvious then that the most effective method of roasting will be one that enables the particles to be thoroughly oxidised at the lowest cost in fuel and in the most rapid manner.

The roasting processes in practical use may be divided into three categories:

First or Process A.—Roasting on a horizontal and stationary hearth, the flame passing over a mass of ore resting on such hearth. In order to expose the upper surface of the ore to contact with air the material is turned over by manual labour. This furnace of the reverberatory type is provided with side openings by which the turning over of the ore can be manually effected, and the new ore can be charged and afterwards withdrawn.

Second or Process B.—Roasting in a revolving hearth placed at a slightly inclined angle from the horizontal. The furnace is of cylindrical form, and is internally lined with refractory material. It has projections that cause the powdered ore to be lifted above the flame, and, at a certain height, to fall through the flame and so be rapidly raised to the temperature required to effect the oxidation of the oxidisable minerals which it is desired to extract.

The rate, or speed, of revolution of this revolving furnace obviously depends upon the character of the ore under treatment; it may vary from two revolutions per minute down to one revolution in thirty minutes. Any kind of fuel is available, but that of a gaseous character is stated to be by far the most efficient.

Any ordinary cylinder of a length of 25 ft., and a diameter of 4 ft. 6 in., inclined 1 ft. 6 in. in its length, will calcine from 24 to 48 tons per diem.

Another form of rotating furnace is one in which the axis is horizontal. It is much shorter than the inclined type, and the feeding and removal of the ore is effected by the opening of a retort lid door provided at the side of the furnace. Openings provided at each end of the furnace permit the passage of the flame through it, and the revolution of the furnace turns over the powdered ore and brings it into more or less sustained contact is continued sufficiently long to ensure the more or less complete oxidation of the ore particles.

Third or Process C.—In this process the powdered ore is allowed to fall in a shower from a considerable height, through the centre of a vertical shaft up which a flame ascends; the powdered ore in falling through the flame is heated to an oxidising temperature, and the sulphides are thus depleted of their sulphur and become oxides.

Another modification of this direct fall or shaft furnace is that in which the fall of the ore is checked by cross-bars or inclined plates placed across the shaft; this causes a longer oxidising exposure of the ore particles.

When the sulphur contents of pyritous ores are sufficiently high, and after the ore has been initially fired with auxiliary carbonaceous fuel, it is unnecessary, in a properly designed roasting furnace, to add fuel to the ore to enable the heat for oxidation to be obtained. The oxidation or burning of the sulphur will provide all the heat necessary to maintain the continuity of the process. The temperature necessary for effecting the elimination of both sulphur and arsenic is not higher than that equivalent to dull red heat; and provided that there is a sufficient mass of ore maintained in the furnace, the potential heat resulting from the oxidation of the sulphur will alone be adequate to provide all that is necessary to effect the calcination.

TYPES OF FURNACES OF THE DIFFERENT CLASSES THAT ARE IN ACTUAL USE.

“A” or Reverberatory Class.

The construction of this furnace has already been sufficiently described. If the roasting is performed in a muffle chamber, the arrangement employed by Messrs. Leach and Neal, Limited, of Derby, and designed by Mr. B. H. Thwaite, C.E., can be advantageously employed in this furnace, which is fired with gaseous fuel. The sensible heat of the waste gases is utilised to heat the air employed for combustion; and by a controllable arrangement of combustion, a flame of over 100 feet in length is obtained, with the result that the furnace from end to end is maintained at a uniform temperature. By this system, and with gaseous fuel firing, a very considerable economy in fuel and in repairs to furnace, and a superior roasting effect, have been obtained.

Where the ordinary reverberatory hearth is fired with solid coal from an end grate, the temperature is at its maximum near the firing end, and tails off at the extreme gas outlet end. The ores in this furnace should therefore be fed in at the colder end of the hearth and be gradually worked or “rabbled” forward to the firing end.

One disadvantage of the reverberatory furnace is the fact that it is impossible to avoid the incursion of air during the manual rabbling action, and this tends to cool the furnace.

The cost of roasting, to obtain the more or less complete oxidation, or what is known in mining parlance as a “sweet roast” (because a perfectly roasted ore is nearly odourless) varies considerably, the variation depending of course upon the character of the ore and the cost of labour and fuel.

There are several modifications of the reverberatory furnace in use, designed mechanically to effect the rabbling. One of the most successful is that known as the Horse-shoe furnace. In plan the hearth of the furnace resembles a horse-shoe.

The stirring of the ore over the hearth is effected by means of carriages fixed in the centre of the furnace and having laterally projecting arms, carrying stirrers, that move along the hearth and turn over the pulverised ore.

In operation, half the carriages are traversing the furnace, and half are resting in the cooling space, so that a control over the temperature of the stirrers is established.

This furnace is stated to be more economical in labour than other mechanically stirred reverberatory furnaces, and there is also said to be an economy in fuel.

Usually the mechanical stirring furnaces give trouble and should be avoided, but the horse-shoe type possesses qualifications worthy of consideration.

“B.” The Revolving Cylinder Furnace.

Of these some of the best known to me are: The Howell-White, The Brückner, The Thwaite-Denny, and the Molesworth.

The Brückner is a cylinder, turning on its horizontal axis and carried by four rollers.

The batch of ore usually charged into the two charging hoppers weighs about four tons. When the two charging doors are brought under the hopper mouth, the contents of the hopper fall directly into the cylinder.

The ends or throats of the furnace are reduced just sufficiently to allow the flame evolved from a grated furnace to pass completely through the cylinder.

A characteristic size for this Brückner furnace is one having a length of 12 feet and a diameter of 6 feet. A furnace of this capacity will have an inclusive weight (iron and brickwork) of 15 tons.

The time of operation, with the Brückner, will vary with the character of the ore under treatment and the nature of the fuel employed. Four hours is the minimum and twelve hours should be the maximum time of operation.

By the addition of common salt with the batch of ore, such of its constituents as are amenable to the action of chlorine are chlorinated as well as freed from sulphur.

Where the ore contains any considerable quantity of silver which should be saved, the addition of the salt is necessary as the silver is very liable to become so oxidised in the process of roasting as to render its after treatment almost impossible. I know a case in point where an average of nearly five ounces of silver to the ton, at that time worth 30s., was lost owing to ignorance on this subject. Had the ore been calcined with salt, NaCl, the bulk of this silver would have been amalgamated and thus saved. It was the extraordinary fineness of the gold saved by amalgamation as against my tests of the ore by fire assay that put me on the track of a most indefensible loss.

The Howell-White Furnace.—This furnace consists of a cast iron revolving cylinder, averaging 25 feet in length and 4 ft. 4 in. in diameter, which revolves on four friction rollers, resting on truck wheels, rotated by ordinary gearing.

The power required for effecting the revolution should not exceed four indicated horse-power.

The cylinder is internally lined with firebrick, projecting pieces causing the powdered ore to be raised over the flame through which it showers, and is thereby subjected to the influence of heat and to direct contact oxidation.

The inclination of the cylinder, which is variable, promotes the gradual descension of the ore from the higher to the lower end. It is fed into the upper end, by a special form of feed hopper, and is discharged into a pit at the lower end, from which the ore can be withdrawn at any time.

The gross weight of this furnace, which is, however, made in segments to be afterwards bolted together, is some ninety to one hundred tons.

The furnace is fired with coal on a grated hearth, built at the lower end; it is more economical both in fuel and in labour than an ordinary reverberatory furnace.

The Thwaite-Denny Revolving Furnace.—This new type of furnace, which is fired with gaseous fuel, is stated to combine the advantages of the Stetefeldt, the Howell-White, and the Brückner.

It is constructed as follows:—Three short cylinders, conical in shape and of graduated dimensions, are superposed one over the other, their ends terminating in two vertical shafts of brickwork, by which the three cylinders are connected. The powdered ore is fed into the uppermost cylinder and gravitates through the series. The highest cylinder is the largest in diameter, the lowest the smallest.

The gas flame, burnt in a Bunsen arrangement, enters the smallest end of the lowest cylinder and passes through it; then returns through the intermediate cylinder above it, being directed by the brickwork shaft—from one cylinder to the other—till finally the gases flow through the topmost cylinder and enter into a dust depositing chamber. The gases evolved increase as the flame flows through the series and the ore is reduced by the expulsion of its sulphur, arsenic, &c., as it descends from the top to the bottom. The top cylinder is made larger than the one below it and the middle cylinder is made larger than the lowest one in proportion to the increased bulk of gases and ore.

The powdered ore in descending through the cylinders is lifted up and showers through the flame, falling in its descent a distance of over 1000 feet. By the time it reaches the bottom the ore is thoroughly roasted.

Provision is made for the introduction of separate supplies of air and gas into each cylinder; this enables the oxidising treatment to be controlled exactly as desired so as to effect the best results with all kinds of ore. Each cylinder is driven from its own independent gearing, and the speed of each cylinder can be varied at will.

The output of this type of furnace, the operations of which appear to be more controllable than those of similar appliances, depends, of course, upon the nature of the ore, but may be considered to range within the limits of twelve to fifty tons in twenty-four hours, and the cost of roasting will vary from 2s. 6d. to 4s. per ton, depending upon the quality of ore and of fuel.

The gaseous fuel generating system permits not only the absolute control over the temperature in the furnace, but the use of the commonest kinds of coal, and even charcoal is available.

The power required to drive the Thwaite-Denny furnace is four indicated horse-power.

The Molesworth Furnace also is a revolving cylindrical appliance, which, to say the least of it, is in many respects novel and ingenious. It consists of a slightly cone-shaped, cast-iron cylinder about fourteen feet long, the outlet end being the larger to allow for the expansion of the gases. Internal studs are so arranged as to keep the ore agitated; and spiral flanges convey it to the outlet end continually, shooting it across the cylinder. The cylinder is encased in a brick furnace. The firing is provided from outside, the inventor maintaining that the products of combustion are inimical to rapid oxidisation, to specially promote which he introduces an excess of oxygen produced in a small retort set in the roof of the furnace and fed from time to time with small quantities of nitrate of soda and sulphuric acid. Ores containing much sulphur virtually calcine themselves. I have seen this appliance doing good work. The difficulties appeared to be principally mechanical.

There are other furnaces which work with outside heat, but I have not seen them in action.

“C.”—Shaft Type of Furnace.

In one form of this furnace, instead of allowing the ore to descend in a direct clear fall the descent is impeded by inclined planes placed at different levels in the height of the shaft, the ore descending from one plane to the other.

The Stetefeldt Shaft Furnace.—Although very expensive in first cost, has many advantages. No motive power is required and the structure of the furnace is of a durable character. Its disadvantages are:—Want of control, and the occasionally imperfect character of the roasting originating therefrom.

Three sizes of Stetefeldt’s furnaces are constructed:

The largest will roast from | 40 to 80 | tons per diem.
The intermediate  ” ” | 20 ” 40 | ” ”
The smallest         ” ” | 10 ” 20 | ” ”

A good furnace should bring down the sulphur contents even of concentrates so as to be innocuous to mercuric amalgamation. The sulphur left in the ore should never be allowed to exceed two per cent.

A forty per cent. pyritous or other sulphide ore should be roasted in a revolving furnace in thirty to forty minutes, and without any auxiliary fuel.

For ordinary purposes a 40-foot chimney is adequate for furnace work; such a chimney four feet square inside at the base, tapering to 2’ 6” at the summit, will require 12,000 red bricks, and 1500 fire-bricks for an internal lining to a height of 12 feet from the base of the chimney shaft.

When second-hand Lancashire or Cornish boiler flues are available, they make admirable and inexpensive chimneys. The advantage of wrought-iron or steel chimneys lies in the convenience of removal and erection. They should be made in sections of 20 feet long, three steel wire guy-ropes attached to a ring, riveted to a ring two-thirds of the height of the chimney, and attached to holdfasts driven into the ground; tightening couplings should be provided for each wire.

Flue dust depositing chambers should be built in the line of the flues between the furnace and the chimney; they consist simply of carefully built brick chambers, with openings to enable workmen to enter and rapidly clear away the deposited matters. The chambers, three or four times the cross sectional area of the chimney flue, and ten to twenty feet long, can be built of brickwork, set in cement; the walls are provided with a cavity, filled with sand or Portland cement, so that there will be no danger of the incursion of air. In all furnace work the greatest possible precautions should be taken to prevent the least cracking of either joints or bricks. It is surprising how much the inadequate draft of a good chimney is due to cracks or orifices in the flues; and therefore a competent furnace-man should see to it that his flues are thoroughly sound, and free from openings through which the air can enter.[2]

[2] For full details of the most recent improvements in the cyanide process and in other methods of extraction, the reader is referred to Dr. T. K. Rose’s “Metallurgy of Gold,” third edition.

CHAPTER IX

MOTOR POWER AND ITS TRANSMISSION

It is unnecessary to describe the methods by which power for mining purposes has been obtained—that is, up to within the last five years—beyond a general statement, that when water power has been available in the immediate locality of the mine, this cheap natural source of power has been called upon to do duty. Steam has been the alternative agent of power production applied in many different ways, but labouring under as many disadvantages, chief of which are lack of water, scarcity of fuel and cost of transit of machinery. Sometimes condensing steam-engines have been employed. For the generation of steam the semi-portable and semi-tubular have been the type of boiler that has most usually been brought into service. Needless to say, when highly mineralised mine water only is available the adoption of this class of boiler is attended with anything but satisfactory results.

Recently, however, there is strong evidence that where steam is the power agent to be employed the water-tube type of boiler is likely to be employed, and to the exclusion of all other forms of apparatus for the generation of steam. The advantages of this type, particularly the tubulous form (or a small water tube), made as it is in sections, offers unrivalled facilities for transport service. The heaviest parts need not exceed 3 cwt. in weight, and require neither heavy nor yet expensive brickwork foundations.

WATERLESS POWER.

The difficulties in finding water to drive a steam plant are often of such a serious character as to involve the abandonment of many payable mines; therefore, a motive power that does not require the aqueous agent will be a welcome boon.

It will be a source of gratification to many a gold-claim holder to know that practical science has enabled motive power to be produced without the necessity of water, except a certain very small quantity, which once supplied will not require to be renewed, unless to compensate for the loss due to atmospheric evaporation.

Any carbonaceous fuel, such as, say, lignite, coal, or charcoal, can be employed. The latter can be easily produced by the method described in the Chapter on “Rules of Thumb,” or by building a kiln by piling together a number of trunks of trees, or fairly large-sized branches, cut so that they can be built up in a compact form. The pile, after being covered with earth, is then lighted from the base, and if there are no inlets for the air except the limited proportion required for the smouldering fire at the base, the whole of the timber will be gradually carbonised to charcoal of good quality, which is available for the waterless power plant.

The waterless power plant consists of two divisions: First, a gas generating plant; secondly, an internal combustion or gas engine in which the gas is burnt, producing by thermo-dynamic action the motive power required. The system known as the Thwaite Power Gas System is not only practically independent of the use of water, but its efficiency in converting fuel heat into work is so high that no existing steam plant will be able to compete with it.

The weight of raw timber, afterwards to be converted into charcoal, that will be required to produce an effective horse-power for one hour equals 7 lb.

If coal is the fuel | 1⅓ lb. | per E. H. P. for one hour’s run.
If lignite ” ” | 2½ | ”  ”  ”

The plant is simple to work, and as no steam boiler is required the danger of explosions is removed. No expensive chimney is necessary for the waterless power plant.

Where petroleum oil can be cheaply obtained, say for twopence per gallon, one of the Otto Cycle Oil Engines, for powers up to 20 indicated horse-power, can be advantageously employed.

These engines have the advantage of being a self-contained power, requiring neither chimney nor steam boiler, and may be said to be a waterless power. The objection is the necessity to rely upon oil as fuel, and the dangers attending the storage of oil. A good oil engine should not require to use more than a pint of refined petroleum per indicated horse-power working for one hour.

Fortunately for the mining industry electricity, that magic and mysterious agency, has come to its assistance, in permitting motive power to be transmitted over distances of even as much as 100 miles with comparatively little loss of the original power energy.

Given, that on a coal or lignite field, or at a waterfall, 100 horse-power is developed by the combustion of fuel or by the fall of water driving a turbine, this power can be electrically transmitted to a mine or GROUP OF MINES, say 100 miles away, with only a loss of some 30 horse-power. For twenty miles the loss on transmission should not exceed 15 horse-power, so that 70 and 85 horse-power respectively are available at the mines. No other system offers such remarkable efficiencies of power transmission. The new Multiphase Alternating Electric Generating and Power Transmission System is indeed so perfect as to leave practically no margin for improvement.

The multiphase electric motor can be directly applied to the stamp battery and ore-breaker driving-shaft and to the shaft of the amalgamating pans.

Approximate Power required to drive the Machinery Of a Mine.

Rock breaker | 10 | effective horse-power
Amalgamating pan | 5 | ” ”
Grinding pan | 6 | ” ”
Single stamp of 750 lb. | |
dropping 90 times per minute | 1·25 | ” ”
Settlers | 4 | ” ”
Ordinary hoisting lift | 20 | ” ”

Allow 10 per cent. in addition for overcoming friction.

Besides this electrical distributing power, which should not cost more than three farthings per effective horse-power per hour, the electrical energy can be employed for lighting the drives and the shafts of the mine. The modern electrical mine lamps leave little to be desired. Also it is anticipated that once the few existing difficulties have been surmounted electric drilling will supplant all other methods.

Electric power can be employed for pumping, for shot firing, for hauling, and for innumerable purposes in a mine.

Electricity lends itself most advantageously to so many and varied processes, even in accelerating the influence of cyanide solutions on gold, and in effecting the magnetic influence on metallic particles in separating processes; while applied to haulage purposes, either on aërial lines (Fig. 26) or on tram or railroads, it is an immediate and striking success.

Fig. 26. Electrical Aërial Tramway.

It is anticipated that in the near future the mines on the Rand, South Africa, will be electrically driven from a coalfield generating station located on the coalfields some thirty miles from Johannesburg. Such a plant made up of small multiples of highly efficient machines will enable mine-owners to obtain a reliable power to any extent at immediate command and at a reasonable charge in proportion to the power used. This wholesale supply of power will be a godsend to a new field, enabling the opening up to be greatly expedited; and no climatic difficulties, such as dry seasons, or floods, need interfere with the regular running of the machinery. The same system of power-generation at a central station is to be applied to supply power to the mines of Western Australia.

CHAPTER X

COMPANY FORMATION AND OPERATIONS

All the world over, the operation of winning from the soil and rendering marketable the many valuable ores and mine products which abound is daily becoming more and more a scientific business which cannot be too carefully entered into or too skilfully conducted. The days of the dolly and windlass, of the puddler, cradle, and tin dish, are rapidly receding; and mining, either in lode or alluvial working, is being more generally recognised as one of the exact sciences. In the past, mining has been carried on in a very haphazard fashion, to which much of its non-success may be attributed.

But the dawn of better days has arrived, and with the advent of schools of mines and technical colleges there will in future be less excuse for ignorance in this most important industry.

This chapter will be devoted to Company formation and working, in which mistakes leading to very serious consequences daily occur.

It is not necessary to go deeply into the question why, in the mining industry more than any other, it should be deemed desirable as a general rule to carry on operations by means of public Companies, but, as a matter of fact, few names can be mentioned of men who mine extensively single handed. Yet, risky as it is, mining is hardly more so than, say, pastoral pursuits, in which private individuals risk, and often lose or make, enormous sums of money.

In floating Mining Companies the first mistake usually made is not providing sufficient working capital for meeting all necessary expenses until permanent profits are realisable. This neglect has caused the sacrifice of many good properties. In England, the Companies are often floated fully paid up, but the same initial error of providing too little money for the equipment and effective working of the mine is usually fallen into.

Again, far too many Companies are floated on the report of plausible, ignorant individuals posing as mining experts. These men acquire a few geological and mining phrases, and by more or less skilfully interlarding these with statements of large lodes and big returns they supply reports seductive enough to float the most worthless properties and cause the waste of thousands of pounds. But the trouble does not end here.

When the Company is to be formed, some lawyer, competent or otherwise, is instructed to prepare articles of association, rules, &c., which, three times out of four, is accomplished by a liberal employment of scissors and paste. Such rules may or may not be suited to the requirements of the organisation. Generally no one troubles much about the matter, though on these rules depends the future efficient working of the Company, and sometimes its very existence.

Then Directors have to be appointed, and these are seldom selected because of any special knowledge of mining they may possess, but as a rule simply because they are large shareholders or prominent men whose names look well in a prospectus. These gentlemen forthwith engage a Secretary, usually on the grounds that he is the person who has tendered lowest, to provide office accommodation and keep the accounts; and not from any particular knowledge he has of the true requirements of the position.

The way in which some Directors contrive to spend their shareholders’ money is humorously commented on by a Westralian paper which describes a great machinery consignment landed in the neighbourhood of the Boulder Kalgoorlie.

“It would seem as if the purchaser had been let loose blindfold in a prehistoric material founder’s old iron yard, and having bought up the whole stock, had shipped it off. The feature of the entire antediluvian show is the liberal allowance of material devoted to destruction. Massive kibbles, such as were used in coal mines half a century ago, are arranged alongside a winding engine, built in the middle of the century, and evidently designed for hauling the kibbles from a depth of 1000 feet. Nothing less than horse power will stir the trucks for underground use, and their design is distinctly of the antique type. The engine is built to correspond—of a kind that might have served to raise into position the pillars of Baalbec, and the mass of metal in it fairly raises a blush to the iron cheek of frailer modern constructions. The one grand use to which this monster could be put would be to employ it as a kedge for the Australian continent in the event of it dragging its present anchors and drifting down south, but as modern mining machinery the whole consignment is worth no more than its value as scrap-iron, which in its present position is a fraction or two less than nothing.”

Next a man to manage the mine has to be obtained, and some one is placed in charge, of whose capabilities the Directors have no direct knowledge. Being profoundly ignorant of practical mining they are incompetent to examine him as to his qualifications, or to check his mode of working, so as to ascertain whether he is acting rightly or not. All they have to rely on are some certificates often too carelessly given and too easily obtained. Finally, quite a large proportion of the allottees of shares have merely applied for them with the intention of selling out on the first opportunity at a premium, hence they have no special interest in the actual working of the mine.

Now let us look at the prospects of the Association thus formed. The legal Manager or Secretary, often a young and inexperienced man, knows little more than how to keep an ordinary set of books, and not always that. He is quite ignorant of the actual requirements of the mine, or what is a fair price to pay for labour, appliances, or material. He cannot check the expenditure of the Mining Manager, who may be a rogue or a fool or both, for we have had samples of all sorts to our sorrow. The Directors are in like case. Even where the information is honestly supplied, they cannot judge whether the work is being properly carried out or is costing a fair price, and the Mining Manager is left to his own devices, with no one to check him nor any with whom he can consult in specially difficult cases. Thus matters drift to the almost certain conclusion of voluntary or compulsory winding up; and so many a good property is ruined, and promising mines, which have never had a reasonable trial, are condemned as worthless. But let us ask, would any other business, even such as are less subject to unforeseen vicissitudes than mining, succeed under similar circumstances?

It is now very generally agreed that to the profitable development of mining, new countries at all events must look mainly for prosperity while other industries are growing. Therefore, we cannot too seriously consider how we may soonest make our mines successful.

What is the remedy for the unsatisfactory state of affairs we have experienced? The answer is a more practical system of working from the inception. Although it may evoke some difference of opinion I consider it both justifiable and desirable that the State should take some oversight of mining matters, at least in the case of public Companies. It would be a salutary rule that the promoters of any mining undertaking should, before they are allowed to place it on the market, obtain and pay for the services of a competent Government Mining Inspector, who need not necessarily be a Government officer, but might, like licensed surveyors, be granted a certificate of competency either by a School of Mines or by some qualified Board of Examiners. The certificate of such Inspector that the property was as represented should be given before the prospectus was issued. It is arguable whether even further oversight might not properly be taken by the State, and the report of a qualified officer be compulsory that the property was reasonably worth the value placed upon it in the prospectus.

Probably it will be contended that such restrictions would be an undue interference with private rights, and the old aphorism about a fool and his folly will be quoted. There are doubtless fools so infatuated that if they were brayed in a ten hundred-weight stamp battery the foolishness that had not departed from them would give a highly payable percentage to the ton. Yet the State in other matters tries by numerous laws to protect such from their folly. A man may not sell a load of wood without the certificate from a licensed weighbridge nor a loaf of bread without, if required, having to prove its weight; and we send those to gaol who practice on the credulity and cupidity of fools by means of the “confidence trick.” Why not, therefore, where interests which may be said to be national are involved, endeavour to ensure fair dealing?

Then with regard to the men who are to manage our mines, seeing that a man may not become captain or mate of a river steamboat without some certificate of competency, nor drive her engines before he has passed an examination to prove his fitness, surely it is not too much to say that the mine manager or engineer, to whose care are often confided the lives of hundreds of men, and the expenditure of thousands of pounds, should be required to obtain a recognised diploma to prove his qualifications. The examinations might be made comparatively easy at first, but afterwards, when by the establishment of Schools and Mines the facilities have been afforded for men to thoroughly qualify, the standard should be raised; and after a date to be fixed no man should be permitted to assume the charge of a mine or become one of its officers without a proper certificate of competency from some recognised School of Mines or Technical College. The effect of such a regulation would in a few years produce most beneficial results.

In New Zealand, whose “progressive” legislature I do not generally commend, they have, in the matter of mine management, at all events, taken a step in the right direction. There a mine manager, before he obtains his certificate, must have served at least two years underground, and has to pass through a severe examination, lasting for days, in all subjects relating to mining and machinery connected with mining. In addition, he must prove his capacity by making an underground survey, and then plotting his work. The examination is a stiff one, as may be judged from the fact that between 1886 and 1891, only 27 candidates passed. Then the conditions were made easier, and from that date to 1895, 19 passed. Of the 46 students who gained first-class honours, 30 have left for South Africa or Australia, in both of which countries New Zealand certificated men are held in high estimation.

The result of the establishment of our own School of Mines (Plate V.) has been to raise the standard of the mine officer, whether manager, assayer, engineer, or “underground boss,” and our graduates have small difficulty in obtaining positions both in the states of the Commonwealth and in South Africa. The building alone cost nearly £40,000, of which £15,000 was donated by the Hon. George Brookman, a successful mining man. The mining and metallurgical courses extend over a period of four years. There are also facilities for students to gain higher qualifications, viz., the Fellowship in Mining, Metallurgy, Mechanical Engineering, or Electrical Engineering. The School works in conjunction with the Adelaide University, each institution teaching the subjects for which it is specially qualified.

But returning to the formation of the Company, care should be taken in appointing Directors that at least one member of the Board is selected on account of his special technical knowledge of mining, and others for their special business capacity. The ornamental men with high-sounding names should not be required in legitimate ventures. Also, it is most important that the business Manager or Secretary should be a thoroughly qualified man, who by experience has learned what are the requirements of a mine doing a certain amount of work, so that a proper check may be kept on the expenses. The more Companies such a Secretary has in hand the better, as one qualified man can supervise a large staff of clerks, who would themselves be qualifying for similar work, and gaining a useful and varied experience of mining business. An office of this description having charge of a large number of mines is, in its way, a technical school, and lads trained therein would be in demand as mine pursers, a very responsible and necessary officer in a big mine.

With respect to the men to whom the actual mining and treatment of ores and machinery is committed the greatest mistakes of the past have been that too much has been required from one man. The Mining Manager has been expected to be a miner, metallurgist, engineer, and business man, a combination not to be found probably in one man in a thousand. Such Admirable Crichtons are rare in any profession or business, and that of mining is no exception. Men who profess too much are to be distrusted. Your best men are they who concentrate their energies and intellects in special directions. The Mining Manager should, if possible, be chosen from men holding certificates of competency from some technical mining school and, of course, should, in addition, have some practical experience, not necessarily as Head Manager. He should understand practical mine surveying and calculation of quantities, be able to dial and plot out his workings, and prepare an intelligible plan thereof for the use of the Directors, and should understand sufficient of physics, particularly pneumatics and hydraulics, to ensure thoroughly efficient pumping operations without loss of power from unnecessarily heavy appliances. Any other scientific knowledge applicable to his business which he may have acquired will tell in his favour, but he must, above all things, be a thoroughly practical man. Such men will in time be more readily procurable, as students who have passed through the various Schools of Mines will be sent to learn their business practically at the mines just as we now, having given a lad a course of naval instruction, send him to sea to learn the practical part of his life’s work.

Plate V.—South Australian School of Mines and Industries

But, of course, more is wanted on a mine than a man who can direct the sinking of shafts, driving of levels, and stoping of the lode. Much loss and disappointment have resulted in the past from unsuitable, ineffective, or badly designed and erected machinery, whether for working the mine or treating the ores. To obviate this defect a first-class mining engineer is required.

Then, also, day by day we are more surely learning that mining in all its branches is a science, and that the treatment of ores and extraction of the metals is daily becoming more and more the work of the laboratory rather than of the rule-of-thumb procedure of the past. Every mine, whether it be of gold, silver, tin, copper, or other metal, requires the supervision of a thoroughly qualified metallurgist and chemist, and one who is conversant with the newest processes for the extraction of the metals from their ores and matrices.

It has then been stated that to ensure effective working each mine requires, in addition to competent directors, a business-manager, mining-manager, and assistants, engineer, chemist, and metallurgist, with assistant assayers, &c., all highly qualified men. But it will be asked, how are many struggling mines in sparsely populated countries to obtain the services of all these eminent scientists? The reply is by co-operation. One of the most ruinous mistakes of the past has been that each little mining venture has started on an independent course, with different management, separate machinery, &c. Can it then be wondered at that our gold-mining is not always successful?

Under a co-operative system all that each individual mine would require would be a qualified, practical miner capable of opening and securing the ground in a miner-like manner, and a good working engineer; and in gold-mining, where the gold is free in its matrix, a professional amalgamator, or lixiviator. For the rest, half a dozen or more mines may collectively retain the services of a mine manager of high attainments as general inspector and superintendent, and the same system could be adopted with respect to an advising metallurgist and an engineer. For gold, as indeed for other metals, a central extracting works, where the ores could be scientifically treated in quantity, might be erected at joint cost, or might easily be arranged for as a separate business.

A very fruitful cause of failure is the fatuous tendency of directors and mine managers to adopt new processes and inventions simply because they are new. As an inventor in a small way myself, and one who is always on the watch for improved methods, I do not wish to discourage intelligent progress; but the greatest care should be exercised by those having the control of the money of shareholders in mining properties before adopting any new machinery or process.

We have seen, and unfortunately shall see, many a promising mining company brought to grief by this popular error. The directors of mining companies might, to use an American saying, “paste this in their hats” as a useful and safe aphorism. “Let others do the experimenting; we are willing to pay only for proved improvements.” I can cordially endorse every word of the following extracts from Messrs. McDermott and Duffield’s admirable little work, “Losses in Gold Amalgamation.”

“Some directors of mining companies are naturally inclined to listen to the specious promises of inventors of novel processes and new machinery, forgetting their own personal disadvantage in any argument on such matters, and assuming a confidence in the logic of their own conclusions, while they ignore the fruitful experience of thousands of practical men who are engaged in the mining business. The repeated failures of directors in sending out new machinery to their mines ought by this time to be a sufficient warning against increasing risks that are at once natural and unavoidable, and to deter them from plunging their shareholders into experiments which, in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, result in nothing but excessive and needless expense.

“It is certain that new machines and new processes are, and will be, given attention by mining men in proportion to their probable merits; but the proper place for experiments is in a mill already as successful as under known processes it can be made. In a new enterprise, even when the expense of an experiment is undertaken by the inventor, the loss to the mine-owner in case of failure must be very great, both in time and general running expenses. Directors should not believe that a willingness to risk cash in proving an invention is necessarily any proof of value of the same; it is only a measure of the faith of the inventor, which is hardly a safe standard to risk shareholders’ money by.

“The variety of modifications in approved processes ought at least to suggest the desirability of exhausting the known, before drawing on the unknown and purely speculative. It should also be borne in mind that what might appear at first sight to be new processes, and even new machinery, are, in fact, often nothing but old contrivances and plausible theories long ago exploded among practical men.

“Many mining companies have been ruined, without any reference to their mines, through men deciding on the reasonableness of new process and machinery who have no knowledge of the business in hand. It is assumed often, that if an inventor or manufacturer of new machinery will agree to guarantee success, or take no pay if not successful, the company takes no risk. In actual fact a whole year is wasted in most cases, failure spoils the reputation of the company, running expenses have continued, and further working capital cannot be raised, because all concerned have lost confidence by the failure to obtain returns promised. All this in addition to the regular, unavoidable risks of mining itself, which may, at any moment during the year lost, call for increased expenses and increased faith in ultimate success. To the mining man who makes money by the business, the natural risks of mining is all he will take; it is sufficient; and when he invests more money in machinery he takes good care that he takes no chances of either failure or delay.

“The following are rules which no mining company or individual mine-owner can afford to neglect.

“(1) The risk should be confined to mining. No body of directors is justified in taking a shareholder’s money and investing it in new processes or machinery when the subscription was simply for a mining venture. Directors are invariably incapable of deciding whether a so-called improvement in machinery or process is really so or not, and the reasonable course is to follow established precedents.

“(2) The risk of selecting an incompetent manager should be reduced to minimum by taking a man with a successful record in the particular work to be done. The manager selected should be prohibited, as much as the directors, from experimenting with new methods or machinery. A really experienced man will require no check in this direction, as he will not risk ruining his reputation.

“(3) The only time for a company to experiment is when the mine is paying well by the usual methods, and the treasury is in a condition to speculate a little in possible improvements without jeopardising regular returns.”

Probably this is the best place to insert another word of warning to directors who are not mining specialists, and also to investors in gold mining shares. Assays of auriferous lode material should always be checked by the results of trials on large quantities. The reason is obvious. First, the prospector or company promoter is not in the least likely to pick the worst piece of stone in the heap for assay; and, secondly, even should the sample be selected with the sole object of getting a fair result, no living man can judge the value of a gold lode by the result of treatment of an ounce of stone. So when it is reported that a sample of rock from the Golden Mint Mine, Golconda, assays at the rate of 2,546 oz. 13 dwt. and 21 grs. to the ton, and that there are thousands of tons of similar stone in sight, the statement should be received with due caution. The assay is doubtless correct, but the deductions therefrom are most misleading.

A few words of advice also to directors of mine-purchasing companies and syndicates, of which there are now so many in existence, may probably be found of value. It is not good policy as a general rule to buy entirely undeveloped properties, unless such have been inspected by your own man, who is both competent and trustworthy, and indeed who should have an interest in the profits. Large areas, although so popular in England, do not compensate for large bodies of payable ore; the most remunerative mine is generally one of comparatively small area, but containing a large lode formation of payable, but often low grade, ore.

It is worse still, of course, to buy a practically worked out mine, though this too is sometimes done. It must be remembered that mining, though often so profitable, is nevertheless a destructive industry, thus differing from agriculture, which is productive, and manufactures, which are constructive. Every ton of stone broken and treated from even the best gold mine in the world makes that mine the poorer by one ton of valuable material; thus, to buy a mining property on its past reputation for productiveness is, as a rule, questionable policy, unless you know there is sufficient good ore in sight to cover the purchase cost and leave a profit.

The point may be put thus: Human industry is (1) Productive, (2) Constructive, and (3) Destructive.

(1) Productive.—Intelligent culture of the soil, including the depasturage of profitable animals. This is the oldest.

(2) Constructive.—The manufacture of raw products, animal, vegetable, and mineral, into articles of a necessary or æsthetic character.

(3) Destructive.—Mining, in all its forms, because the natural stores of valuable minerals and metals won and used are not replaceable.

One of the greatest causes of non-success of gold mining ventures, particularly when worked by public companies, is the lack of actual personal supervision, and hence, among other troubles, is that ultra-objectionable one—gold stealing from the mills, or, in alluvial mining, from the tail races. As to the former, the following appeared in 1893 in the London Mining Journal, and is, I think, worthy of the close consideration of mine directors in all parts of the world:—

“No one that has not experienced the evil of gold thieving from reduction mills can have any idea of the pernicious element it is, and the difficulty, once that it has got ‘well hold,’ of rooting it out. It permeates every class of society in the district connected with the industry, and managers, amalgamators, assayers, accountants, aye, even bank officials, are ‘all on the job’ to ‘get a bit’ while there is an opportunity. To exterminate the hateful monster requires on the part of the mine proprietors combined, stern and drastic measures undertaken under the personal supervision of one or more of their directors, and in many instances necessitating the removal of the whole of the official staff.”

The writer narrates how about twenty-five years ago he was led to suspect that in an Australian mine running forty head of stamps, in which he held a controlling interest, the owners were being defrauded of about a fourth of the gold really contained in the ore, and the successful steps taken to check the robbery.

“We first of all dispensed with the services of the general manager, and then issued the following instructions to the mine and mill managers, I remaining at the mine to see them carried out until I substituted a practical local man as agent, who afterwards carried on the work most efficiently:—

“(a) Both of these officials to keep separate books and accounts; in other words, to be distinct departments.

“(b) The ore formerly was all thrown together and put through the mill. I subdivided it into four classes, A, B, C, and D, representing deep levels north and upper levels north, deep levels south and upper levels south, and allotted to each class ten heads of stamps at the mill.

“(c) The mine manager to try three prospects, forenoon and afternoon of each day, from the dumps of each of the four classes and record in a book to be kept for that purpose the estimated mill yield of each one.

“(d) The mill manager was required to do the same at the mill and keep his record.

“(e) There were four underground bosses in each shift, twelve in all. I had a book fixed at the top of the shaft in which I required each of these men, at the expiry of every shift, to record any change in the faces of the quartz and particularly in regard to quality.

“(f) Having divided the ore into four classes I instructed the amalgamators, of which there were two in each shift, six in all, that I required the amalgam from each to be kept separate, with the object of ascertaining what each part of the mine produced.

“(g) I procured padlocks for the covering boards of the mercury tables and gave the keys to the amalgamators with instructions that they were not to hand them over to any one except the exchange shift without my written authority, and instructed them that they should clean down the plates every three hours, and after cleaning down the amalgam, buckets to be placed in the cleaning room, which I instructed to be kept locked and the key in charge of a watchman night and day.

“(h) The whole of the amalgam taken from the plates during each twenty-four hours to be cleaned and squeezed by the two amalgamators on duty every forenoon at nine o’clock in the presence of the mill manager, who should weigh each lot and enter it in a book to be kept for the purpose, and the entry to be signed by the mill manager and both amalgamators as witnesses.

“(i) Every alternate Friday the mortars (boxes) to be cleaned out; the work to be commenced punctually at eight a.m. by the six amalgamators in the presence of the mill manager, assisted by the three amalgam cleaning room watchmen and the four battery feeders on duty, prohibiting any of them from leaving until the cleaning up was finished, and the amalgam cleaned, squeezed and weighed, and the amount entered by the mill manager in the record book and attested by the amalgamators.

“I think the intelligent readers (particularly those with a knowledge of the business) will see the drift of the above regulations, viz., for there to be any peculation the whole of the battery staff—fourteen in all—would have to participate in it, and the number was too many to keep a secret. Formerly the amalgam cleaning room was sacred to the mill manager, and on announcing to that official the new instructions he at once tendered his resignation in a tone of offended dignity, immediately followed by that of the mine manager. It is a significant fact that shortly afterwards these two officials purchased a large mill and other property at a cost of £10,000, and that the mine yielded for the following three years during which I was connected with it an average of over 17 dwt. to the ton, as against formerly 10 to 12 dwt.

“The reader must draw his own conclusions. I used to make it a practice to visit the mine daily and prospect the ore, and having the mine and mill managers’ daily prospecting as a guide as well as my own, every man at the mill knew it was impossible for them to thieve without my detecting it; moreover, I made it a rule to discharge any of the mill employés that I discovered were interested in any small private claims.

“The crux of the whole thing is having a practical miner at the head of affairs, and it is impossible for him to thieve if the work is carried out in the manner I have described.”

To bring the whole matter to a conclusion. It may be taken as a safe axiom that to make gold-mining in the mine as distinct from mining on the Stock Exchange really profitable the same system of economy, of practical supervision, and scientific knowledge which is now adopted in all other businesses must be applied to the raising and extraction of the metal. Then, and not till then, will genuine mining take the place to which it is entitled amongst our industries.

CHAPTER XI

RULES OF THUMB

This chapter has been headed as above because a number of the rules and recipes given are simply practical expedients, not too closely scientific. My endeavour has been to supply practical and useful information in language as free from technicalities as possible, so as to adapt it to the ordinary miner, mill operator and prospector, many of whom have had no scientific training. Some of the expedients are original devices educed by necessity, which, we are told, is the mother of invention; others are hints given by practical old prospectors who had met with difficulties that would be the despair of a man brought up within reach of forge, foundry, machine shop, or tradesmen generally. There are many highly ingenious and useful contrivances besides these I have given.

LIVING PLACES

The health of the prospector, especially in a new country, depends largely on his housing—in which particular many men are foolishly careless, for although they are aware that they will be camped out for long periods, yet all the shelter they rely on is a miserable calico tent, often without a “fly,” while in some cases they sometimes even sleep on the wet, or dusty, ground. Such persons fully deserve the ill health which sooner or later overtakes them. A little forethought and very moderate ingenuity would render their camp comparatively healthy and comfortable.

In summer a tent is the hottest, and in winter the coldest of domiciles. The “pizie” or “adobie” hut, or, where practicable, the “dugout” are much to be preferred, especially the latter. “Pizie” or “adobie” is simply surface soil kneaded with water and either moulded between boards like concrete, to construct the walls, or made into large sun-dried bricks. Salt water should not be used, as it causes the wall to be affected by every change of weather. A properly constructed house of this material, where the walls are protected by overhanging eaves, is practically everlasting, and some have been standing for centuries. There are buildings of pizie or adobie in Mexico, California, and Australia which are as good as new, although the latter were built nearly a hundred years ago.

Adobie dwellings are warm in winter, cool in summer, and clean and healthy if occasionally whitewashed.

The dugout is even more simple in construction. A cutting, say ten feet wide, is put into the base of a hill for, say, twelve feet until the back wall is, say, ten feet high, the sides starting from nothing to that height. The front and such portion as is required of the side walls are next constructed of pizie or rough stone, with mud mortar, and the roof either gabled or skillion of bough, grass, or reed thatch, and covered with pizie, over which is sometimes put another thin layer of thatch to prevent the pizie being washed away by heavy rain. Nothing can be more snug and comfortable than such a house, unless the cows, as Mark Twain narrates, make things “monotonous” by persistently tumbling down the chimney.

When the Burra copper mines were in full work in South Australia sixty years ago, the banks of the Burra Creek were honeycombed like a rabbit warren with the “dugout” homes of the Cornish miners. The ruins of these old dugouts now extend for miles, and look something like an uncovered Pompeii.[3]

[3] This wonderful copper occurrence has lately been revived by the discovery of rich and strong lode formations outside the formerly worked portions.

When water is scarce and the tent has to be retained, much can be done to make the camp snug. I occupied a very comfortable camp once, of which my then partner, a Dane, was the architect. We called it “The Bungalow,” and it was constructed as follows: First we set up our tent, 10 ft. by 8 ft., formed of green baize-lined calico, and covered with a well set fly (Fig. 27).

Next we put in four substantial forked posts about 10 ft. high and 15 ft. apart, with securely fixed cross pieces, and on the top was laid a rough flat roof of brush thatch; the sides were then treated in the same way, but not so thickly, being merely intended as a breakwind.

Fig. 27. Calico Tent With Fly.

The ground plan was as shown in Fig. 28.

Fig. 28.

The tent with its two comfortable bunks was placed a little to one side, the remaining space being used as a dining and sitting room all through the summer. Except in occasional seasons of heavy rain, when we were saved the trouble of washing our dishes, the tent was only used for sleeping purposes, and as a storehouse for clothes and perishable provisions. I have “dwelt in marble halls” since then, but never was food sweeter or sleep sounder than in the old bush bungalow.

A BUSH BED.

To make a comfortable bush bedplace, take four forked posts about 3 ft. 6 in. long and 2 to 3 in. in diameter at the top; mark out your bedplace accurately and put a post at each corner, about 1 ft. in the ground. Take two poles about 7 ft. long, and having procured two strong five-bushel corn sacks, cut holes in the bottom corners, put the poles through, bringing the mouths of the sacks together, and secure them there with a strong stitch or two. Put your poles on the upright forked sticks, and you have a couch that even Sancho Panza would have envied. It is as well to fix stretchers or cross stays between the posts at head and foot (Fig. 29).

Fig. 29. Bush Stretcher.

In malarial countries, sleeping on the ground is distinctly dangerous, and as such districts are usually thickly timbered, the Northern Territory hammock is an admirable device, more particularly where mosquitoes abound.

NORTHERN TERRITORY HAMMOCK.

This hammock, which is almost a standing bedplace when rigged, is constructed as follows:—To a piece of strong canvas 7 feet long and 2½ feet wide, put a broad hem, say 3½ inches wide at each end. Into this hem run a tough stick, about 2 feet 8 inches long by 1½ inches diameter. Round the centre of the stick pass a piece of strong three-quarter inch rope, 8 to 10 feet long and knot it, so as to leave a short end in which a metal eye is inserted. To each end of the two sticks a piece of quarter-inch lashing, about 6 feet long, is securely attached (Fig. 30).

Fig. 30. Northern Territory Hammock.

To make the mosquito covering take 18 feet of ordinary strong cheese cloth, and two pieces of strong calico of the same size as the canvas bed; put hems in the ends of the upper one large enough to take half-inch sticks, to all four extremities of which 8 feet of whipcord is to be attached. The calico forms the top and bottom of what we used to call the “meat safe,” the sides being of cheese cloth. A small, flapped opening is left on the lower side. When once inside you are quite safe from mosquito bites.

To rig the above, two trees are chosen 7 to 8 feet apart, or two stayed poles can be erected if no trees are available. The bed is rigged about 3 feet from the ground by taking the rope round the trees or poles, and pulling the canvas taut by means of the metal eyelet. Then the lashings at the extremities of the sticks are fixed about 3 feet further up the trees and you have a bed something between a hammock and a standing bed. The mosquito net is fixed above the hammock in a similar manner, except that it does not require the centre stay (Fig. 31).

Fig. 31. Northern Territory Hammock (set up).

An old friend of mine once had a rather startling experience which caused him to swear by the Northern Territory hammock. He was camped near the banks of a muddy creek on the Daly River, and had fortunately hung his “meat safe” about four feet high. The night was very dark, and some hours after retiring he heard a crash among his tin camp utensils, and the noise of some animal moving below him. Thinking his visitor was a stray “dingo,” or wild dog, he gave a yell to frighten the brute away, and hearing it go, he calmly went to sleep again. Had he known who his caller really was, he would not have felt so comfortable. In the morning on the damp ground below, he found the tracks of a fourteen foot alligator, which was also out prospecting, but which, fortunately, had not thought of investigating the “meat safe.”

PURIFYING WATER.

There is not a more fertile disease distributor, particularly in a new country, than water. The uninitiated generally take it for granted that so long as water looks clear it is necessarily pure and wholesome; as a matter of fact the contrary is more usually the case, except in very well watered countries, and such, as a rule, are not those in which gold is most plentifully got by the average prospector. I have seen foolish fellows, who were parched with a long tramp, drink water in quantity in which living organisms could be seen with the naked eye, without taking even the ordinary precaution of straining it through a piece of linen. If they contracted hydatids, typhoid fever, or other ailments, which thin our mining camps of the strong, lusty, careless youths, who could wonder?

The best of all means of purifying water from organic substances is to boil it. If it should be very bad, add carbon in the form of the charcoal from your camp fire. If it be thick, you may, with advantage, add a little of the ash also.

I once rode forty-five miles with nearly beaten horses to a native well, or rock hole, to find water, the next stage being over fifty miles farther. The well was found, but the water in it was very bad; for in it was the body of a dead kangaroo, which had apparently been there for weeks. The wretched horses, half frantic with thirst, did manage to drink a few mouthfuls, but we could not. I filled our largest billycan, holding about two gallons, slung it over the fire and added, as the wood burnt down, charcoal, till the top was covered to a depth of two inches. With the charcoal there was, of course, a little ash containing bi-carbonate of potassium. The effect was marvellous. So soon as the horrible soup came to the boil, the impurities coagulated, and after keeping it at boiling temperature for about a quarter of an hour, it was removed from the fire, the cinders skimmed out, and the water allowed to settle, which it did very quickly. It was then decanted off into an ordinary prospector’s pan, and some was used to make tea (the flavour of which can be better imagined than described); the remainder was allowed to stand all night, a few pieces of charcoal being added. In the morning it was bright, clear, and absolutely sweet. This experience is worth knowing, as many a bad attack of typhoid and other fevers would be averted if practical precautions of this kind were but used.

TO OBTAIN WATER FROM ROOTS.

The greatest necessity of animal life is water. There are, however, vast areas of the earth’s surface where this most precious element is lamentably lacking, and such, unfortunately, is the case in many rich auriferous districts.

To the practical man there are many indications of water. These, of course, vary in different countries. Sometimes it is the herbage, but, probably, the best of all is the presence of carnivorous animals and birds. These are never found far from water. In Australia the not over-loved wily old crow is a pretty sure indicator of water within reasonable distance—water may be extracted from the roots of the Mallee (Eucalyptus dumosa and gracilis)—the Box (Eucalyptus hemiphloia) and the Water Bush (Hakea leucoptera). To extract it the roots are dug up, cut into lengths of about a foot, and placed upright in a can; the lower ends being a few inches above the bottom. It is simply astonishing how much wholesome, if at times somewhat astringent, water may thus be obtained in a few hours, particularly at night.

Hakea leucoptera. “Pins and needles.”—Maiden, in his work “Useful Native Plants of Australia,” says: “In an experiment on a water-yielding Hakea, the first root, about half an inch in diameter and six or eight feet long, yielded quickly, and in large drops about a wine-glass full of really excellent water.”

This valuable, though not particularly ornamental shrub (for it never attains to the dimensions of a tree), is found, to the best of my belief, in all parts of Australia, although it is said to be absent from West Australia. As to this, I don’t feel quite sure. I have seen it “from the centre to the sea” as far west as Streaky Bay, and believe I have seen it farther west still. Considering the great similarity of much of the flora of South Africa to that of Australia, it is probable that some species of the water-bearing Hakea may be found there. It can readily be recognised by its acicular, needle-like leaves, and more particularly by its peculiarly shaped seed vessel, which resembles the pattern on an old-fashioned Indian shawl (Fig. 32).

If the water found is too impure for drinking purposes and the trouble arises from visible animalculæ only, straining through a pocket-handkerchief is better than nothing; the carbon filter is better still; but nothing is so effective as boiling. A carbon filter is a tube with a wad of compressed carbon inserted, through which the water is sucked. As a rule clay-coloured water is comparatively innocuous, but beware of the bright, limpid water of long stagnant rock water-holes.

Fig. 32. Seed-vessel of Hakea Leucoptera.

TO MAKE AN EFFECTIVE FILTER.

Take a nail-can, keg, cask, or any other vessel, or even an ordinary wooden case (well tarred inside, if possible, to make it water-tight). Make a hole or several holes in the bottom, and set it over a tank or bucket. Into the bottom of the filter put (1) a few inches of washed broken stone; (2) about four inches of charcoal; (3) say three inches of clean coarse sand (if not to hand you can manufacture it by crushing quartz with your pestle and mortar), and (4) alternate layers of charcoal and sand until the vessel is half filled. Fill the top half with water, and renew from time to time, and you have a filter which is as effective as the best London made article. But it is better to boil your water whether you filter afterwards or not.

Clear the inside of the water-cask frequently, and occasionally add to the water a little Condy’s fluid, as it destroys organic matter. A useful cement for stopping leaky places in casks is made as follows; Tallow 25 parts, lard 40 parts, sifted wood ash 25 parts. Mix together by heating, and apply with a knife blade which has just been heated.

CANVAS WATER BAGS.

Fig. 33. Canvas Water Bag.

Are easily made, and are very handy for carrying small supplies of drinking-water when prospecting in a dry country; they having the advantage of keeping the water cool in the hottest weather, by reason of the evaporation. The mouthpiece is made of the neck of a bottle securely sewn in (Fig. 33).

MEDICINE CASE.

Medicine is also a matter well worthy of thought. The author’s worst enemy would not call him a mollycoddle, yet he has never travelled in far wilds without carrying something in the way of medicine. First, then, on this subject, it cannot be too often reiterated that if common Epsom salts were a guinea an ounce instead of a penny the medicine would be valued accordingly, but it is somewhat bulky. What I specially recommend, however, is a small pocket-case of the more commonly known homœopathic remedies, “Mother tinctures,” or first dilutions, which are small, light, and portable, with a small simple book of instructions. Though generally an allopath in practice, I once saved my own life, and have certainly helped others by a little knowledge in diagnosing complaints and having simple homœopathic remedies at hand to be used in the first stages of what might otherwise have been serious illnesses.

PRODUCING FIRE.

Every one has heard, and most believe, that fire may be easily produced by rubbing together two pieces of wood. I have seen it done by aboriginals, but they seldom make use of the operation, which is generally laborious, preferring to carry lighted fire sticks for miles. I have never succeeded in the experiment.

Sometimes, however, it is almost a matter of life or death to be able to produce fire. The back of a pocket knife, or an old file with a fragment of flint, quartz, or pyrites struck smartly together over the remains of a burnt piece of calico, will in deft hands produce a spark which can be fanned to a glow, and so ignite other material, till a fire is produced.

Also it may not be generally known that he who carries a watch has a “burning glass” with which he can, in clear weather, produce fire at will. All that is required is to remove the glass of your watch and carefully three parts fill it with water (salt or fresh). This forms a lens which, held steadily, will easily ignite any light, dry, inflammable substance.

When firearms are carried, cut a cartridge so that only about a quarter of the charge of powder remains. Damp some powder and rub it on a small piece of dry cotton cloth or well-rubbed brown paper. Push a loose pellet of this into the barrel, insert your half cartridge, fire at the ground, when the wad will readily ignite, and can be blown into flame.

TO COPY CORRESPONDENCE.

The prospector is not usually a business man; hence in dealing with business men who, like Hamlet, are “indifferent honest,” he frequently comes to grief through not having a copy of his correspondence. It is most desirable, therefore, either to carry a carbon paper duplicating book and a stylus, or by adding a little sugar to good ordinary black ink you may make a copying ink; then with the aid of a “yellow back” octavo novel, two pieces of board, and some ordinary tissue paper, you may take a copy of any letter you send.

TO PROVIDE A SIMPLE TELEGRAPHIC CODE.

Buy a couple of cheap small dictionaries of the same edition, send one to your correspondent with an intimation that he is to read up or down so many words from the one indicated when receiving a message. Thus, if I want to say “Claim is looking well,” I take a shilling dictionary, send a copy thereof to my correspondent with the intimation that the real word is seven down, and telegraph—“Civilian looking weird;” this, if looked up in Worcester’s little pocket dictionary, for instance, will read “Claim looking well.” Any dictionary will do so long as both parties have a copy and understand which is the right word. By arrangement this plan can be varied from time to time if you have any idea that your code can be read by others.

A SERVICEABLE SOAP.

Wood ashes from the camp fire are boiled from day to day in a small quantity of water, and allowed to settle, the clear liquid being decanted off. When the required quantity of weak lye has been accumulated, evaporate by boiling, till a sufficient degree of strength has been obtained. Now melt down some mutton fat, and, while hot, add to the boiling lye. Continue boiling and stirring till the mixture is about the consistency of thick porridge, pour into any convenient flat vessel, and let it stand till cool. If you have any resin in store, a little powdered and added gradually to the melting tallow, before mixing with the lye, will stiffen your soap.

TO CROSS A FLOODED STREAM.

Take a half-gallon, or larger, tin “billy can,” enclose it in a strong cotton handkerchief or cotton cloth, knotting same over the lid, invert, and, taking the knot in the hand, you have a floating appliance which will sustain you in any water, whether you are a swimmer or not. The high silk hat of civilisation would act as well as the can, but these are not usually found far afield.

TO MAKE A HIDE BUCKET.

At times when prospecting in an “incline” or “underlay” shaft, particularly where the walls of the lode are irregular, a hide bucket will be found preferable to an iron one. The mode of manufacture is as follows: Procure an ox hide, “green,” if possible; if dry, it should be soaked until quite soft. Cut some thin strips of hide for sewing or lacing. Now shape a bag or pocket of size sufficient to hold about a hundred-weight of stone, and by puncturing the edges with a knife, marline-spike, or other pointed tool, sew together; make a handle of twisted or pleated hide, and having filled your bucket with dry sand or earth let it stand till the whole is quite dry, when it will be properly distended and will maintain its shape until worn out.

TO MAKE A “SLUSH LAMP.”

Where candles are scarce and kerosine is not, a “slush lamp” is a useful substitute. Take an old but sound quart tin pannikin, half fill it with sand or earth, and prepare a thin stick of pine, round which wrap a strip of soft cotton cloth. The stick should be about half an inch longer than the depth of the pannikin. Melt some waste fat, fill the pannikin therewith, push the stick down into the earth at the bottom, and you have a light, which, if not equal to the electric or incandescent gas burner, is quite serviceable. In Australia the soft velvety core of the “bottle brush” or honeysuckle tree, Banksia marginata, is often used instead of the cotton wick.

CHAPTER XII

RULES OF THUMB

MINING APPLIANCES AND METHODS

A TEMPORARY FORGE.

What prospector has not at times been troubled for the want of a forge? To steel or harden a pick, or sharpen a drill is comparatively easy, but there is often a difficulty in getting a forge. Big single action bellows are sometimes bought at great expense, and some ingenious fellows have made an imitation of the blacksmith’s bellows by means of sheepskins and rough boards.

With inadequate material and appliances to hand, the following will be found easier to construct and more lasting when constructed. Only a single piece of iron is required, and, at a pinch, one could even dispense with that by using a slab of talcose material, roughly shaping a hearth therein and making a hole for the blast. First, construct a framing about the height of an ordinary smith’s forge. This can be made with saplings and bark, or better still, if available, out of an empty packing case about three feet square. Fill the frame or case with slightly damped earth and ram it tight, leaving the usual hollow hearth. Then form a chamber below the perforated hearth opening to the rear. Now construct a centrifugal fan, such as is used for the ventilation of shallow shafts and workings. Set this up behind the hearth and revolve by means of a wooden multiplying wheel. A piece of ordinary washing line rope, or sash line rope, well resined if resin can be got—but pitch, tar, or wax will do by adding a little fine dust to prevent sticking—is used as a belt. With very rough materials a handy man can thus make a forge that will answer ordinary requirements.—N.B. Do not use clay for your hearth bed unless you can get a highly aluminous clay, and can give it full time to dry before the forge fire is lit. Ordinary surface soil, not too sandy, acts well, if damped and rammed thoroughly. Of course, if you can get an iron nozzle for your blower the whole operation is simplified.

SIMPLE WAY OF MAKING CHARCOAL.

Dig a pit 5 feet square by 3 feet deep and fill with fuel. After lighting, see that the pit is kept full. The hot embers will gradually sink to the bottom. The fuel should be kept burning fiercely until the pit seems almost full, when more fuel should be added, raising the heap about a foot above the level of the ground. The earth dug out of the pit should then be shovelled back over the burning mass. After leaving it to cool for 24 hours the pit will be found nearly full of charcoal. About one-quarter the weight of the dry fuel used should be recovered in charcoal.

ROUGH SMELTING ON THE MINE.

Rough gold smelting on the mine is effected with a flux of borax, carbonate of soda, or, as I have often done, with some powdered white glass. When the gold is smelted and the flux has settled down quietly in a liquid state, the bulk of the latter may be removed, to facilitate pouring into the mould, by dipping an iron rod alternately into the flux and then into a little water, and knocking off the ball of congealed flux which adheres after each dip. This flux should, however, be crushed with a pestle and mortar and panned off, as, in certain cases, it may contain tiny globules of gold.

MISFIRES IN BLASTING.

One of the most common sources of accident in mining operations is due either to carelessness or to the use of defective material in blasting. A shot misses, generally for one of two reasons; either the explosive, the cap, or the fuse (most often the latter), is inferior or defective; or the charging is incompetently performed. Sometimes the fuse is not placed properly in the detonator, or the detonator is not properly enclosed in the cartridge, or the fuse is injured by improper tamping. If several shots have been fired together, particularly at the change of a “shift,” the men who have to remove the broken material may in so doing explode the missed charge. Or, more inexcusable still, men will often be so foolish as to try to clear out the drill hole and remove the missed cartridge. When a charge is known to have missed all that is necessary to do in order to discharge it safely is to remove a few inches of “tamping” from the top of the drill hole, place in the bore a plug of dynamite with cap and fuse attached, put an inch or two of tamping over it and fire, when the missed charge will also be exploded. Of course, judgment must be used and the depth of the drill taken into consideration. As a rule, miners use far more tamping than is at all requisite. The action of the charge will generally be found quite as effective with a few inches of covering matter as with a foot or more, while the exploding of misfire cartridges is rendered simple, as no removal of tamping is required before placing the top “plug” in case of misfire.

TO PREVENT LOSS OF RICH SPECIMENS IN BLASTING.

When blasting the cap of a lode, particularly on rich shutes of gold, the rock is apt to fly, and rich specimens may be thrown far afield and so be lost. A simple way of avoiding this is to procure a quantity of boughs, which tie into loose bundles, placing the leafy parts alternately end for end. Before firing, pile these bundles over the blast and, if care is used, very few stones will fly. The same device may be used in wide shallow shafts.

A SIMPLE MODE OF RETORTING SMALL QUANTITIES OF AMALGAM.

Clean your amalgam and squeeze it as hard as possible through strong calico or chamois leather. Take a large sound potato, cut off about a quarter from one end and scoop out a hole in the centre about twice as big as the ball of amalgam. Procure a piece of flat iron—an old spade will do as well as anything—insert the amalgam, and, having placed the potato, cut side downwards, thereon, put the plate of iron on the forge, heat up first gently, then stronger, till separation has taken place, when the gold will be found in a bright clean button on the plate and the mercury in fine globules in the potato, from which it can be re-collected by breaking up the partly or wholly cooked tuber under water in an enamelled or ordinary crockery basin. It is as well to place a piece of paper between the iron and the amalgam to prevent adhesion.

TO RETORT SMALL QUANTITIES OF MERCURY FOR AMALGAMATING ASSAY TESTS.

Fig. 34. Smoking-Pipe Retort.

Get two new tobacco pipes similar in shape (Fig. 34), with the biggest bowls and longest stems procurable. Break off the stem of one close to the bowl and fill the hole with well worked clay (some battery slimes make the best luting clay). Set the stemless pipe on end in a clay bed, and fill with amalgam, pass a bit of thin iron or copper wire beneath it, and bend the ends of the wire upwards. Now fit the whole pipe, bowl inverted, on to the under one, luting the edges of both well with clay. Twist the wire over the top with a pair of nippers till the two bowls are fitted closely together, and you have a retort that will stand any heat necessary to thoroughly distil mercury.

A SIMPLE MODE OF ASCERTAINING THE NOMINAL HORSE-POWER OF AN ENGINE.

Multiply the internal diameter of the cylinder by itself and strike off the last figure of the quotient. The diameter is

20” × 20”
20
-----
40ø.   The H.P. is 40.

The following rules will be found more professionally accurate from an engineering standpoint, though the term “horse-power” is not now generally employed.

To find the Nominal Horse-power.—For non-condensing engines: Multiply the square of the diameter of the cylinder in inches by 7 and divide the product by 80. For condensing engines: Multiply the square of the diameter of the cylinder in inches by 7 and divide the product by 200.

To find the Actual Horse-power of an engine, multiply the area of the cylinder in square inches by the average effective pressure in pounds per square inch, less 3 lb. per square inch as the frictional allowance, and also by the speed of the piston in feet per minute, dividing the product by 33,000, and the quotient will be the actual horse-power.

“SCALING” COPPER PLATES.

To “scale” copper plates they may be put over a charcoal or coke fire to slowly sublimate the quicksilver. Where possible, the fireplace of a spare boiler can be utilised, using a thin red fire. After the entire evaporation of the quicksilver the plates should be slowly cooled, rubbed with hydrochloric acid, and put in a damp place overnight, then rubbed with a solution of sal ammoniac and nitre in equal parts, and again heated slowly over a red fire. They must not be allowed to get red hot; the proper degree of heat is indicated by the gold scale rising in blisters, when the plates are to be taken from the fire and the gold scraped off. Any part of the plate on which the gold has not blistered should be again rubbed with the solution and fired. The gold scale should be collected in a glass or earthen dish and covered with nitric acid, till all the copper is dissolved, when the gold can be smelted in the usual way; but when it is molten, corrosive sublimate should be put in the crucible till a blue flame ceases to be given off.

A Second Method.

The simplest plan I know is to have a hole dug nine inches deep by about the size of the plate to be scaled; place a brick at each corner, and on each side, halfway between. Get up a good fire, and let it burn down to strong embers, or use charcoal, then place the plate on three bars of iron extending between the three pairs of bricks, have a strong solution of borax ready in which soak strips of old “table blanket,” laying these over the plate and sprinkling them with the borax solution when the plate gets too hot. After a time the deposit of mercury and gold on the plate will assume a white, efflorescent appearance, and may then be readily parted from the copper.

Another Method.

Heat the plate over an open fire, to drive off the mercury; after which, let it cool, and saturate with dilute sulphuric acid for three hours, or longer; then sprinkle over the surface a mixture of equal parts of common salt and sal ammoniac, and heat to redness. When cool, the gold scale comes off freely; the scale is then boiled in nitric or sulphuric acid, to remove the copper, previous to melting. Plates may be scaled about once in six months, and will under ordinary circumstances produce about one ounce of clean gold for each superficial foot of copper surface employed. I always paint the back of the plate with a mixture of boiled oil and turpentine, or beeswax dissolved in turpentine, to prevent the acid attacking the copper.

HOW TO SUPPLY MERCURY TO MORTAR BOXES.

I am indebted for the following to Mr. J. M. Drake, who, speaking of his experience on the Wentworth Mine, N.S.W., says:—

“Fully 90 per cent. of the gold is saved on the outside plates, only a small quantity remaining in the mortar. The plates have a slope of 2 in. to 1 ft. No wells are used, the amalgam traps saving any quicksilver which may leach off the plates. The quicksilver is added every hour in the mortar. The quantity is regulated by the mill manager in the following manner: Three pieces of wood, 8 in. wide by 12 in. long by 2 in. thick, have 32 holes 1 in. deep bored in each of them. These holes will just take a small 2 oz. phial. The mill manager puts the required quantity of quicksilver in each bottle and the batteryman empties one bottle in each mortar every hour; and puts it back in its hole upside down. Each block of wood lasts eight hours, the duration of one man’s shift.” This of course is for a 20-head mill with four mortars or “boxes.”

I commend this as an excellent mode of supplying the mercury to the boxes or mortars. The quantity to be added depends on circumstances. A careless battery attendant will often put in too much or too little when working without the automatic feeder. I have known an attendant on suddenly awaking to the fact half through his shift, that he had forgotten to put in any mercury, to then empty into the stamper box two or three pounds weight; with what effect may be easily surmised.

HOW WATER SHOULD ENTER STAMPER BOXES.

The following extract which relates to Californian Gold Mill practices is from Bulletin No. 6 of the California State Mining Bureau. I quite agree with the practice.

“The battery water should enter both sides of the mortar in an even quantity, and should be sufficient to keep a fairly thick pulp which will discharge freely through the grating or screen. About 120 cubic feet of water per ton of crushed ore may be considered an average, or 8 to 10 cubic feet per stamp per hour.

“Screens of different materials and with different orifices are used; the materials comprise wire cloth of brass or steel, tough Russian sheet iron, English tinned plate, and, quite recently, aluminium bronze. The ‘aluminium bronze’ plates are much longer lived than either of the other kinds, and have the further advantage that, when worn out, they can be sold for the value of the metal for remelting; these plates are bought and sold by the pound, and are said to contain 95 per cent. of copper and 5 per cent. of aluminium. Steel screens are not so much used, on account of their liability to rust.”

I have had no experience with the aluminium bronze screen. I presume, however, that it is used only for mills where mercury is not put in the mortars, otherwise it would surely become amalgamated. The same remark applies to brass wire cloth and tinned plate. Unless the metal of which they are composed will not readily amalgamate with mercury, I should be chary of using new screen devices. Mercury is a most insidious metal and is often found most unexpectedly in places in the battery where it should not be. Probably aluminium steel would be better than any substance mentioned. It would be hard, light, strong, and not readily corrodible. I am not aware if it has been tried.

Under the heading of “Power for Mills” the following is taken from the same source.

POWER FOR MILLS.

“As the Pelton wheel seems to find the most frequent application in California, it may be convenient for millmen to have the following rule, applicable to these wheels:

“When the head of water is known in feet, multiply it by 0·0024147, and the product is the horse-power obtainable from one miner’s inch of water.

“The power necessary for different mill parts is:

For each 850 lb. stamp, dropping 6 inches 95 times per minute, | 1·33 h.p.
For each 750 lb. stamp, dropping 6 inches 95 times per minute, | 1·18 h.p.
For each 650 lb. stamp, dropping 6 inches 95 times per minute, | 1·00 h.p.
For an 8-inch by 10-inch Blake pattern rock-breaker | 9·00 h.p.
For a Frue or Triumph vanner, with 220 revolutions per minute | 0·50 h.p.
For a 4-feet clean-up pan, making 30 revolutions per minute | 1·50 h.p.
For an amalgamating barrel, making 30 revolutions per minute | 2·50 h.p.
For a mechanical batea, making 30 revolutions per minute | 1·00 h.p.

The writer has had small practical experience of the working of that excellent hydraulic motor, the Pelton wheel, but if by horse-power in the table given is meant nominal horse-power, it appears to be high. Working with 800 cwt. stamps, 80 blows a minute, 1 h.-p. nominal per stamp will be found sufficient with any good modern engine, which has no further burden than raising the stamps and pumping the feed water. It is always well, however, particularly when providing engine power, to err on the right side, and make provision for more than is absolutely needed for actual battery requirements. This rule applies with equal potency to pumping engines.

TO AVOID LOSS IN CLEANING UP.

The following, is a hint to quartz mill managers with respect to that common source of loss of gold involved in the almost inevitable loss of mercury in cleaning up operations. I have known hundreds of pounds’ worth of gold to be recovered from an old quartz mill site by the simple process of washing up the ground under the floor.

If you cannot afford to floor the whole of the battery with smooth concrete, at all events smoothly concrete the floor of the cleaning-up room, and let the floor slope towards the centre: where a sink is provided. Any lost mercury must thus find its way to the centre, where it will collect and can be panned off from time to time. Of course an underground drain and mercury trap must be provided.

IRON EXTRACTOR.

When using self-feeders, fragments of steel tools are especially liable to get into the battery boxes or other crushing appliance where they sometimes cause great mischief. I believe the following plan would be a practicable remedy for this evil.

By a belt from the cam or counter shaft, cause a powerful electric magnet to extract all magnetic particles; then, by a simple ratchet movement, at intervals withdraw the magnet and drop the adhering fragments into a receptacle by automatically switching off the electric current. A powerful ordinary horse-shoe magnet might probably do just as well, but would require to be re-magnetised from time to time.

TO SILVER COPPER PLATES.

To silver copper plates, that is, to amalgamate them on the face with mercury, is really a most simple operation, though many battery men make a great mystery of it. Indeed, when I first went into a quartz mill the process deemed necessary was not only a very tedious one, but very dirty also.

To amalgamate with silver, in fact, to silver-plate your copper without resort to the electro-plating bath, take any old silver (failing that, silver coin will do, but is more expensive), and dissolve it in somewhat dilute nitric acid, using only just sufficient acid as will effect the purpose. When the crystals have formed, add sufficient clean quick mercury to form a thick pasty amalgam; moderate heat will assist the process. After some hours place the ball of amalgam in a piece of strong new calico and squeeze out any surplus mercury.

About an ounce of silver to the foot of copper is sufficient. To apply it on new plates use somewhat dilute nitric acid applied with a swab to free the surface of the copper from oxides or impurities, then rub the ball of amalgam over the surface, using some little force. It is always well when copper-plates are coated with silver or zinc by means of mercury to let them stand dry for a day or two before using, as the mercury oxidises and the coating metal more closely adheres.

Only the very best copper-plate procurable should be used for battery tables; bad copper will always give trouble, both in the first “curing,” and after treatment. It should not be heavily rolled copper, as the more porous the metal the more easily will the mercury penetrate and amalgamate. I cannot agree that any good is attained by scouring the plates with sand and alkalies, as recommended in some books on the subject; on the contrary, I prefer the opposite mode of treatment, and either face the plates with nitrate of silver and nitrate of mercury, or else with sulphate of zinc and mercury, in the form of what is called zinc amalgam. If mine water, which often contains free sulphuric acid, is being used, the latter plan is preferable.

The copper should be placed smoothly on the wooden table and secured firmly thereto by copper tacks. If the plate should be bent or buckled, it may be flattened by beating it with a heavy hammer, taking care to interpose a piece of inch-thick soft wood between hammer and plate.

To coat with mercury only, procure some nitrate of mercury. This is easily made by placing mercury in a glazed earthenware bowl, pouring somewhat dilute nitric acid on it, and letting it stand till the metallic mercury is changed to a white crystal. Dense reddish-brown fumes will arise, which are injurious if breathed, so the operation should be conducted either in the open air, or where there is a draught.

Now have your silvering solution ready, which is to be somewhat diluted with water, next take two swabs, with handles about 12 inches long, dip the first into a basin containing dilute nitric acid, and rub it rapidly over about a foot of the surface of the plate; the oxide of copper will be absolutely removed, and the surface of the copper rendered pure and bright; then take the other swab, wet with the dilute nitrate of mercury, and pass it over the clean surface, rubbing it well in. Continue this till the whole plate has a coating of mercury. It may be well to go over it more than once. Then turn on the water and wash the plate clean, sprinkle with metallic mercury, rubbing it upwards until the plate will hold no more.

A basin with nitrate of mercury may be kept handy, and the plates touched up from time to time for a few days until they get amalgamated with gold, after which, unless you have much base metal to contend with, they will give no further trouble.

It must be remembered, however, that an excessive use of nitric acid will result in waste of mercury, which will be carried off in a milky stream with the water; and also that it will cause the amalgam to become very hard, and less active in attracting other particles of gold.

If you are treating the plate with nitrate of silver prepared as already mentioned, clean the plate with dilute nitric acid, rub the surface with the ball of amalgam, following with the swab and fairly rubbing in. It will be well to prepare the plate some days before requiring to use it, as a better adhesion of the silver and copper takes place than if mercury is applied at once.

To amalgamate with zinc amalgam, clean the copper plate by means of a swab, with fairly strong sulphuric acid diluted with water; then while wet apply the zinco-mercury amalgam and well rub in. To prepare the zinc amalgam, clip some zinc (the lining of packing cases will do) into small pieces and immerse them in mercury after washing them with a little weak sulphuric acid and water to remove any coating of oxide. When the mercury will absorb no more zinc, squeeze through chamois leather or calico (as for silver amalgam), and well rub in. The plate thus prepared should stand for a few days, dry, before using. If, before amalgamation with gold takes place, oxide of copper or other scum should rise on this plate a little very dilute sulphuric acid will instantly remove it.

Sodium and cyanide of potassium are frequently used in dressing-plates, but the former should be very sparingly employed, as it will often do more harm than good by taking up all sorts of base metals with the amalgam, and so presenting a surface which the gold will pass over without adhering to. Where water is scarce, and is consequently used over and over again, lime may be added to the pulp, or, if lime is not procurable, wood ashes may be used. The effect is two-fold; the lime not only tends to “sweeten” sulphide ores and keep the tables clean, but also causes the water to cleanse itself more quickly of the slimes, which will be more rapidly precipitated. When zinc amalgam is used, alkalies would, of course, be detrimental.

When no other water than that from the mine is available, difficulties often arise owing to the impurities it contains. These are various, but among the most common are the soluble sulphates, and sometimes free sulphuric acid evolved by the oxidisation of metallic sulphides. In the presence of this difficulty, do one of two things: either utilise or neutralise. In certain cases, I recommend the former. Some time since I was treating, for gold extraction, material from a mine which was very complex in character. For this ore I coined the term “polysynthetic.” This contained about half a dozen different sulphides. The upper parts of the lode being partially oxidised, free sulphuric acid (H₂SO₄) was evolved. I therefore, following out a former discovery, added a little metallic zinc to the mercury in the boxes and on the plates with excellent results. When the free acid in the ore began to give out in the lower levels I added minute quantities of sulphuric acid to the water from time to time. I have since found, however, that with some water, particularly West Australian, the reaction is so feeble (probably owing to the lime and magnesia present) as to make this mode of treatment unsuitable.

HOW TO MAKE A DOLLY.

Fig. 35. Dolly.

Fig. 35a. Primitive Dolly.

I have seen some rather elaborate dollies, intended to be worked with amalgamating tables, but the usual prototype of the quartz mill is set up, more or less, as follows: A tree stump, from 9 in. to a foot diameter, is levelled off smoothly at about 2 ft. from the ground; on this is firmly fixed a circular plate of ½ in. iron, say 9 in. in diameter; a band of ³/₁₆ in. iron, about 8 or 9 in. in height, fits more or less closely round the plate (Fig. 35). This is the battery box. A beam of heavy wood, about 3 in. diameter and 6 ft. long, shod with iron, is vertically suspended, about 9 in. above the stump, from a flexible sapling with just sufficient spring in it to raise the pestle to the required height. About 2 ft. from the bottom the hanging beam is pierced with an auger hole and a rounded piece of wood, 1½ in. by 18 in., is driven through to serve as a handle for the man who is to do the pounding. His mate breaks the stone to about 2 in. gauge and feeds the box, lifting the ring from time to time to sweep off the triturated gangue, which he screens through a sieve into a pan and washes off, either by means of a cradle or simply by panning. In dollying it generally pays to burn the stone, as so much labour in crushing is thus saved. A couple of small kilns to hold about a ton each dug out of a clay bank will be found to save fuel where firewood is scarce, and will more thoroughly burn the stone and dissipate the base metals, but it must be remembered that gold from burnt stone is liable to become so encrusted with the base metal oxides as to be difficult to amalgamate. Fig. 35A represents another primitive dolly (Plate VI. hand dollying).

Plate VI.—Hand Dollying

ROUGH WINDLASS.

Make two St. Andrew’s crosses with four saplings, the upper angle being shorter than the lower; fix these upright, one at each end of the shaft; stay them together by cross pieces till you have constructed something like a “horse,” such as is used for sawing wood, the crutch being a little over 3 feet high. Select a log for a windlass barrel, about 6 in. diameter and a foot longer than the distance between the supports, as straight as is procurable; cut in it two circular slots about an inch deep by 2 in. wide to fit into the forks; at one end cut a straight slot 2 in. deep across the face. Now get a crooked bough, as nearly the shape of a handle as nature has produced it, and trim it into right angular shape, fit one end into the barrel, and you have a windlass that will pull up many a ton of stuff.

PUDDLER.

This is made by excavating a circular hole about 2 ft. 9 in. deep and, say, 12 ft. in diameter. An outer and inner wall are then constructed of slabs 2 ft. 6 in. in height to ground level, the outer wall being thus 30 ft. and the inner 15 ft. in circumference. The circular space between is floored with smooth hard-wood slabs or boards, and the whole made secure and water-tight. In the middle of the inner enclosure a stout post is planted, to stand a few inches above the wall, and the surrounding space is filled up with clay rammed tight. A strong iron pin is inserted in the centre of the post, on which is fitted a revolving beam, which hangs across the whole circumference of the machine and protrudes a couple of feet or so on each side. To this beam are attached, with short chains, a couple of drags made like V-shaped harrows by driving pieces of rod iron through a heavy frame, shaped as a rectangular triangle (Fig. 36).

Fig. 36. Puddling Machine (Sectional View).

Fig. 37. Puddling Machine.

To one end of the beam an old horse is attached, who, as he slowly walks round the circular track, causes the harrows and drags to so puddle the washdirt and water in the great wooden enclosure that the clay is gradually disintegrated, and flows off with the water which is from time to time admitted. The clean gravel is then run through a “cradle,” “long Tom,” or “sluice,” and the gold saved. This, of course, is the simplest form of gold mining. In the great alluvial mines other and more intricate appliances are used, but the principle of extraction is the same.

A MAKESHIFT PUMP.

To make a temporary small “draw-lift” pump, which will work down to a hundred feet or more if required, take a large size common suction Douglas pump, and, after removing the top and the handle, fix the pump as close to the highest level of the water in the shaft as can be arranged. Now make a square water-tight wooden column of slightly greater capacity than the suction pipe, fix this to the top of the pump, and by means of wooden rods, work the whole from the surface, using either a longer levered handle or, with a little ingenuity, horse-power. If you can get it the iron downpipe used to carry the water from the guttering of houses is more easily adapted for the pipe column; then, also, iron pump rods can be used, but I have raised water between 60 and 70 feet with a large size Douglas pump provided only with a wooden column and rods.

SQUEEZING AMALGAM.

For squeezing amalgam, strong calico, not too coarse, previously soaked in clean water, is quite as good as ordinary chamois leather. Some gold is fine enough to escape through either.

MERCURY EXTRACTOR.

The mercury extractor or amalgam separator (Fig. 38) is a machine which is very simple in construction, and is stated to most efficient in extracting quicksilver from amalgam, as it requires but from two to three minutes to extract the bulk of the mercury from one hundred pounds of amalgam, leaving the amalgam drier than when strained in the ordinary way by squeezing through chamois leather or calico. The principle is that of the De Laval cream separator—i.e., rapid centrifugal motion. The appliance is easily put together, and as easily taken apart. The cylinder is made of steel, and is run at a very high rate of speed.

The general construction of the appliance is as follows: The casing or receiver is a steel cylinder, which has a pivot at the bottom to receive the step for an upright hollow shaft, to which a second cylinder of smaller diameter is attached. The second cylinder is perforated, and a fine wire cloth is inserted. The mercury, after passing through the cloth, is discharged through the perforations. When the machine is revolved at great speed, the mercury is forced into the outside cylinder, leaving the amalgam, which has been first placed in a calico or canvas bag, in a much drier state than it could be strained by hand. While not prepared to endorse absolutely all that is claimed for this appliance, I consider that it has mechanical probability on its side, and that where large quantities of amalgam have to be treated it will be found useful and effective.

Fig. 38. Mercury Extractor.

SLUICE PLATES.

I am indebted to Mr. F. W. Drake for the following account of sluice plates, which I have never tried, but think the device worth attention:

“An addition has been made to the gold-saving appliances by the placing of what are called in America, ‘sluice plates’ below the ordinary table. The pulp now flows over an amalgamating surface, 14 ft. long by 4 ft. wide, sloping 1½ in. to the foot, and is then contracted into a copper-plated sluice 15 ft. long by 14 in. wide, having a fall of 1 in. to the foot. Our mill manager (Mr. G. C. Knapp), advocated these sluice plates for a long time before I would consent to a trial. I contended that as we got little or no amalgam from the lower end of our table plates, there was no gold going away capable of being recovered by copper plates; and even if it were, narrow sluice plates were a step in the wrong direction. If anything, the amalgamating surface should be widened to give the particles of gold a better chance to settle. His argument was that the conditions should be changed; by narrowing the stream and giving it less fall, gold, which was incapable of amalgamation on the wide plates, would be saved. We finally put one in, and it proved so successful that we now have one at the end of each table. The percentage recovered on the sluice plates, of the total yield, varies, and has been as follows:—October, 9·1 per cent.; November, 6·9 per cent.; December, 6·4 per cent.; January, 4·3 per cent.; February, 9·3 per cent.”

MEASURING INACCESSIBLE DISTANCES.

To ascertain the width of a difficult gorge, a deep river, or treacherous swamp without crossing and measuring, sight a conspicuous object at the edge of the bank on the farther side; then as nearly opposite and square as possible plant a stake about five feet high, walk along the nearer margin to what you guess to be half the distance across (exactitude in this respect is not material to the result), there plant another stake, and continuing in a straight line put in a third. The stakes must be equal distances apart and as nearly as possible at a right angle to the first line. Now, carrying in hand a fourth stake, strike a line inland at right angles to the base and as soon as sighting over the fourth stake, you can get the fourth and second stakes and the object on the opposite shore in line your problem is complete. The distance between No. 4 and No. 3 stakes is the same as that between No. 1 and the opposite bank (Fig. 39).

Fig. 39. Measuring Inaccessible Distances.

TO SET OUT A RIGHT ANGLE WITH A TAPE.

Measure 40 ft. on the line to which you wish to run at right angles, and put pegs at A and B (Fig. 40); then, with the end of the tape held carefully at A, take 80 ft., and have the 80 ft. mark held at B. Take the 50 ft. mark and pull from A and B until the tape lies straight and even, you will then have the point C perpendicular to AB. Continue straight lines by sighting over two sticks in the well-known way.

Fig. 40.

Fig. 41.

Another Method.—Stick a pin in each corner of a square board (Fig. 41), and look diagonally across them, first in the direction of the line to which you wish to run at right angles, and then for the new line sight across the other two pins.

A SIMPLE LEVELLING INSTRUMENT.

Fasten a common carpenter’s square in a slit to the top of a stake by means of a screw, and then tie a plumb-line at the angle so that it may hang along the short arm, when the plumb-line hangs vertically and sights may be taken over it. A carpenter’s spirit-level set on an adjustable stand will do as well. The other arm will then be a level (Fig. 42).

Fig. 42.

Fig. 43. Levelling Instruments.

Another very simple, but effective, device for finding a level line is by means of a triangle of wood made of half-inch boards from 9 to 12 ft. long (Fig. 43). To make the legs level, set the triangle up on fairly level ground, suspend a plummet from the top and mark on the cross-piece where the line touches it. Then reverse the triangle, end for end, exactly, and mark the new line the plumb-line makes. Now make a new mark exactly half way between the two, and when the plumb-line coincides with this, the two legs are standing on level ground. For short water races this is a very handy method of laying out a level line.

TO MEASURE THE HEIGHT OF A STANDING TREE.

Take a stake about your own height, and walking from the butt of the tree to what you judge to be the height of the timber portion you want, drive your stake into the ground till the top is level with your eyes; now lie straight out on your back, placing your feet against the stake, and sight a point on the tree (see Fig. 44). AB equals BC. If BC is, say, 40 ft., that will be the height of your “stick of timber.” Thus, much labour may be saved in felling trees the timber portion of which may afterwards be found to be too short for your purpose.

Fig. 44. Measuring Height of a Standing Tree.

LEVELLING BY ANEROID BAROMETER (Fig. 45).

This should be used more for ascertaining relatively large differences in altitudes than for purposes where any great nicety is required. For hills under 2000 ft., the following rule will give a very close approximation, and is easily remembered, because 55°, the assumed temperature, agrees with 55°, the significant figures in the 55,000 factor, while the fractional correction contains two fours.

Observe the altitudes and also the temperatures on the Fahrenheit thermometer at top and bottom respectively, of the hill, and take the mean between them. Let B represent the mean altitude and b the mean temperature. Then 55000 × (B-b / B + b) = height of the hill in feet for the temperature of 55°. Add ⅟₄₄₀ of this result for every degree the mean temperature exceeds 55°; or subtract as much for every degree below 55°.

Fig. 45. Aneroid Barometer.

TO DETERMINE HEIGHTS OF OBJECTS.

By Shadows.

1. Set up vertically a stick of known length, and measure the length of its shadow upon a horizontal or other plane; measure also the length of the shadow thrown by the object whose height is required. Then it will be:—As the length of the stick’s shadow is to the length of the stick itself, so is the length of the shadow of the object to the object’s height.

By Reflection.

Place a vessel of water upon the ground and recede from it until you see the top of the object reflected from the surface of the water. Then it will be:—As your horizontal distance from the point of reflection is to the height of your eye above the reflecting surface, so is the horizontal distance of the foot of the object from the vessel to its altitude above the said surface.

Instrumentally.

Read the vertical angle, and multiply its natural tangent by the distance between instrument and foot of object; the result is the height.

When much accuracy is not required vertical angles can be measured by means of a quadrant of simple construction, represented in Fig. 46. The arc AB is a quadrant, graduated in degrees from B to A; C, the point from which the plummet P is suspended, being the centre of the quadrant.

Fig. 46.

When the sights AC are directed towards any object, S, the degrees in the arc, BP, are the measure of the angle of elevation, SAD, of the object.

TO FIND THE DEPTH OF A SHAFT.

Rule:—Square the number of seconds a stone takes to reach the bottom and multiply by 16.

Thus, if a stone takes 5 seconds to fall to the bottom of a shaft—

5² = 25 and 25 ° 16 = 400 feet, the required depth of shaft.

DESCRIPTION OF PLAN FOR RE-USING WATER.

Where water is scarce it may be necessary to use it repeatedly. In a case of this kind in Egypt, the Arab miners have adopted an ingenious method, which is shown in Fig. 47, and may be adapted to almost any set of conditions. At a is a sump or water-pit; b is an inclined plane on which the mineral is washed and whence the water escapes into a tank c; d is a conduit for taking the water back to a; e is a conduit or lever pump for raising the water. A certain amount of filtration could easily be managed during the passage from c to a.

Fig. 47.

COOLING COMPOUND FOR HEATED BEARINGS.

Mercurial ointment mixed with black cylinder oil and applied every quarter of an hour, or as often as expedient. The following is also recommended as a good cooling compound for heavy bearings:—Tallow 2 lb., plumbago 6 oz., sugar of lead 4 oz. Melt the tallow with gentle heat and add the other ingredients, stirring until cold.

CLEANING GREASY PLUMMER BLOCKS.

When, through carelessness or unpreventable causes, plummer blocks and other detachable portions of machinery become clogged with sticky deposits of grease and impurities, a simple mode of cleansing the same is to take about 1000 parts by weight of boiling water, to which add about 10 or 15 parts of ordinary washing soda. Keep the water on the boil and place therein the portions of the machine that are to be cleaned; this treatment has the effect of quickly loosening all grease, oil, and dirt, after which the metal is thoroughly washed and dried. The action of the lye is to form with the grease a soap soluble in water. To prevent lubricating oil hardening upon the parts of the machinery when in use, add a third part of kerosene.

PREVENTING SCALING AND PRIMING IN BOILERS.

Graphite “black-lead” added to the water in a boiler prevents scaling and priming. My method is to paint the inside of the boiler with a good coat of graphite mixed with water to the consistency of thin gruel, and let it stand till dry. It will not be amiss to give a second coat before getting up steam. Even if slight scaling has already taken place, the graphite particles will penetrate and the scale come away gradually.

CLEARING SCALE-STOPPED PIPES.

Where the water contains a large amount of mineral in solution, the pipes, particularly the small ones, inch to two inch, quickly become useless because of the rapid deposition of scale. I have seen in West Australia tons of small pipes thrown on to the scrap heap after a few months use, because of this difficulty. The treatment now indicated, which is my own invention, will make such pipes as good as new at small expense. Have a brick trough a little longer than your pipe. In this put a fire of wood, charcoal, coke, or a mixture of such fuel. Lay the pipes, a few at a time, in this. Heat slowly to cherry red. Then with pinchers suddenly immerse in a second trough of cold water, supporting one end above the water level. Most of the scale or incrustation will be violently ejected. With a long pipe, if the heat has not been regular, some may still adhere. Then usually tapping with a hammer will detach it. If not, a second heating and immersion will do so, leaving the interior as clean as when made. It is hardly necessary to add that ’tis best to stand clear of the ends when the explosion takes place.

AN EXCELLENT ANTI-FRICTION COMPOUND.

For use on cams and stamper shanks, which will be harmless should it drop into the mortar or stamper boxes, is graphite (black-lead) and soft soap. When the guides are wooden, the soft soap need not be added; graphite “black-lead” made into a paste with water will act admirably.

TO CLEAN BRASS.

Oxalic acid 1 oz., rotten stone 6 oz., powdered gum arabic ½ oz., sweet oil 1 oz. Rub on with a piece of rag.

A SOLVENT FOR RUST.

It is often very difficult, and sometimes impossible, to remove rust from articles made of iron. Those which are very thickly coated are most easily cleaned by being immersed in a nearly saturated solution of chloride of tin. The length of time they remain in this bath is determined by the thickness of the coating of rust. Generally from twelve to twenty-four hours is long enough.

TO PROTECT IRON AND STEEL FROM RUST.

The following method is but little known, although it deserves preference over many others. Add 7 oz. of quicklime to 1¾ pints of cold water. Let the mixture stand until the supernatant fluid is entirely clear. Then pour this off, and mix with it enough olive oil to form a thick cream, or rather to the consistency of melted and recongealed butter. Grease the articles of iron or steel with this compound, and then wrap them up in paper, or if this cannot be done, apply the mixture somewhat more thickly.

TO KEEP MACHINERY FROM RUSTING.

Take 1 oz. of camphor, dissolve it in 1 lb. of melted lard; mix with it (after removing the scum) as much fine graphite as will give it an iron colour; clean the machinery, and smear it with this mixture. After twenty-four hours rub off and clean with soft, linen cloth. This mixture will keep machinery clean for months under ordinary circumstances.

FIRE-LUTE.

An excellent fire-lute is made of eight parts sharp sand, two parts good clay, and one part horse-dung; mix and temper like mortar.

ROPE-SPLICING.

A short splice is made by unlaying the ends of two pieces of rope to a sufficient length, then interlaying them as in Fig. 48 (upper cut), draw them close and push the strands of one under the strands of the other several times as shown in the lower cut.

Fig. 48.

This splice makes a thick lump on the rope and is only used for slings, block-straps, cables, &c.

APPENDIX

(SELECTED DATA FOR MINING MEN)

TO FIND LOST PART OF VEIN

Zimmermann’s rule for finding the lost part of a vein on the other side of a vein, is as follows:—

Lay down upon paper the line of strike of lode and the line of strike of the fault (cross-course), and by construction ascertain the horizontal projection of the line of their intersection; from the point where the cross-course was struck by the lode, draw a line at right angles to the strike of the former and directed to its opposite wall. Notice on which side of the line of intersection this perpendicular falls, and after cutting through the cross-course, seek the “heaved” part of the lode on that side.

Fig. 49.

Thus let AB (Fig. 49) represent, at any depth, the line of strike of a fault or cross-course dipping east, and CD the line of strike of a lode dipping south, and we will suppose that in driving from C to D in a westerly direction, the fault has been met with at D. Knowing the dip of the lode and that of the fault, it is easy to lay down on any given scale, AₖBₖ and CₖDₖ, the lines of strike of the fault and lode respectively at a certain depth, say 10 fathoms, below AB. The point Dₗ, where AₖBₖ and CₖDₖ meet, is one point of the line of intersection. Join D and Dₗ, and prolong on both sides. The line MN represents the horizontal projection of the line of intersection of the two planes. At D erect DE at right angles and directed towards the opposite wall of the fault. As DE falls south of MN, the miner, after cutting through the fault, would drive in a southerly direction and eventually strike the lode again at F. It will be at once understood that if the miner were following the lode from b to F, the perpendicular would lie to the north of the line of intersection, and following the rule, he would drive in that direction, after cutting through the fault. When several faults in succession dislocate a lode, very great complications may arise.

THE CALCULATION OF ORE RESERVES.[4]

Having finished the survey of a metalliferous mine, the surveyor is sometimes called upon to calculate the quantity of ore reserves in that mine. Various methods are employed for this purpose.

[4] Bennett H. Brough’s “Treatise on Mine Surveying,” sixth edition, p. 165.

Indeed, different surveyors will not agree within wide limits as to the amount of ore reserves in the same mine. Sometimes the amount of ore in sight will be considered to be a rectangular block, limited by the outcrop of the vein, the depth of the shaft, and the extreme points of the levels, diminished by the amount extracted. Other surveyors would avoid so excessive an amount, and take but one-third of that amount.

The following method is recommended by Mr. J. G. Murphy, an experienced American mining engineer, as the fairest and most trustworthy:—

Let it be required to calculate the ore reserves in a mine opened up on a vein with a mean cross section of 6 feet; a cubic foot of the vein matter in place weighing 150 lb. The ore stopes are generally very irregular. In this case, however, it may be supposed that the stope faces are 11 feet apart and 8 feet high. There is an inclined shaft, 10 feet by 6 feet, following the dip of the vein, and six levels, each 7 feet by 6 feet, 100 feet apart. The lengths of the levels are—

I. | 200 feet west 150 feet east.
II. | 160 feet west 100 feet east.
III. | 120 feet west 400 feet east.
IV. | 100 feet west 140 feet east.
V. | 165 feet west 180 feet east.
VI. | 350 feet west 150 feet east.

The longest level west is 350 feet, and the shortest 100 feet.

Assuming the bounding line of the area of available ore to be at a distance west of the shaft—

If the longest level east is 400 feet, and the shortest 100 feet, the bounding line in this direction, calculated in a similar way, will be at a distance of 250 feet from the shaft.

The inclined shaft has opened up the vein for 670 feet. Deducting, say, 15 feet for the irregularity of the surface, the quantity of ore in sight will be a rectangular block 655 feet deep, 225 + 250, or 475 feet long and 6 feet wide, that is 1,866,750 cubic feet.

From this quantity, however, must be deducted the quantity of ore extracted, namely:—

| | | | | | | | | Cubic Feet
Inclined | shaft | | 665 | x | 10 | x | 6 | = | 39,900
Level | I. | | 350 | x | 7 | x | 6 | = | 14,700
Level | II. | | 260 | x | 7 | x | 6 | = | 10,920
Level | III. | | 520 | x | 7 | x | 6 | = | 21,840
Level | IV. | | 240 | x | 7 | x | 6 | = | 10,080
Level | V. | | 345 | x | 7 | x | 6 | = | 14,490
Level | VI. | | 500 | x | 7 | x | 6 | = | 21,000
Level | I. | | Stopped | east | (rough | estimate) | | | 3,400
Level | I. | | ” ” | west | | | | | 6,500
Level | II. | | ” ” | west | | | | | 7,000
Level | III. | | ” ” | east | | | | | 20,000
Level | VI. | | ” ” | west | | | | | 12,000
| | | | | | | | | -----------

| | | | | | | Total | 181,530
| | | | | | | Or in round numbers | 182,000

This quantity, deducted from 1,866,750 cubic feet, leave 1,684,750 cubic feet. Divided by 13½, the number of cubic feet required for a ton, this gives 124,797 tons of ore in sight.

The quantity of ore discovered in a mine may be estimated from its specific gravity and the average size of the vein. The specific gravity of the ore, with that of water taken at 1000 for standard is equal to the number of ounces in a cubic foot. Great caution is necessary to determine the proportion of the vein which may be considered solid ore. A vein 6 feet square and 1 inch thick, contains 3 cubic feet, therefore, in order to find the number of cubic feet per square fathom of a vein, it is merely necessary to multiply the thickness in inches by three.

The following example illustrates the method of finding the weight of any ore per square fathom in a vein. What quantity of galena will be produced per square fathom from a mineral vein 6 inches in width? One quarter of the vein consists of galena, the remainder of zinc-blende. One-twentieth must be allowed for cavities in the vein. The specific gravity of galena is 7·5, and a cubic foot of water weighs 1000 ounces; therefore a cubic foot of galena weighs 7500 ounces.

The vein being 6 inches thick, there are 18 cubic feet in a square fathom. One quarter of that amount, or 4·5 cubic feet, consists of galena. The weight of galena in ounces is therefore:

7500 × 4·5 = 33,750 = | 2109·375 lb.
From this one-twentieth or | 105·468 lb.
| -------------
must be deducted, leaving | 2003·907 lb.

or 17 cwt. 3 qr. 15 lb. as the weight of lead ore per square fathom.

ESTIMATING ORE VALUES.

In testing a gold mine with a view to purchase, it should be remembered that as a rule the intersections of leaders or small veins with the main ore body are usually the richest portions of the lode. This the experienced prospector knows, and generally his shafts and cuttings are made at such points. For the ordinary mining investor, when inspecting with a view to purchase, these are places to avoid if endeavouring to form a correct estimate of the value of the ore in bulk. Take samples across the lode from place to place, break down and bag personally, and mark bags. Test the rich portions separately and average, estimating quantity of both.

Plate VII.—California Pump.

CALIFORNIA PUMP.

Any handy man or rough bush carpenter can make a California Pump. The prospectors in the illustration (Plate VII.) are using a home-made contrivance, which is quite effective for raising water from shallow depths for “long tom,” or ground sluicing—a wooden frame-work and open wooden wheel with handle. Over the wheel is run a belt of canvas, say, six inches wide, with wood stops about a foot apart—a long sloping box, dipping into the water, up which the stopped belt travels—and you have a California Pump which, if not a highly scientific device, is at least very serviceable.

HYDRAULICS.

General Data Regarding Water.

An imperial gallon of water weighs, at 62° F., 10 lbs. avoirdupois. Gallons × ·1606 = cubic feet. Cubic feet × 6·288 = number of gallons.

Gallons × 277·46 = cubic inches. Cubic inches × 0·003604 = gallons. Cubic feet of water × 62·28 = number of pounds weight. Pounds of water × 0·0166 = cubic feet. Gallons of water × 0·004464 = number of tons. Tons of water × 224 = gallons of water. Cubic feet of water × 0·0278 = number of tons. Tons of water × 35·97 = cubic feet of water.

A pipe 1 yard long holds approximately (actually, 1·52 per cent. less) as many pounds of water as the square of its diameter in inches; thus a 6-inch pipe holds approximately 36 lbs. of water in each yard length.

Water Pressure.

Ten feet head of water gives a pressure of 4⅓ lbs. per square inch approximately.

If H = head of water in feet, P = pounds pressure per square inch:

H = P × 2·311   P = H × ·4326

Horse-power required to Pump Water.—One h.-p. indicated will raise about 3000 gallons of water per hour 50 feet high.

To pump 1 gallon of water per minute against a pressure of 4 lb. per square inch, requires:

p × ·0007 H.-P.

BORING.

Rock is bored with jumpers of 10 lb. to 18 lb., used alone, or with boring bars and hammer. The former are more effective, but can only be used perpendicularly, or nearly so, and with rock of moderate hardness; they require more skill.

18 lb. | hammers are used for | 3 in. boring bars.
16 lb. | ” | ” | ” | 2½ in.       ”
14 lb. | ” | ” | ” | 2 & 1¾ in. ”
5-7 lb. | ” | ” | ” | 1 in.           ”

The boring bars may be made of 1¹∕₈ inch bar iron of various lengths, with steel bits up to 3 inches. A bit should bore from 18 feet to 24 feet with each steeling, and requires to be sharpened once for every foot bored.

3 | men with a | 3-inch | bar should bore | 4 | feet.
3 | ” | 2½ ” | ” | 6 | ”
3 | ” | 2 ” | ” | 8 | ”
3 | ” | 1¾ ” | ” | 12 | ”
2 | ” | 1 ” | ” | 8 | ”

per day of 10 hours in hard granite.

Power, etc., Required To Work Rock Drills.

H-P. | Diameter of Air Cylinder. | Diameter of Steam Cylinder. | Stroke. | No. of 3-inch Drills driven.
| Inches. | Inches. | Inches. |
6 | 8 | 8½ | 12 | 1
10 | 10 | 10½ | 16 | 2
12 | 12 | 12¼ | 22 | 3
16 | 13 | 13 | 24 | 4
20 | 14½ | 14½ | 28 | 5
30 | 17½ | 17½ | 36 | 8
40 | 20 | 20 | 36 | 11
60 | 22 | 24 | 60 | 15

Power Required to Work Double Steam and Air Cylinders.

H-P. | Diameter of Air Cylinder. | Diameter of Steam Cylinder. | Stroke. | No. of 3-inch Rock Drills driven.
| Inches. | Inches. | Inches. |
28 | 12 | 12 | 22 | 7
32 | 13 | 13 | 24 | 8
40 | 14½ | 14½ | 28 | 10
60 | 17½ | 17½ | 36 | 15
80 | 20 | 20 | 36 | 22
120 | 22 | 24 | 60 | 30

DURABILITY OF ROPES.

The average duration of flat, wire ropes is usually taken at one year, and that of round ropes at half a year.

DIAMOND DRILLING.

This drill is applicable to sinking a borehole for prospecting for minerals or water, shafts, &c., or blasting under water.

It consists of a circular row of “carbonados,” a species of diamond, set in a circular steel ring. This is attached to a hollow steel tube which is kept rotating at about 250 revolutions per minute, pressed forward by a force varying from 400 to 800 lb. according to the nature of the rock. Water is supplied through the tube which washes out the débris and cools the diamonds.

Granite and the hardest limestones are penetrated at the rate of 2 to 3 inches per minute, sandstones 4 inches, quartz 1 inch.

The diamond drill is not effective in soft strata such as clay, sand, and alluvial deposits.

Boreholes have been made at the following rates:

In Ironstone formation:

A depth of | 902 | feet in | 54 | working days
| 641 | ” | 48 | ”
| 434 | ” | 54 | ”
| 640 | ” | 60 | ”

Or an average of 12 feet a day.

In Coal measures:

A depth of | 1008 | feet in | 146 | days
| 802 | ” | 168 | ”
| 700 | ” | 48 | ”
| 558 | ” | 42 | ”

Or an average of 7½ feet a day.

TIMBER.

To find Solidity of Round Timber.

When all dimensions are in feet: Length × (¼ mean girth)² = cubic feet.

When length in feet, girth in inches: Length × (¼ mean girth) ÷ 144 = cubic feet.

When all dimensions are in inches: Length × (¼ mean girth)² ÷ 1728 = cubic feet.

To find Solidity of Square Timber.

When all dimensions are in feet: Length × breadth × depth ﹦ cubic feet.

When one dimension is in inches: Length × breadth × depth ÷ 12 ﹦ cubic feet.

When two dimensions are in inches: Length × breadth × depth ÷ 144 ﹦ cubic feet.

For board measure, depth always equal 1 inch.

To find surface in square feet, proceed as per rules for solidity of square timber.

LAYING OUT OF AREAS.

1. In Squares.—Extract the square root of the desired content, reduced to square chains (ten square chains equal one acre). The result will be the length of the required side in chains.

Thus if we wish to find the side of a square block containing 25 acres, we first reduce the acres to square chains: 25 × 10 = 250, the square root of which is 15·81, or 15 chains 81 links; the side required.

By reference to the tables of square roots on page 189, the required sides of square block for a large number of acres can be read off at once.

One acre laid out as a square must have its side made 316¼ links, or 208-71/100 feet, or 69-57/100 yards, 70 paces being a near approximation.

2. In Rectangles.—Divide the content by the length or breadth, according to which factor is known, and the result will be the required side.

Thus 5 acres, or 50 square chains, if 10 chains long, will require to be 5 chains wide.

If the content only is given, and the length is to be a certain number of times the breadth, the content in square chains divided by the ratio of the length to the breadth, and the square root of the quotient, will give the length of the shorter side. Thus, if we wish to lay out 72 acres as a rectangle twice as long as broad: 72 acres = 720 square chains, divided by 2, the ratio given, = 360, the square root of which is 18·97 chains, the length of the shorter side. The length of the other side is therefore 18·97 × 2 = 37·94 chains, or 3794 links.

MENSURATION.

To find the area of a triangle when the base and perpendicular height are given: Multiply the base by half the height, or vice versâ.

To find the area of a triangle when the three sides are given: Take half the sum of the sides, subtract each severally from this sum, then multiply this and the three remainders together, and take the square root for the area.

To find the area of a rectangular figure: Multiply the length by the breadth, the product will be the area.

To find the area of a trapezoid: Multiply half the sum of the two parallel sides by the distance between them.

To find the area of a parallelogram whose angles are not right angles: Multiply the length of any one of the sides by the perpendicular.

To find the area of a trapezium: Divide it into two triangles and find the areas of the latter by the first rule.

To find the area of an irregular polygon: Divide the polygon into triangles and find the area of the latter.

To find the area of an irregular figure: Draw the figure on fine cardboard or thin sheet metal, cut the same carefully out and weigh with an accurate balance. Then this weight, compared with the weight of a piece of the cardboard or metal of a definite size, say one square inch, gives at once the area required.

MINE SURVEYING PROBLEMS.

It would be futile to profess, in the limits of a small work of this kind, to instruct the beginner fully in the principles and practice of mine surveying, especially as the most elaborate treatise can only be of service when some actual practical experience and knowledge of instruments have been obtained.

For an exhaustive and well-arranged work on the subject, Brough’s “Treatise on Mine Surveying” can be strongly recommended, and should be carefully studied by all wishing to learn the best methods of accomplishing the accurate results that any mine-surveying worth the name demands.

The following methods of connecting underground and surface work are therefore addressed to such as are thoroughly acquainted with a dial and the method of traversing.

1. To find where a shaft should be sunk to connect with any part of the underground workings.

Should the mine be one opened by an adit, there is no difficulty in doing this, as the dial can be set up at the mouth and a sight taken to a light; this can then, by means of the vertical arc, be prolonged up the hill, and the remaining bearings and distances are then easily laid down to the desired point. When a starting-point has been obtained, the chief difficulty in these cases has been overcome. If a single shaft is the only connection to the underground workings, the magnetic bearing of the first line at bottom must first be carefully ascertained, and the position of the first station brought to the surface by means of a plumb-line, made of copper wire preferably, the plummet being put into a dish of water to steady it. The dial is then set exactly over the end of the line at the surface, and the first bearing and distance laid off.

Should it be impossible to set the instrument over the point at surface, a spot must be found by trial outside the shaft which is in the correct course. The dial is set up in the supposed direction of the line and repeated sights taken to the first point till the instrument and it are exactly in the required line, when the length of the first line can be measured along it, and the new lines proceeded with.

As local attraction frequently affects the needle at the bottom of the shaft, and so vitiates the surface survey that depends on its swinging the same at both points, a method of dispensing with the needle must be resorted to. This is the suspension of two plumb-lines from opposite sides of the shaft, the plummets hanging exactly over as much of the first underground line as the width of the shaft will allow.

The two plummet lines at surface then give the direction, and by trial the dial must be put exactly in line with them in order to prolong it correctly.

If there are two or more shafts sunk on the workings, it will be an easy matter to ascertain if the needle can be depended on for laying out any further surface work, as the underground survey connecting the shafts can be laid down on the surface, or the direct bearing and distance calculated, when its correctness is tested by the terminating point of the survey.

2. To find depth of shaft at any point, to cut a vein whose dip is known.

Rule:—Multiply natural tangent of angle of dip C (Fig. 50.) by the distance from outcrop to proposed shaft AC. The result is the depth required, AB.

By Protractor and Scale.—Rule on paper a line AC of the required distance, then at C set off the angle of dip and draw AB at right angles to AC. Then scale off AB = depth of shafts.

Fig. 50.

3. Given Depth of Shaft and Angle of Dip to find where it outcrops.—Then AC = AB × natural tangent of angle ABC. Or by scale and protractor by inspection.

4. Given Depth of Shaft AB and Dip of Vein Angle CB to find Distance BC between Bottom of Shaft and Outcrop.—BC = AC × natural sine ACB. Or by scale and protractor by inspection.

RAINFALL.

One inch of rain = 22,680 gallons, or 102·35 tons of water per acre.

NOTES ON BELTING.

Co-efficient of friction between ordinary leather belting and cast-iron pulleys or drums = ·423. Ultimate strength of ordinary leather belting = 3086 lb. per square inch. Belts vary from ³∕₁₆ in. to ¼in. thick, average ⁷∕₃₂ in.

Power of Single Leather Belts.

To calculate the power of single leather belts, the following formula may be used: Let HP = actual horse-power. W = width of belt. F = driving force. T = working tension from 70 to 150 lb. V = velocity of belt in feet per minute.

Then F = | W × T. | HP = | V × F. | W = | 33,000 × HP.
| 2 | | 33,000 | | F × V

Example:—A 10-inch belt running 2500 feet per minute, what horse-power will it transmit? Assuming the working tension to be 100 lb.,

F = | 10 × 100 | HP = | 25,000 × 500 | = | 378 horse-power.
| 2 | | 33,000 | |

Nystrom gives this rule:—HP = V × F⁄₅₅₀. V = velocity of belt in feet per second. F = force in pounds transmitted by belt.

The first rule gives good practical results where there is no great inequality in the diameter of the pulleys.

Double Belts transmit 1½ times as much as single belts.

Splicing Belts.

Width of Belts | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 to 6 | 6 to 8 | above 8 in.
Lap in inches | 2 | 4½ | 5½ | 6 | 8 | 10

Rules for Double Leather Belting.

A = covered area of driven pulley in square inches.

V = speed of belt in feet per minute.

H = indicated horse-power.

W = width in inches.

H = AV⁄66,000 A = 66,000 H⁄V. W = A/L, where L = length of belt on driven pulley in inches.

Another authority simply says H = {70 to 80} × WV⁄33,000.

And a third says W = 36,000 H⁄6VL, where L is here in feet.

Evan Leigh’s rule is W = 66,000 x IHP⁄L x V.

L = length of arc of contact upon smaller pulley in inches.

V = velocity of rim in feet per minute.

A belt transmits its motion solely through frictional contact with the surfaces of the pulley. The lower side of the belt should be made the driving side when possible, as the arc of contact is thereby increased by the sagging of the following side. Increase of power will be obtained by increasing the size of pulleys, the same ratio being retained. Wide belts are less effective per unit of sectional area than narrow belts. Long belts are more effective than short ones. The proportion between the diameters of two pulleys working together should not exceed six to one. Convexity of pulleys to receive belt = ½ inch per foot wide. The width of pulley should equal 1·2 times width of belt.

Speed of Belts.

Belts have been employed running over 5000 feet per minute. Nothing, however, is gained by running belts much over 4000 feet per minute. About 3500 feet per minute for main belts agrees with good practice; lathe belts from 1500 to 2000 feet per minute. The life of a belt may be prolonged and its driving powers increased by keeping it in good working order. To ensure this it should be dressed on the back with castor oil every few weeks, more or less according the dryness of the atmosphere in which it works.

WEIGHT AND BULK OF MATERIALS.

The weight of a cubic foot of any material is its specific gravity multiplied by 62·425, or the weight of a cubic foot of water in pounds. To find the specific gravity of a stone, divide its weight in air by loss of weight in water of temperature of 60° F. = specific gravity.

Thus:

Quartz crystal weighs in | air | 293·7 | grains
”   ” | water | 180·1 | ” ”
| | ------ |
| Loss in weight | 113·6 | ” ”

Then:

293·7⁄113·6 = 2·59 = Specific gravity of quartz.

One ton of quartz when solid occupies 13 cubic feet, but when broken, about 20. Rocks when solid, as compared to the same when broken, usually increase in volume in the ratio of 1 to 1·5 or 1 to 1·18, the increase depending on size and form of fragments.

A dwt. of gold in a cwt. of ore = 1 oz. of gold per ton of ore.

For approximate calculation a grain of gold = two pence, and a dwt., four shillings.

In the following table of the chemical elements the standard of sp. gr. is hydrogen for the gaseous elements (hydrogen, oxygen, &c.) and water for the others.

The Chemical Elements, their Symbols, Equivalents, and Specific Gravities.

Name. | Symbol. | Atomic Weight. | Specific Gravity.
Aluminium | Al | 27·5 | 2·56
Antimony | Sb | 122·0 | 6·70
Arsenic | As | 75·0 | 5·7
Barium | Ba | 137·0 | 4·00
Bismuth | Bi | 210·0 | 9·7
Boron | B | 11·0 | 2·63
Bromine | Br | 80·0 | 5·54
Cadmium | Cd | 112·0 | 8·60
Caesium | Cs | 133·0 | 1·88
Calcium | Ca | 40·0 | 1·58
Carbon | C | 12·0 | 3·50
Cerium | Ce | 92·0 | 6·68
Chlorine | Cl | 35·5 | 2·45
Chromium | Cr | 52·5 | 6·81
Cobalt | Co | 58·8 | 7·7
Columbium | Cb | 184·8 | 6·00
Copper | Cu | 63·5 | 8·96
Didymium | Di | 96·0 | 6·54
Erbium | E | 112·6 | —
Fluorine | F | 19·0 | 1·32
Gallium | Ga | 69·9 | 5·9
Glucinum | Gl | 9·5 | 2·1
Gold (Aurum) | Au | 196·7 | 19·3
Hydrogen | H | 1·0 | 0·069
Indium | In | 113·4 | 7·4
Iodine | I | 127·0 | 4·94
Iridium | Ir | 198·0 | 21·15
Iron (Ferrum) | Fe | 56·0 | 7·79
Lanthanum | La | 90·2 | 11·37
Lead (Plumbum) | Pb | 207·0 | 11·44
Lithium | Li | 7·0 | 0·59
Magnesium | Mg | 24·0 | 1·75
Manganese | Mn | 55·0 | 8·01
Mercury (Hydrargyrum) | Hg | 200·0 | 13·59
Molybdenum | Mb | 96·0 | 8·60
Nickel | Ni | 58·8 | 8·60
Niobium | Nb | 94·0 | 6·27
Nitrogen | N | 14·0 | 0·972
Osmium | Os | 199·0 | 21·40
Oxygen | O | 16·0 | 1·105
Palladium | Pd | 106·5 | 11·60
Phosphorus | P | 31·0 | 1·83
Platinum | Pt | 197·4 | 21·53
Potassium (Kalium) | K | 39·0 | 0·865
Rhodium | Rh | 104·3 | 12·1
Rubidium | Rb | 85·4 | 1·52
Ruthenium | Ru | 104·4 | 11·4
Selenium | Se | 79·5 | 4·78
Silicon | Si | 28·0 | 2·49
Silver (Argentum) | Ag | 108·0 | 10·5
Sodium (Natrium) | Na | 23·0 | 0·972
Strontium | Sr | 87·6 | 2·54
Sulphur | S | 32·0 | 2·05
Tantalium | Ta | 182·0 | 10·78
Tellurium | Te | 129·0 | 6·02
Thallium | Tl | 204·0 | 11·91
Thorium | Th | 115·7 | 7·8
Tin (Stannum) | Sn | 118·0 | 7·28
Titanium | Ti | 50·0 | 4·3
Tungsten (Wolfram) | W | 184·0 | 7·5
Uranium | U | 120·0 | 18·4
Vanadium | V | 51·3 | 5·50
Yttrium | Y | 61·7 | —
Zinc | Zn | 65·0 | 7·14
Zirconium | Zr | 89·5 | 4·15

The figures indicating the proportions by weight in which the elements unite with one another are called the combining or atomic weights, because they represent the relative weights of the atoms of the different elements. Since hydrogen is the lightest element, it is taken as the standard, and its combining or atomic weight = 1.

To find the proportional parts by weight of the elements of any substance whose chemical formula is known:

Rule.—Multiply together the equivalent and the exponent of each element of the compound; the product will be the proportion by weight of that element in the substance.

Example:—Find the proportional weights of the elements of Alcohol C₂H₆O.

Carbon C₂ | = | equivalent | 12 | × | exponent | 2 | = | 24
Hydrogen H₆ | = | ” | 1 | × | ” | 6 | = | 6
Oxygen O | = | ” | 16 | × | ” | 1 | = | 16

Of every 46 lb. of Alcohol, 6 lb. will be H; 16, O; 24, C.

To find the proportions by volume, divide by the specific gravity.

Common Names of Chemical Substances.

Common Names. | Chemical Names.
Aqua fortis | Nitric acid.
Aqua regia | Nitro-hydrochloric acid.
Blue vitriol | Sulphate of copper.
Cream of tartar | Bi-tartrate of potassium.
Calomel | Chloride of mercury.
Chalk | Carbonate of calcium.
Caustic potash | Hydrate of potassium
Chloroform | Chloride of formyl.
Common salt | Chloride of sodium.
Copperas, or green vitriol | Sulphate of iron.
Corrosive sublimate | Bi-chloride of mercury.
Dry alum | Sulphate of aluminium and potassium.
Epsom salts | Sulphate of magnesium.
Ethiops mineral | Black sulphide of mercury.
Galena | Sulphide of lead.
Glauber’s salt | Sulphate of sodium.
Glucose | Grape sugar.
Iron pyrites | Bi-sulphide of iron.
Jeweller’s putty | Oxide of tin.
King’s yellow | Sulphide of arsenic.
Laughing gas | Protoxide of nitrogen.
Lime | Oxide of calcium.
Lunar caustic | Nitrate of silver.
Mosaic gold | Bi-sulphide of tin.
Muriate of lime | Chloride of calcium.
Nitre, or saltpetre | Nitrate of potash.
Oil of vitriol | Sulphuric acid.
Potash | Oxide of potassium.
Realgar | Sulphide of arsenic.
Red lead | Oxide of lead.
Rust of iron | Oxide of iron.
Sal ammoniac | Chloride of ammonia.
Salt of tartar | Carbonate of potassium.
Slacked lime | Hydrate of calcium.
Soda | Oxide of sodium.
Spirits of hartshorn | Ammonia.
Spirits of salt | Hydrochloric acid.
Stucco, or plaster of Paris | Sulphate of lime.
Sugar of lead | Acetate of lead.
Verdigris | Basic acetate of copper.
Vermilion | Sulphide of mercury.
Vinegar | Acetic acid (diluted).
Volatile alkali | Ammonia.
Water | Oxide of hydrogen.
White precipitate | Ammoniated mercury.
White vitriol | Sulphate of zinc.

Thermometer.

The following are the formulæ for the conversion of degrees of one scale to those of another:—

Centigrade° × 9 + 32 = Fahr.° | | Fahr.° - 32 × 4 = Réaumur°.
5 | | 9
Réaumur° × 9 + 32 = Fahr.° | | Centigrade° × 4 = Réaumur°.
4 | | 5
Fahr.° - 32 × 5 = Cent.° | | Réaumur° × 5 = Centigrade°.
9 | | 4

Freezing, Fusing, and Boiling Points.

Substances. | Réaumur. | | Centigrade. | | Fahrenheit.
Bromine freezes at | -17·6° | = | -22° | = | -7·6°
Oil, Anise    ” ” | 8 | = | 10 | = | 50
Oil, Olive    ” ” | 8 | = | 10 | = | 50
Oil, Rose    ” ” | 12 | = | 15 | = | 60
Quicksilver  ” ” | -31·5 | = | -39·4 | = | -39°
Water     ” ” | 0 | = | 0 | = | 32°
Bismuth metal fuses at | 211 | = | 264 | = | 507°
Copper    ” ” | 963 | = | 1204 | = | 2200
Gold     ” ” | 963 | = | 1204 | = | 2200
Iodine    ” ” | 95·6 | = | 107° | = | 224·6°
Iron     ” ” | 1230 | = | 1538 | = | 2800
Lead     ” ” | 260 | = | 325 | = | 617
Potassium   ” ” | 50° | = | 62·5° | = | 144·5°
Silver    ” ” | 530 | = | 537·70 | = | 1000
Sodium    ” ” | 76·5° | = | 95·6 | = | 204°
Steel melts at a lower | | | | |
temperature than malleable | | | | |
iron | - | | - | | -
Sulphur fuses at | 54 | = | 120 | = | 248°
Tin     ” ” | 189·6° | = | 237 | = | 459°
Zinc     ” ” | 329·6° | = | 412 | = | 773°
Alcohol boils at | 59·5° | = | 74·4 | = | 173·1
Bromine   ” ” | 46·4 | = | 58 | = | 136
Ether    ” ” | 28·4 | = | 35·5 | = | 96
Iodine    ” ” | 140 | = | 175 | = | 347
Quicksilver   ” ” | 288 | = | 360 | = | 680
Water    ” ” | 80 | = | 100 | = | 212

Heat Values of Fuels.

Pounds of water evaporated by 1 lb. of fuel as follows:—

Straw | 1·9
Wood | 3·1
Peat | 3·8
Coke or Charcoal | 6·4
Coal | 7·9
Petroleum | 14·6

SIGNS AND SYMBOLS USED IN EXPRESSING FORMULAS.

= Sign of equality, denoting that quantities so connected are equal to one another; thus, 3 feet = 1 yard.

+ Sign of addition, signifying plus or more; thus, 4 + 3 = 7.

- Sign of subtraction, signifying minus or less; thus, 4-3 = 1.

× Sign of multiplication, signifying multiplied by or into; thus, 4 × 3 = 12.

÷ Sign of division, signifying divided by; thus, 4 ÷ 2 = 2.

{} () [] Brackets, denoting that the quantities between them are to be treated as one quantity; thus, 5 {3(4 + 2)-6(3-2) = 5 (18-6) = 60.

Letters are used to shorten or simplify a formula. Supposing we wish to express length × breadth × depth, we may put the initial letters only, thus, l × b × d, or, as is usual when algebraical symbols are employed, leave out the sign × between the factors, and write the formula lbd.

When division is to be expressed in simple form, the divisor is written under the dividend; thus (x + y) ÷ z = (x + y) / z

° ’ ” are signs used to express certain angles in degrees, minutes, and seconds; thus 25 degrees 4 minutes 21 seconds would be expressed 25° 4’ 21”.

√ This sign is called the radical sign, and placed before a quantity indicates that some root of it is to be taken, and a small figure placed over the sign, called the exponent of the root, shows what root is to be extracted.

Thus ²√ a or √ a means the square root of a
∛ a                      ”    cube      ”
∜ a                      ”    fourth    ”

ρ This sign is used to denote the force of gravity at any given latitude.

π The Greek letter pi is invariably used to denote 3·14159, that is, the ratio borne by the diameter of a circle to its circumference.

When the figure 2 is affixed to any number, as diameter² or 12², the number is to be squared, as 12 × 12 = 144, the square; and with ³ affixed, the number is to be cubed—i.e., multiplied twice by itself, as 6³ = 6 × 6 × 6 = 316, the cube of 6.

ENGLISH WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

Measures of Length.

12 | lines | | = | 1 inch.
12 | inches | | = | 1 foot.
3 | feet | | = | 1 yard.
6 | feet | | = | 1 fathom.
16½ | feet | | = | 1 pole.
220 | yards | | = | 1 furlong.
| | } | |
8 | furlongs | |
1760 | yards | = | 1 statute mile. |
5280 | feet | |
6086 | feet | | = | 1 naut. mile. |
7·92 | inches | | = | 1 link.
| | } | |
100 | links | | |
66 | feet | = | 1 chain. |
22 | yards | | |

Square Measure.

144 | sq. inches | | = | 1 sq. foot.
9 | sq. feet | | = | 1 sq. yard.
| | } | |
30¼ | sq. yards | = | 1 sq. rod or pole.
272¼ | feet |
40 | rods | | = | 1 sq. rood.
| | } | |
4 | roods | |
160 | rods | |
4840 | yards | = | 1 acre.
43560 | feet |
10 | sq. chains | | = | 1 acre.
1 | hectare | | = | 2·471 acres.
640 | acres | | = | 1 sq. mile.
30 | sq. acres | | = | 1 yard of land.
Sq. ins. | × 0·007 | | = | square foot nearly.
Sq. yds. | × 0·00021 | | = | acres nearly.
113·0977 | sq. ins. | | = | 1 circular foot.
183·46 | circular ins. | | = | 1 square foot.

Solid or Cubic Measure.

1728 | cubic inches | = | | 1 cubic foot.
27 | cubic feet | = | | 1 cubic yard.
| | | } |
40 | cub. ft. of rough, or | = | 1 ton or load.
50 | cub. ft. of hwn. tmbr. |
| | | } |
128 | cub. ft. of timber | = | 1 cord of wood. |

Avoirdupois Weight.

16 | drachms | = | 1 ounce.
16 | ounces | = | 1 lb.
14 | lb. | = | 1 stone.
28 | lb. | = | 1 qr. cwt.
112 | lb. | = | 1 cwt.
20 | cwt | = | 1 ton.
lbs. | × 0·009 | = | cwt. nearly.
lbs. | × 0·00045 | = | tons.
7000 | grains | = | 1 lb. avdp.
437½ | grains | = | 1 oz.

Troy Weight.

24 | grains | = | 1 | dwt.
20 | dwt. | = | 1 | ounce.
12 | oz. | = | 1 | lb.
5760 | grains | = | 1 | lb. troy.
480 | grains | = | 1 | oz.   ”

Apothecaries’ Fluid Measure.

Gallon (C) = 8 pints (O); 1 pint = 20 fluid ounces (oz. weight of water).

Ounce (f ℥) = 8 drachms (f ʒ) = 480 minims (♏) = 720 drops (gtt.).

One wine glass = 4 tablespoonfuls = 16 tablespoonfuls = 2 ounces.

Symbols.—f. or fl. fluid; s.s. one half; a.a. for each. Thus f℥ss. ½ a fluid ounce.

Apothecaries’ weight, formerly used for dispensing medicines, superseded in 1864. 20 grains = 1 scruple; 3 scruples = 1 drachm; 8 drachms = 1 ounce; 12 ounces = 1 lb. (troy).

Liquid Measure.

| | | Cubic in. nearly.
4 gills | = 1 pint | = | 34¾
2 pints | = 1 quart | = | 69⅓
4 quarts | = 1 gallon | = | 277·123

FRENCH WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

Weights.

Gramme | 15·432349 grams troy.
Décagramme (= 10 grammes) | 5·6438 drachms av.
Hectogramme (= 100 grammes) | 3·527 oz. av.
Kilogramme (= 1000 grammes) | 2·204621 lbs. av., or
| 2·679227 lbs. troy.
Quintal (= 100 kilogrammes) | 220·462 lbs. av.
Tonne (= 1000 kilogrammes) | 2204·621 lbs. av.
Decigramme (= ¹∕₁₀th of a gramme) | 1·5432 grain.
Centigramme (= ¹∕₁₀₀th of a gramme) | 0·15432 grain.
Milligramme (= ¹∕₁₀₀₀th of a gramme) | 0·015432 grain.

Lineal Measure.

Mètre | 3·2808992 feet.
Décamètre (= 10 mètres) | 32·808992 feet.
Hectomètre (= 100 mètres) | 328·08992 feet.
Kilomètre (= 1000 mètres) | 1093·633 yards.
Myriamètre (= 10,000 mètres) | 6·2138 miles.
Decimètre (= ¹∕₁₀th of a mètre) | 3·937079 inches.
Centimètre (= ¹∕₁₀₀th of a mètre) | 0·39371 inch.
Millimètre (= ¹∕₁₀₀₀th of a mètre) | 0·03937 inch.

Superficial Measure

Centiare (= 1 square mètre) | 1·196033 square yard.
Are(= 100 square mètres) | 0·098845 rood.
Hectare (= 10,000 square mètres) | 2·471143 acres.

Measures of Capacity.

Litre | (= 1 décimétre cube) | 1·760773 | pint (61·027 cubic inches).
Décalitre | (= 10 litres) | 2·2009668 | gallons.
Hectolitre | (= 100 litres) | 22·009668 | ”
Kilolitre | (= 1000 litres) | 220·09668 | ”
Décilitre | (= ¹∕₁₀th of a litre) | ·17607 | pint.
Centilitre | (= ¹∕₁₀₀th of a litre) | ·017607 | pint.

Solid Measure.

Stère | (= 1 cubic mètre) | 1·31 cubic yard.
Décastère | (= 10 stères) | 13 cubic yards, 2 feet, 21 inches.
Décistère | (= ¹∕₁₀th of a stère) | 3 cubic feet, 918·7 cubic inches.

FRESH AND SALT WATER COMPARED.

| | Fresh. | Salt.
1 | cubic foot at 40° weighs | 62·425 lbs. | 64 lbs.
1 | cubic inch at 40° weighs | ·036,126 lbs. | ·037,037 lbs.
1 | cubic foot at 40° equals | 6·242 gallons | 6·2 gallons.
1 | ton equals | 35·943 cubic ft. | 35 cubic ft.
1 | ton contains at 62° | 224 gallons | 217 gallons.

VELOCITY OF FALLING FLUIDS.

Falling fluids are governed by the same laws as falling bodies.

Fluid falls 1 foot in a ¼ of a second, 4 feet in ½ of a second, 9 feet in ¾ of a second, and so on.

The velocity of a fluid, flowing through an aperture in the side of a reservoir, is the same that a heavy body would acquire by falling from a height equal to that between the surface of the fluid and the middle of the opening.

The velocity of a fluid flowing out of an aperture is as the square root of the height of the head of the fluid. The theoretical velocity, therefore, in feet per second is as the square root of the product of the space fallen through in feet and 64·333; consequently, for 1 foot it is √64·333 = 8·02 feet. The mean velocity is about 5·4 feet, or 0·673.

PRESSURE OF WATER AT DIFFERENT HEADS.

H. = head in feet. P. = pressure in lbs. per sq. foot. p. = pressure in lbs. per sq. inch.

H. | P. | p. | H. | P. | p.
1 | 62·4 | ·4333 | 9 | 561·6 | 3·9
1·25 | 78 | ·5416 | 10 | 624 | 4·3333
1·5 | 93·6 | ·65 | 20 | 1248 | 8·6666
1·75 | 109·2 | ·7538 | 30 | 1872 | 13
2 | 124·8 | ·8666 | 40 | 2496 | 17·3333
3 | 187·2 | 1·3 | 50 | 3120 | 21·6666
4 | 249·6 | 1·7333 | 60 | 3744 | 26
5 | 312 | 2·1666 | 70 | 4368 | 30·3333
6 | 374·4 | 2·6 | 80 | 4992 | 34·6666
7 | 436·8 | 3·0333 | 90 | 5616 | 39
8 | 499·2 | 3·4666 | | |

TO FIND THE CONTENTS OF A TANK.

To find the number of gallons contained in a tank, multiply the length, width, and depth together, in feet. This gives the contents in cubic feet; multiply by 6·24, and the result is the number of gallons contained. If the dimensions are in inches, use ·003607 in place of 6·24.

SIZES AND WEIGHT OF CORRUGATED GALVANISED IRON SHEETS.

Thickness
B.W.G.

Size of Sheets

Weight
Per Square
Foot.

Square Foot
per Ton.

| Feet. | lb.   oz. |
16 | 6 × 2 to 8 × 3 | 2   1 | 800
17 × 18 | 6 × 2 ” 8 × 3 | 2   4 | 1050
19 × 20 | 6 × 2 ” 8 × 3 | 1   12 | 1300
21 × 22 | 6 × 2 ” 7 × 2½ | 1   7 | 1600
23 × 24 | 6 × 2 ” 7 × 2½ | 1   3 | 1900
25 × 26 | 6 × 2 ” 7 × 2½ | 1   0 | 2250

THICKNESS AND WEIGHT OF GALVANISED SHEET IRON.

Size of sheet, 2 feet in width by from 6 to 9 feet in length.

Wire
Gauge.

Weight
Per Square
Foot.

Wire
Gauge.

Weight
Per Square
Foot.

No. | Oz. | No. | Oz.
30 | 10 | 22 | 21
29 | 11 | 21 | 24
28 | 12 | 20 | 28
27 | 14 | 19 | 33
26 | 15 | 18 | 37
25 | 16 | 17 | 43
24 | 17 | 16 | 48
23 | 19 | 14 | 60

QUALITIES OF DIFFERENT ROPES EXPRESSED RELATIVELY.

| Strength. | Rigidity. | Weight Dry. | Stretching.
Italian Hemp | — | 1 | 1 | }
Baltic  ” | 0·7  ·9 | 0·8 to 0·9 | 1 | } ¹∕₇ to ¹∕₁₂
Manilla ” | 0·9 to 1 | 0·75 | 0·88 | }
Flax | 0·9 | low | — | ¹∕₇₅
Iron Wire | 3 | high | 4 | —
Steel | 6 | high | 4 | —

Steel wire rope stretches about ¹∕₃₆₀, ¹∕₂₅₀, and ¹∕₁₃₀, of ¼, ⅓, and ½ the breaking weight.

THE ATMOSPHERE.

The composition of the atmosphere is by volume, oxygen 20·8, nitrogen 79·2; by weight, oxygen 23, nitrogen 77. There are also minute quantities of carbon dioxide, aqueous vapour, and ammonia.

The barometer falls about ½” for each 500’ increase of altitude the mean temperature being 50° Fahr.

Weight or Pressure.

= 14·706 lbs. per square inch.
= 29·92 inches of mercury.
= 33·7 feet of water.

Squares, Cubes, Square Roots, and Cube Roots.

No.

Square.

Cube.

Square
Root
√

Cube
Root
∛

1 | 1 | 1 | 1·0 | 1·0
2 | 4 | 8 | 1·414 | 1·259
3 | 9 | 27 | 1·732 | 1·442
4 | 16 | 64 | 2·0 | 1·587
5 | 25 | 125 | 2·236 | 1·709
6 | 36 | 216 | 2·449 | 1·817
7 | 49 | 343 | 2·645 | 1·912
8 | 64 | 512 | 2·828 | 2·0
9 | 81 | 729 | 3·0 | 2·080
10 | 100 | 1000 | 3·162 | 2·154
11 | 121 | 1331 | 3·316 | 2·223
12 | 144 | 1728 | 3·464 | 2·289
13 | 169 | 2197 | 3·60 | 2·35
14 | 196 | 2744 | 3·74 | 2·41
15 | 225 | 3375 | 3·87 | 2·46
16 | 256 | 4096 | 4·0 | 2·51
17 | 289 | 4913 | 4·12 | 2·58
18 | 324 | 5832 | 4·24 | 2·62
19 | 361 | 6859 | 4·35 | 2·66
20 | 400 | 8000 | 4·47 | 2·71
25 | 625 | 15625 | 5·0 | 2·92
30 | 900 | 27000 | 5·47 | 3·10
35 | 1225 | 42875 | 5·91 | 3·27
40 | 1600 | 64000 | 6·32 | 3·41
45 | 2025 | 91125 | 6·70 | 3·55
50 | 2500 | 125000 | 7·07 | 3·68
55 | 3025 | 166375 | 7·41 | 3·80
60 | 3600 | 216000 | 7·24 | 3·91
65 | 4225 | 274625 | 8·06 | 4·02
70 | 4900 | 343000 | 8·36 | 4·12
75 | 5625 | 421875 | 8·66 | 4·41
80 | 6400 | 512000 | 8·94 | 4·30
85 | 7225 | 614125 | 9·21 | 4·39
90 | 8100 | 729000 | 9·48 | 4·48
95 | 9025 | 857375 | 9·74 | 4·56
100 | 10000 | 1000000 | 10·0 | 4·64
110 | 12100 | 1331000 | 10·48 | 4·79
120 | 14400 | 1728000 | 10·95 | 4·93
130 | 16900 | 2197000 | 11·40 | 5·06
140 | 19600 | 2744000 | 11·83 | 5·19
150 | 22500 | 3375000 | 12·24 | 5·31
160 | 25600 | 4096000 | 12·64 | 5·42
170 | 28900 | 4913000 | 13·03 | 5·53
180 | 32400 | 5832000 | 13·41 | 5·64
190 | 36100 | 6859000 | 13·78 | 5·74
200 | 40000 | 8000000 | 14·14 | 5·84
210 | 44100 | 9261000 | 14·49 | 5·94
220 | 48400 | 10648000 | 14·83 | 6·03
230 | 52900 | 12167000 | 15·16 | 6·12
240 | 57600 | 13824000 | 15·49 | 6·21
250 | 62500 | 15625000 | 15·81 | 6·29
260 | 67600 | 17576000 | 16·12 | 6·38
270 | 72900 | 19683000 | 16·43 | 6·46
280 | 78400 | 21952000 | 16·73 | 6·54
290 | 84100 | 24389000 | 17·02 | 6·61
300 | 90000 | 27000000 | 17·32 | 6·69
310 | 96100 | 29791000 | 17·60 | 6·76
320 | 102400 | 32768000 | 17·88 | 6·83
330 | 108900 | 35937000 | 18·16 | 6·91
340 | 115600 | 39304000 | 18·43 | 6·97
350 | 122500 | 42875000 | 18·17 | 7·04
360 | 129600 | 46656000 | 18·97 | 7·11
370 | 136900 | 50653000 | 19·23 | 7·17
380 | 144400 | 54872000 | 19·49 | 7·24
390 | 152100 | 59319000 | 19·74 | 7·30
400 | 160000 | 64000000 | 20·0 | 7·36
410 | 168100 | 68921000 | 20·24 | 7·42
420 | 176400 | 74088000 | 20·49 | 7·48
430 | 184900 | 79507000 | 20·73 | 7·54
440 | 193600 | 85184000 | 20·97 | 7·60
450 | 202500 | 91125000 | 21·21 | 7·66
460 | 211600 | 97336000 | 21·44 | 7·71
470 | 220900 | 103823000 | 21·67 | 7·77
480 | 230400 | 110592000 | 21·90 | 7·82
490 | 240100 | 117649000 | 22·13 | 7·88
500 | 250000 | 125000000 | 22·36 | 7·93
510 | 260100 | 132651000 | 22·58 | 7·98
520 | 270400 | 140608000 | 22·80 | 8·04
530 | 280900 | 148877000 | 23·02 | 8·09
540 | 291600 | 157464000 | 23·23 | 8·14
550 | 302500 | 166375000 | 23·45 | 8·19
560 | 313600 | 175616000 | 23·66 | 8·24
570 | 324900 | 185193000 | 23·87 | 8·29
580 | 336400 | 195192000 | 24·08 | 8·33
590 | 348100 | 205379000 | 24·29 | 8·38
600 | 360000 | 216000000 | 24·49 | 8·43
610 | 372100 | 226981000 | 24·69 | 8·48
620 | 384400 | 238328000 | 24·90 | 8·52

Table to Calculate Wages and other Payments.

Year. | Per Month. | Per Week. | Per Day.
£ | £ | s. | d. | £ | s. | d. | s. | d.
1 | 0 | 1 | 8 | 0 | 0 | 4½ | 0 | 0¾
2 | 0 | 3 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 9¼ | 0 | 1¼
3 | 0 | 5 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1¾ | 0 | 2
4 | 0 | 6 | 8 | 0 | 1 | 6½ | 0 | 2¾
5 | 0 | 8 | 4 | 0 | 1 | 11 | 0 | 3¼
6 | 0 | 10 | 0 | 0 | 2 | 1¾ | 0 | 4
7 | 0 | 11 | 8 | 0 | 2 | 8¼ | 0 | 4½
8 | 0 | 13 | 4 | 0 | 3 | 1 | 0 | 5¼
9 | 0 | 15 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 5½ | 0 | 6
10 | 0 | 16 | 8 | 0 | 3 | 10¼ | 0 | 6½
11 | 0 | 18 | 4 | 0 | 4 | 3¾ | 0 | 7¼
12 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 7½ | 0 | 8
13 | 1 | 1 | 8 | 0 | 5 | 0 | 0 | 8½
14 | 1 | 3 | 4 | 0 | 5 | 4½ | 0 | 9¼
15 | 1 | 5 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 9¼ | 0 | 9¾
16 | 1 | 6 | 8 | 0 | 6 | 1¾ | 0 | 10½
17 | 1 | 8 | 4 | 0 | 6 | 6½ | 0 | 11¼
18 | 1 | 10 | 0 | 0 | 6 | 11 | 0 | 11¾
19 | 1 | 11 | 8 | 0 | 7 | 3½ | 1 | 0½
20 | 1 | 13 | 4 | 0 | 7 | 8¼ | 1 | 1¼
30 | 2 | 10 | 0 | 0 | 11 | 6½ | 1 | 7¾
40 | 3 | 6 | 8 | 0 | 15 | 4½ | 2 | 2¼
50 | 4 | 3 | 4 | 0 | 19 | 2¾ | 2 | 9
60 | 5 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3½
70 | 5 | 16 | 8 | 1 | 6 | 11 | 3 | 10
80 | 6 | 13 | 4 | 1 | 10 | 9¼ | 4 | 4½
90 | 7 | 10 | 0 | 1 | 14 | 7½ | 4 | 11½
100 | 8 | 6 | 8 | 1 | 18 | 5½ | 5 | 5¾

If the Wages be Guineas instead of Pounds, for each Guinea add 1d. to each month, or ¼d. to each week.

Handy Universal Interest Table.

(By Alfred Fryer.)

Showing the Interest, to the 100th part of a farthing, on any Sum from £1 to £1,000,000, for any number of days, at any rate per cent.

| £ | s. | d. | f. | 100ths. | | £ | s. | d. | f. | 100ths.
1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 50,000 | 136 | 19 | 8 | 2 | 85
2 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 26 | 60,000 | 164 | 7 | 8 | 0 | 22
3 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 3 | 89 | 70,000 | 191 | 15 | 7 | 1 | 59
4 | 0 | 0 | 2 | 2 | 52 | 80,000 | 219 | 3 | 6 | 0 | 96
5 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 1 | 15 | 90,000 | 246 | 11 | 6 | 0 | 32
6 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 3 | 78 | 100,000 | 273 | 19 | 5 | 1 | 70
7 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 2 | 41 | 200,000 | 547 | 18 | 10 | 3 | 40
8 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 1 | 4 | 300,000 | 821 | 18 | 4 | 1 | 9
9 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 3 | 67 | 400,000 | 1095 | 17 | 9 | 2 | 79
10 | 0 | 0 | 6 | 2 | 30 | 500,000 | 1369 | 17 | 3 | 0 | 49
20 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 60 | 600,000 | 1643 | 16 | 8 | 2 | 19
30 | 0 | 1 | 7 | 2 | 90 | 700,000 | 1917 | 16 | 1 | 3 | 89
40 | 0 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 21 | 800,000 | 2191 | 15 | 7 | 1 | 59
50 | 0 | 2 | 8 | 3 | 51 | 900,000 | 2465 | 15 | 0 | 3 | 29
60 | 0 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 81 | 1,000,000 | 2739 | 14 | 6 | 0 | 99

70

0

3

10

0

11

The Rule.—Multiply the number of £ upon which the interest is to be calculated by the number of days, and then multiply this product by the rate of interest, strike out the last two figures to the right hand, and find from the table the interest on the remaining figures.

80 | 0 | 4 | 4 | 2 | 41
90 | 0 | 4 | 11 | 0 | 11
100 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 3 | 1
200 | 0 | 10 | 11 | 2 | 3
300 | 0 | 16 | 5 | 1 | 4
400 | 1 | 1 | 11 | 0 | 5 | Example.—What is the interest of £271 for 90 days at 7 per cent. per ann.?
500 | 1 | 7 | 4 | 3 | 7
600 | 1 | 12 | 10 | 2 | 8 | Multiply | £271 | | |
700 | 1 | 18 | 4 | 1 | 10 | by | 90 | number of days
800 | 2 | 3 | 10 | 0 | 11 | then multiply | 24390 | | |
900 | 2 | 9 | 3 | 3 | 12 | by | 7 | rate of interest
1,000 | 2 | 14 | 9 | 2 | 14 | | 171730 |
2,000 | 5 | 9 | 7 | 0 | 27
3,000 | 8 | 4 | 4 | 2 | 41
4,000 | 10 | 19 | 2 | 0 | 55 |
5,000 | 13 | 13 | 11 | 2 | 68
6,000 | 16 | 8 | 9 | 0 | 82

7,000

19

3

6

2

96

strike out last 2 figures,

8,000 | 21 | 18 | 4 | 1 | 10 | viz.: 30, and in the table | £ | s. | d. | f. | 100ths.
9,000 | 24 | 13 | 1 | 3 | 23 | against 1000 you find | 2 | 14 | 9 | 2 | 14
10,000 | 27 | 7 | 11 | 1 | 37 | aga”nst 700 you”find | 1 | 18 | 4 | 1 | 10
20,000 | 54 | 15 | 10 | 2 | 74 | aga”nst     7 you”find | 0 | 0 | 4 | 2 | 41
30,000 | 82 | 3 | 10 | 0 | 11 | | £4 | 13 | 6 | 1 | 65
40,000 | 109 | 11 | 9 | 1 | 48 | | | | | |

If the product of the number of £ on which the interest be calculated × number of days × rate of interest is, after elision of the last two figures, a multiple of a million, multiply the figures in table against 1,000,000 by the number of that multiple.

AUSTRALIAN MINING REGULATIONS.

NEW SOUTH WALES.

By the Mining Act of 1874, the Governor was empowered to proclaim Crown lands to be gold-fields, and to grant “miners’ rights” at a fee of 10s., between January and June exclusive, of each year, and 5s. after that date in each year, subject to certain regulations to be from to time to time prescribed. All miners’ rights terminate with the last day of the year, and without a miner’s right no person is allowed to mine for gold, under a penalty not exceeding £10. Business licences may also be granted enabling persons to occupy Crown lands within gold-fields for business purposes, on payment of a fee of £1 for a year, and 10s. for six months. Leases of auriferous lands may be obtained in accordance with the regulations for the time being, the rent to be fixed by the Governor in Council (£1 per acre for one to twenty-five acres alluvial and quartz reef). Special leases may be granted up to 100 acres. By the regulations issued on March 31, 1882, it is enacted that any parcel of new or unworked land, taken possession of with a view of obtaining a lease, shall be efficiently and continuously worked from the date of possession by not less than two men to four acres or less, and an additional man to every other two acres, under pain of forfeiture of the title to the land. The holder of a miner’s right may apply for authority to search for gold, and the holder of a mineral licence may apply for authority to search for minerals on land aforesaid.

At the expiration of two months the Warden may grant an authority to search on such land, and the holder may, within the period named in the authority, remove from any vein or lode outcropping at the surface 28 lb. weight, but must not break the ground.

Application to lease may be made and lodged with the Warden of the district, or nearest Warden’s Clerk, within one month from date of authority to search:

1. By the holder of an authority to search, the area not to exceed 20 acres for gold-mining, or 80 acres for other minerals.

2. By the holder of a miner’s right, the area not to exceed 20 acres of ordinary auriferous land, or 40 acres of alluvial auriferous land, where the mining operations will be conducted through basaltic rock formation, or where steam machinery is necessary to contend against water, or where a large outlay of money is necessary.

3. By the holder of a mineral licence to mine for silver, lead, tin, antimony, the area not to exceed 80 acres.

4. By the holder of a prospecting licence, within 30 days after discovery of an auriferous quartz vein in a prospecting area, area not to exceed 20 acres.

5. By the holder of a miner’s right or mineral licence, for the purpose of cutting races, conveying water or detritus to any mine, tramway, machine site, smelting works, water conservation, or other purpose connected with mining.

With every application to lease, the applicant, not being the owner of the land, shall deposit for rent for first half year, 10s. for every acre or part of an acre. Fees are required for the survey of the leasehold and road thereto, and also for appraising damage.

The owner may agree with the applicant to lease upon the amount of compensation and the mode of payment of same, otherwise an appraiser appointed by the Government may assess the amount of compensation to be paid by the applicant to the owner. If the applicant fail to pay the compensation awarded within the time specified, the application shall become void, and all moneys deposited shall become forfeited.

VICTORIA.

Miners’ rights are issued at the rate of 5s. per annum, and consolidated miners’ rights may be issued on the application of the manager or trustees of any company agreeing to work in partnership any claims registered under the Act, on payment of a sum at the prescribed rate multiplied by the number of miners’ rights so consolidated. Miners’ rights entitle the holders to take possession of, and reside on and mine, so much of the Crown lands as may be prescribed by the bylaws of the Local Mining Board. Business licences enable the holders to occupy and carry on business on the gold-fields, on lands not exceeding one acre in extent, and are issued at £2 10s. for six months, and £5 for twelve months. A lease may be granted of not more than 100 acres in one lot for such term as the Governor may determine and at a nominal rent, to any holder of a miners’ right who may be desirous to prospect for gold in any place where sinking through basalt will be necessary, and to which no part of any gold workings shall be nearer than five miles, one mile being allowed to be marked off for the prospecting, and the lease of 100 acres to be granted only in case of remunerative gold being found.

Gold-mining leases may be granted under Part I. of the “Mines Act 1890,” of Crown lands, pastoral areas, also lands alienated in fee since December 29, 1884, lands licensed or leased (with right of purchase) since December 29, 1884.

Leases to mine for gold and silver may be granted under Part II. of the “Mines Act 1890,” of lands alienated in fee prior to December 29, 1884.

The rent on gold-mining leases of any lands—except lands alienated in fee prior to December 29, 1884—is at the rate of 5s. per acre per annum, payable half-yearly in advance; and for lands alienated in fee prior to December 29, 1884, the rent is, for any area up to 40 acres,  1£ per annum, payable quarterly in advance in each case. On mineral leases the rent is not less than 3d. or more than £5 per acre per annum, payable half-yearly, in advance.

The amount to be lodged with an application for mining lease is £5, and such further sum as may be required to cover cost of survey.

Licences to cut, construct, and use races, drains, dams, and reservoirs for mining purposes, may be granted for a term not to exceed fifteen years, at a minimum rent of £2 per annum in advance.

SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

A miner’s right authorises the holder to prospect for any metal, mineral, coal, or oil, the property of the Crown; under a gold claim of 20 acres, a mineral claim not exceeding 40 acres, and a coal or oil claim, 640 acres. Ownership of claim confers the right to reside thereon, and preferential right to a lease.

The dimensions of a gold claim are for an ordinary reef claim, 100 by 600 feet, and an ordinary alluvial claim 30 by 30 feet, with a labour condition requiring one man to be kept employed. A mineral claim of 40 acres requires two men; coal and oil claims (640 acres) require eight men. A business licence (quarter acre in township, and one acre on other land) costs 10s. for six months and £1 for one year. Occupation licence (half acre), 2s. per annum, term fourteen years. A person may hold any number of claims (except alluvial claims, of which only one can be held at one time), but for each claim must hold a miner’s right.

Gold leases not exceeding 20 acres, term forty-two years, rent 1s. per acre and 6d. in the pound on net profits; labour, one man to every 5 acres. Mineral leases not exceeding 40 acres, term forty-two years, rent 1s. per acre, and 6d. in the pound on net profits; labour, one man to every 10 acres. Coal and oil leases (640 acres), term forty-two years, rent 6d. per acre until coal or oil is found in payable quantities, then 1s. per acre; labour, one man for every 40 acres. Miscellaneous lease for salt and gypsum, 40 acres; mineral springs, 20 acres, and smelting works’ site, 5 acres, term forty-two years; labour for salt and gypsum and mineral springs, two men for each 40 acres.

Any number of leases may be held, but a miner’s right for each is required. All claims must be constantly worked, and must be registered within thirty days after being pegged out.

WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

On April 17, 1884, amended Mining Regulations were issued, empowering the Governor to proclaim any portion of Crown land to be a gold-field, and to appoint Wardens, who could grant miner’s rights to any person upon payment of £1 per year, authorising the holder to search and mine for gold on any waste land upon registering the occupation of the claim with the Warden or other duly appointed officer.

Alluvial ordinary claims to comprise an area of 16 by 16 yards for one person, ordinary river and steam claims to have a frontage of 20 yards on the course of the river or stream, and a depth of 50 yards on both banks; ordinary quartz claims not to exceed 50 feet in length on the supposed course of the reef by a width not exceeding 400 feet. Any ground taken up for mining and unoccupied and unworked for ten days to be considered as abandoned.

On October 1, 1886, “Regulations for the Management of Gold-fields” came into operation, dealing with the conditions under which a miner desirous of prospecting may mark off and hold a protection area; also as regards alluvial claims, and the rewards to be had for discoveries of new gold-fields.

By an additional amended regulation, granted under regulations of February 2, 1888, any protection area which after the date of the grant thereof comes within the limits of a proclaimed gold-field, may, notwithstanding such proclamation, continue to be held until the expiration of twelve months from the date of such grant, or until payable gold on such area is discovered, which ever shall first happen. The labour conditions must however be fully complied with, or the extension of time will cease, and the protection area will be forfeited.

Gold-mining leases are granted for areas not exceeding 25 acres, at an annual rent, payable in advance, of 20s. per acre. The term may not exceed twenty-one years. The leases are liable to cancellation unless worked by the proper number of men, or machinery power equal to the men. The leases can be determined by giving three months’ notice, and the lessees have power to remove all machinery used on the land.

QUEENSLAND.

On payment of 10s. the Governor may cause to be issued to any person (not being an Asiatic or African alien), a mining licence for one year, and on payment of the sum of £4 a business licence. All applications for mineral leases to be made on the prescribed form, and to be accompanied by the proper survey fee and the first year’s rent. The yearly rental of every lease to be at the rate of 10s. per acre, payable in advance, the term not to exceed twenty-one years, but a further lease of twenty-one years may be granted on such terms as the Minister deems equitable. Area not to exceed 100 acres.

Mining without a right is punishable by removal of the offender from the field, and the infliction of a fine of £10, or one month’s imprisonment.

Miners desirous of prospecting for gold may mark off and hold protection areas, ranging according to the distance from a proclaimed gold-field of 150 to 400 yards square. Such areas have to be pegged, registered, and continuously worked. On payable gold being found and reported to the Warden, the prospectors are entitled to a reward claim which varies from two to twenty claims of the ordinary area. 50 feet frontage are allowed to each miner on river and creek claims. On ordinary quartz claims, 50 feet along the line of reef, by a width of 400 feet, are allowed. The extent of ground in any lode claim not to exceed 3 chains by 5 chains, alluvial claim not to exceed 4 chains by 4 chains. This area may be increased by the Warden when the ground is poor, or expensive machinery has been erected. Europeans holding miners’ rights, which are granted for ten years or less on payment of an annual rate of 10s., are allowed to occupy and enclose, for the purpose of residence, an area of land not exceeding a quarter of an acre, to be marked off in a rectangular block, or as near thereto as possible, the frontage of which to any road, creek, or water shall not exceed 72 feet, the boundaries to be defined by corner pegs 3 inches in diameter and standing 18 inches out of the ground, and can also occupy, under certain conditions, market-garden areas not exceeding 5 acres. They are also entitled to mine in Crown lands, to make dams, races, and tramways, to divert waters, to put up and remove any building, and to use any timber, gravel, or clay for their own building purposes. Upon erecting buildings or making improvements on a business or residence area, to the value of £5, the holder can have such area registered as exempt from the condition of residence for a period not exceeding one year.

Leases of land not exceeding 25 acres for any term not exceeding 21 years are also granted for mining purposes at a yearly rental of £1 per acre. These leases, however, are not granted on new gold-fields until two years after proclamation.

The Mineral Lands Act of 1892, applies to lands on gold-fields and gives the power to the holders of miner’s rights and licences to mine on land sold, subject to reservation of gold and silver, on obtaining the written sanction of the Warden or commissioner.

TASMANIA.

A miner’s right, or prospector’s protection order, issued under the Gold-fields Act (the fee for a miner’s right being 5s., and a prospector’s licence 10s. per annum), authorises the holder to reside upon a gold-field, and to occupy a quarter of an acre for residence, and entitles him to a claim for mining purposes:—Alluvial, single claim, 35 yards by 35 yards; united claims, up to 10 men, 110 yards by 110 yards. Creek claims; 35 yards by 35 yards along course of creek; united claims not to exceed six men’s area. Extended alluvial claims; 70 yards by 70 yards, up to 170 yards by 170 yards for six men; also to take any quantity of water and of timber required for mining purposes. Extended alluvial claims of one acre for ground previously worked and abandoned may be taken up. Prospecting claims, gold, not exceeding 10 acres. Fee for registration, which is not compulsory, 2s. 6d.; survey 25s. United claim of 10, fee 5s.; survey, £2. Leases not to exceed 10 acres, except in special cases by permission of the Minister; term, ten years; rent, £1 per acre. Leases may be amalgamated to the extent of 60 acres. Lessee has the right to renewal for ten years, rent not to exceed £3 an acre. Fee for preparation of lease, £1; transfer, 10s. Survey fee, 10 acres, £3 15s. ordinary land; £5 10s. heavy bush. On the West Coast the survey fees are: 1 acre and under, £1 15s.; 2 acres, and under 5 acres, £3 15s.; under 10 acres, £5 10s., up to a maximum of £23 for not exceeding 320 acres.

Leases are liable to forfeiture by the Governor in Council if the rent is not paid in advance, or the labour conditions are not complied with.

Licences to occupy land upon a gold-field, for the purpose of cultivation, are issued under the Waste Lands Acts. Area, 5 acres or under, rent £2.

NEW ZEALAND.

The price of a “miner’s right” is 10s. per year, which authorises the holder to mine on Crown lands throughout the colony outside of a native district; and 20s., which authorises him to mine on native lands and Crown lands, or such other sum as shall not be less than the sum which the Governor may have agreed to pay to the owners of the land as consideration for the right to mine thereon. Consolidated miners’ rights are issued at the rate of a single miner’s right (10s.), multiplied by the number of miners’ rights which the consolidated right is to represent. Business licences, to be in force for twelve or six months, are issued on payment in advance of £3 for a yearly, and £1 10s. for a half-yearly licence respectively. The holder of a miner’s right is entitled to enter upon any Crown land for the purpose of prospecting and searching for gold, and to take and maintain possession of a parcel or parcels of land and work the same, subject to the regulations and provisions of the Act; he is also authorised to cut timber for removal or for the erection of a place of residence or of business, and with the Warden’s consent, to make tramways or roads for mining purposes. Claims are of four kinds—alluvial deposits and river or creek beds; quartz lodes, reefs, and leaders; sea-beach claims; prospecting claims and areas. Claims may be marked out by any person desiring the exclusive occupation of the land, but they must be continuously worked, or they are liable to forfeiture.

The holder of a miner’s right can obtain a licence for the occupation of land as a licensed holding by paying the necessary expenses for surveying, &c., together with a deposit of £5 in respect of such application.

INDEX

A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M
N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z

A

Adobie hut, 127, 128

Aërial tramways, 112

Amalgam, Retort for small quantities of, 142;
squeezing, 155

Amalgamation of gold, 30

Amalgamators, 91-93

Aneroid barometer, Use of, for leveling, 160, 161

Antifriction compound, 165

Aqueous origin of ore deposits, 36-38

Assay apparatus, Simple form of, 14, 15

Assaying gold by amalgamation, 30

Areas, To lay out, 174, 175

Atherton, on native sulphide of gold, 45, 46

Atmosphere, 190

Atomic weights, 181, 182

Australian mining regulations, 194, et seq.;

New South Wales, 194;

Victoria, 195;

S. Australia, 195;

W. Australia, 195;

Queensland, 198;

Tasmania, 200

B

Battery, the best way to test value of lodes, 31

Becker, on Comstock lode, 42, 43

Belting, Data as to, 178, 180

Bischof, experiment on formation of dendroidal gold, 39

Black jack, 33

Blanket tables, 79

Boilers, How to clean, 164

Boiling points, 184

Boring, 172

Bottom, Signs of, 20

Braidwood nugget, 54

Brass, How to clean, 165

Brückner furnace, 105

Bucket, Hide, 139

Bulk of materials, 180

Burra Burra Mine, 24

Bush bed, 130

Bynoe harbour, Tin at, 32

C

California pump, 171

Challenger ore feeder, 74, 75

Charcoal, To make, 141

Chemical formulas, 182

Chlorine as a lixiviator, 73-75

Company formation, 113-126

Comstock lode, 42, 43

Copper mine at Burra Burra, 24

Copper plates, Scaling, 144, 145;

Silvering, 149;

Dressing, 151

Correspondence, How to make copies of, 137

Cube roots, 191

Cubes, 191

Cyanide of potassium, Use of, in extracting gold, 95, 96

D

Daintree, on deposition of gold from chloride, 51

Diamond drilling, 173

Directors of companies, 114 et seq.

Dodge stone-breakers, 69, 70

Dolly, 152

Drift, Origin of gold in, 49

Dry blowing, 18

Dugout, 128

Duncan pan, 91

E

Electricity as a motive power and transmitter, 111, 112

Electrolytic process of extracting gold, 96-99

Elements, Table of, 181, 182

Eurieowie, Tin at, 32

F

Filter, 135, 136

Fire, Mode of producing, 137

Fire-lute, 166

Flooded Stream, How to cross a, 138

Flumes, 63

Forge, Temporary, 140

Freezing-points, 184

Frue vanner, 89, 90

Fuels, Heat values of, 184

Furnaces used in calcining, 101 et seq.

Fusing points, 184

G

Gold, Value of, 1;

Early notices of, 1, 2;

Origin and sources of, 2-7;

Modes of occurrence, 10, 11;

Prospecting for, 13 et seq.;

Signs of, 26;

Assaying, by amalgamation, 30;
associated with tin ores, 32, 33;

Relation of, to volcanic action, 36;
its probable mode of occurrence in early geological times, 38, 39;

Mode of deposition in quartz, 39, 55, 57;

Formation of sulphides of, 39, 40;

Precipitation of, in pyrites, 41, 42, 51-54;

Solution of, by mine water, 42;

Opinion as to growth of, in drift deposits 48;

Daintree on its deposition from chloride, 51;

Wilkinson on its precipitation on iron pyrites, 51, 52

Gold (Alluvial) Origin of, 17, 49, 50, 51;

Prospecting for, 17

Gold extraction, 11, 12, 59 et seq.;
necessity of scientific procedure, 60;

German organisation, 60;
early methods, 61;
modern methods, 61 et seq.;
hydraulicing, 62, 65;
mills and crushers, 66-72;
power and water for batteries, 73, 74;
ore feeders, 74, 75;
stamp mills, 76-78;
screens, 78;
blanket tables, 79;
treatment of pyritous ores, 80;
mode of saving the gold, 81;
treatment of ferruginous ores, 82;
cleaning and scaling plates, 83;
retorting amalgam, 84-86;
percussion tables, 88;

Frue vanner, 89, 90;
pan concentrators, 90;
amalgamators, 91-93;
lixiviation, 93 et seq.;
calcination, 100 et seq.;
how to avoid loss in cleaning up, 148

Gold-field, Mount Brown 17, 18

Griffin Mill, 67, 69

Grusonwerk ball mill, 71

Gutters, 20

H

Hammock, 130, 132

Heated bearings, Cooling compound for, 163

Heat values of fuels, 184

Horse-power of engines, 144
amount required for pumping water, 172

Horse-shoe furnace, 103

Howell-White furnace, 104, 105

Huntingdon mill, 69

Hydraulicing, 62, 65

Hydraulics, 171

Hydro-thermal origin of early deposits, 37, 38

I

Interest Tables, 193

Iron, prevention of rust on, 165

Iron extractor, 148

Iron sheets, size and weight of, 189

Ironstone “blows” as indicators of lodes, 26

J

Johnson, experiments on deposition of gold, 55-57

L

Lamp, Slush, 139

Leads, Course of, 19

Le Conte, on ore deposits, 36, 37

Lemichel syphon, 66, 67

Lenticular lodes, 24, 25

Levelling instruments, 160, 161

Living places, 127-130

Lobley, on gold, 36

Lodes, nature of, 8-10;
prospecting for, 22;
grass as an indicator of, 22;
not of igneous origin, 23;

Quartz fragments as indicators of, 23;

Usual trend of, in Australia, 23;

Sinuous outcrops of, 25, 26;

Determining the value of, 26, 28, 31;

Underlie of, in Australia, 27;

Explanation of shutes in, 43;
why junctions of, are richest in metallic ores, 44;
proofs of their being formed now, 44;

Newbery, on gold in pyritous lodes, 47;

Double faulting of, 72

Lode tin, 32

Long tom, 62

Loss in blasting, How to prevent, 142

M

Machinery, Protection of, from rusting, 166

Mear’s process, 94

Measuring inaccessible distances, 157;
the width of a river, 157, 158;
height of a tree, 159, 160;
height of objects, 161

Medicine case, 136

Mensuration, 175

Mercury, Retort for small quantities of, 143;

Mode of supplying, to mortar boxes, 145

Mercury extractor, 155

Metals, 33

Mine managers, 115 et seq.

Mine surveying problems, 176

Mining regulations, 194-201

Misfires, How to deal with, 141

Molesworth furnace, 106

Monitor, 64

Mount Bischoff tin mine, 24

Mount Brown gold-field, 17, 18

Mount Morgan gold mine, 23, 94, 95

Mount Shoobridge, Tin at, 32

N

Names of common chemical substances, 183

Newbery, Experiments by, on modern growth of lodes, 44, 45, 53;
on gold in pyritous lodes, 47;
experiments in depositing gold on sulphides, 52, 53

Newbery and Vautin process, 94

New machines and processes, Advice as to adoption of, 120-122

New Zealand, Mining regulations of, 201

Northern territory hammock, 130-132

Nuggets, Position of, 17;

Formation of, 17;

Origin of, 50, 53-58

O

Ore Deposits, Le Conte’s conclusions as to, 36, 37

Ore reserves, Calculation of, 168-170

Ore values, Estimating, 170

Organic matter as a precipitant of gold, 51, 52, 53

Otto engines, 110, 111

P

Percussion tables, 88

Pipes, How to clear, 164

Plants as a source of water, 134, 135

Plattner process, 94

Plummer blocks, Cleaning greasy, 163

Pollok process, 95

Power for mills, 147

Prospect, First, 29;

Determining value of, 29, 30, 31

Puddlers, 153-155

Pump, 155, 171

Purchase of mines, Advice as to, 123

Pyrites as a precipitant of gold, 41, 42, 51-54;

Modern deposition of, 45;

Mode of occurrence of gold in, 46, 47

Pyritous ore, Mode of treatment of, 80

Q

Quartz veins, Rosales’s igneous theory of, 34;
objections thereto, 35, 36

R

Rainfall, 178

Reef. See Lodes

Retort for small quantities of amalgam, 142;
and of mercury, 143

Reverberatory furnaces, 101 et seq.

Right angle, 158

Rivers, To measure width of, 157, 158

Robbery in gold-mills, Mode of preventing, 124-126

Ropes, Durability of, 173;

Qualities of, 190

Rope-splicing, 166

Rosales on origin of quartz veins, 32-34

Rotomahana district, White and Pink Terraces in, 36

Rust, Solvent for, 165;

Protecting iron and steel from, 165

Rutile, 32, 33

S

School of Mines, S. Australian, 118

Screens, 78, 79

Shaft, Size of, 19, 27;

Logging up, 27, 28;

Depth of, 162;

Connection of, with underground workings, 176;

Data connected with, 177

Sheet-iron, Thickness and weight of, 189, 190

Shutes, Explanation of, 43

Signs, 185

Silica terraces in the Rotomahana district, 36

Silver ores, 31, 32

Silvering copper plates, 149

Skey, experiments on formation of sulphides, 39, 40;
and on their properties, 41

Sluice plates, 156

Smelting, Rough, 141

Soap, Serviceable, 138

Specific gravity, 181, 182

Square roots, 191

Squares, 191

Stamp mills, 76, 78;

Power for, 147

Steel, How to prevent rust in, 165

Stetefeldt shaft furnace, 106

Stream tin, 32

Sulphide of gold, Formation of, 39, 40, 45, 46

Sulphides, Experiments on properties of, 41, 42, 53;
calcination of, 100 et seq.

T

Tank, to find contents of, 189

Telegraphic code, 138

Tent, 128-130

Thames gold-field, Siliceous sinter in, 36

Thermometer scales, Table of, 184

Thwaite-Denny furnace, 105, 106

Thwaite power gas system, 110

Thwaites’ furnace, 102

Timber, Data as to, 174

Tin, Minerals mistaken for, 32;

How to distinguish them from, 33

Tin-mines at Mount Bischoff, 24

Tin ores, 32

Tree, To measure height of, 160

Tulloch ore feeder, 74, 75

V

Vein, to find lost part of, 167

Velocity of falling fluids, 188

W

Wages, Table for calculating, 192

Washing table, 79

Water, Purifying, 132, 133;

Roots as a source of, 134, 135;

Filtering of, 135;

Mode of supplying, to stamper boxes, 146;

Plan for raising, 163;

Data regarding, 171;

Fresh and Salt, compared, 188;

Pressure of, 189

Water bag, 136

Waterless power, 109-112

Watson & Denny pan, 90

Weight of materials, 180

Weights and measures, 186, 187

Welcome nugget, 54, 55

Welcome Stranger nugget, 54

Wilkinson, on deposition of gold in iron pyrites, 51, 52

Windlass, 153

Wolfram, 32, 33

Woodside nuggets, 57

Printed by Ballantyne, Hanson & Co.

Edinburgh & London

A SELECTION FROM

CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO.’S PUBLICATIONS

OF

SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WORKS.

MESSRS. CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY’S PUBLICATIONS may be obtained through any Bookseller in the United Kingdom, or will be sent Post-free on receipt of a remittance to cover published price. To prevent delay, Orders should be accompanied by a Cheque or Postal Order crossed “Union of London and Smith’s Bank, Chancery Lane Branch.”

☛ COMPLETE TECHNICAL, MEDICAL, and GENERAL CATALOGUES forwarded Post-free on Application.

LONDON:

EXETER STREET, STRAND.

1/7/06.

C. 32.

GRIFFIN’S INTRODUCTORY SCIENCE SERIES.

FULLY ILLUSTRATED.

BOTANY. | OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BOTANY.
| By R. Lloyd Praeger, B.A., M.R.I.A., | 7/6
| THE FLOWERING PLANT.
| By Prof. Ainsworth Davis. Third Edition, | 3/6
| HOW PLANTS LIVE AND WORK.
| By Eleanor Hughes-Gibb, | 3/6
| THE MAKING OF A DAISY.
| By Eleanor Hughes-Gibb, | 2/6
BIRD-LIFE. | OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BIRD-LIFE. | 7/6
| By Charles Dixon, | 7/6
CHEMISTRY. | INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
| By Prof. Dupré, F.R.S., and Dr. Wilson Hake. |
| Third Edition, Re-issued, | 6/-
| THE THRESHOLD OF SCIENCE.
| By Dr. Alder Wright. Second Edition, | 6/-
| CHEMICAL RECREATIONS.
| By J. J. Griffin, F.C.S., |
| Tenth Edition, complete | 12/6
| (Or in 2 parts, sold separately.) |
GEOLOGY. | OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN GEOLOGY.
| By Prof. G. A. J. Cole, F.G.S., M.R.I.A. |
| Second Edition, | 8/6
ENGINEERING DRAWING. | {I. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY,
| {   Fourth Edition, | 4/6
| {II. MACHINE DESIGN,
| {   Fourth Edition, By Principal S. H. Wells, A.M. Inst.C.E. | 4/6
MAGNETISM & ELECTRICITY.. | By Prof. Jamieson, late of the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College. Eleventh Edition, | 3/6
MECHANICS. | By Prof. Jamieson. Seventh Edition, | 3/6
THE STEAM ENGINE. | By Prof. Jamieson. Eleventh Edition, | 3/6
METALLURGY. | By Prof. Humboldt Sexton, Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College.
| Third Edition, | 6/-
PHYSICS. | A TEXT-BOOK OF PHYSICS:
| By J. H. Poynting, Sc.D., F.R.S., and J. J. Thomson, M.A., F.R.S.,
| Vol. I.—Properties of Matter. Third Edition | 10/6
| Vol. II.—Sound. Third Edition, | 8/6
| Vol. III.—Heat. Second Edition | 15/-
PHOTOGRAPHY. | By A. Brothers, F.R.A.S. Second Edition, | 21/-

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

“Boys COULD NOT HAVE A MORE ALLURING INTRODUCTION to scientific pursuits than these charming-looking volumes.”—Letter to the Publishers from the Headmaster of one of our great Public Schools.

Handsome Cloth, 7s. 6d. Gilt, for Presentation, 8s. 6d.

OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BOTANY:

SKETCHES OF BRITISH WILD FLOWERS IN THEIR HOMES.

By R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.I.A.

Illustrated by Drawings from Nature by S. Rosamond Praeger, and
Photographs by R. Welch.

General Contents.—A Daisy-Starred Pasture—Under the Hawthorns—By the River—Along the Shingle—A Fragrant Hedgerow—A Connemara Bog—Where the Samphire grows—A Flowery Meadow—Among the Corn (a Study in Weeds)—In the Home of the Alpines—A City Rubbish-Heap—Glossary.

“A FRESH AND STIMULATING book ... should take a high place ... The Illustrations are drawn with much skill.”—The Times.

“Beautifully illustrated ... One of the MOST ACCURATE as well as INTERESTING books of the kind we have seen.”—Athenæum.

“Redolent with the scent of woodland and meadow.”—The Standard.

With 12 Full-Page Illustrations from Photographs. Cloth.

Second Edition, Revised. 8s. 6d.

OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN GEOLOGY:

An Introduction to Geology Out-of-doors.

By GRENVILLE A. J. COLE, F.G.S., M.R.I.A.,

Professor of Geology in the Royal College of Science for Ireland, and Examiner in the University of London.

General Contents.—The Materials of the Earth—A Mountain Hollow—Down the Valley—Along the Shore—Across the Plains—Dead Volcanoes—A Granite Highland—The Annals of the Earth—The Surrey Hills—The Folds of the Mountains.

“The FASCINATING ‘Open-Air Studies’ of Prof. Cole give the subject a GLOW OF ANIMATION ... cannot fail to arouse keen interest in geology.”—Geological Magazine.

“A CHARMING BOOK, beautifully illustrated.”—Athenæum.

Beautifully Illustrated. With a Frontispiece in Colours, and Numerous Specially Drawn Plates by Charles Whymper. 7s. 6d.

OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BIRD-LIFE:

SKETCHES OF BRITISH BIRDS IN THEIR HAUNTS.

BY CHARLES DIXON.

The Spacious Air.—The Open Fields and Downs.—In the Hedgerows.—On Open Heath and Moor.—On the Mountains.—Amongst the Evergreens.—Copse and Woodland.—By Stream and Pool.—The Sandy Wastes and Mudflats.—Sea-laved Rocks.—Birds of the Cities.—Index.

“Enriched with excellent illustrations. A welcome addition to all libraries.”—Westminster Review.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Large Crown 8vo, with numerous Illustrations. 3s. 6d.

THE FLOWERING PLANT,

WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY CHAPTER ON FERNS AND MOSSES,

As Illustrating the First Principles of Botany.

BY J. R. AINSWORTH DAVIS, M.A., F.Z.S.,

Prof. of Biology, University College, Aberystwyth; Examiner in Zoology, University of Aberdeen.

“It would be hard to find a Text-book which would better guide the student to an accurate knowledge of modern discoveries in Botany.... The SCIENTIFIC ACCURACY of statement, and the concise exposition of FIRST PRINCIPLES make it valuable for educational purposes. In the chapter on the Physiology of Flowers, an admirable résumé, drawn from Darwin, Hermann Müller, Kerner, and Lubbock, of what is known of the Fertilization of Flowers, is given.”—Journal of Botany.

POPULAR WORKS ON BOTANY BY MRS. HUGHES-GIBB.

With Illustrations. Crown 8vo. Cloth. 2s. 6d.

HOW PLANTS LIVE AND WORK:

A Simple Introduction to Real Life in the Plant-world, Based on Lessons originally given to Country Children.

By ELEANOR HUGHES-GIBB.

⁂ The attention of all interested in the Scientific Training of the Young is requested to this DELIGHTFULLY FRESH and CHARMING LITTLE BOOK. It ought to be in the hands of every Mother and Teacher throughout the land.

“The child’s attention is first secured, and then, in language SIMPLE, YET SCIENTIFICALLY ACCURATE, the first lessons in plant-life are set before it.”—Natural Science.

“In every way well calculated to make the study of Botany ATTRACTIVE to the young.”—Scotsman

With Illustrations. Crown 8vo. Gilt, 2s. 6d.

THE MAKING OF A DAISY;

“WHEAT OUT OF LILIES;”

And other Studies from the Plant World.

A Popular Introduction to Botany.

BY ELEANOR HUGHES-GIBB,

Author of How Plants Live and Work.

“A BRIGHT little introduction to the study of Flowers.”—Journal of Botany.

“The book will afford real assistance to those who can derive pleasure from the study of Nature in the open.... The literary style is commendable.”—Knowledge.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Griffin’s Standard Publications

| | PAGE
Applied Mechanics, | Rankine, Browne, Jamieson, | 35, 46, 34
Civil Engineering, | Prof. Rankine, | 35
Design of Structures, | S. Anglin, | 26
Bridge-Construction, | A. W. Farnsworth, | 26
Design of Beams, | W. H. Atherton, | 27
Dock Engineering, | B. Cunningham, | 27
Engineering Drawing, | S. H. Wells, | 27
Constructional Steelwork, | Prof. Fidler, | 26
Central Electrical Stations, | C. H. Wordingham, | 48
Electricity Control, | L. Andrews, | 48
”     Meters, | H. G. Solomon, | 49
Light Railways, | W. H. Cole, | 30
Sewage Disposal Works, | Santo Crimp, | 76
Sanitary Engineering, | F. Wood, | 78
Traverse Tables, | R. L. Gurden, | 33
Locomotive Engineering, | W. F. Pettigrew, | 30
Locomotive Compounding, | J. F. Gairns, | 30
Valves and Valve-Gearing, | Chas. Hurst, | 31
Hints on Design, | Chas. Hurst, | 31
Marine Engineering, | A. E. Seaton, | 44
Engine-Room Practice, | J. G. Liversidge, | 29
Pocket-Book, | Seaton and Rounthwaite, | 44
Present Day Shipbuilding, | T. Walton, | 38
Design Of Ships, | Prof. Harvard Biles, | 38
Steel Vessels, | T. Walton, | 38
Stability of Ships, | Sir E. J. Reed, | 38
Nautical Series, | Capt. Blackmore, | 39
The Steam-Engine, | Rankine, Jamieson, | 35, 34
Gas, Oil, and Air-Engines, | Bryan Donkin, | 28
Boilers: Land and Marine, | T. W. Traill, | 29
”     Steam, | R. D. Munro, | 32
”     Kitchen, | R. D. Munro, | 32
”     Heat Efficiency of, | Bryan Donkin, | 28
Oil Fuel, | Sidney H. North, | 29
Machinery and Millwork, | Prof. Rankine, | 35
Pumping Machinery, | H. Davey, | 37
Hydraulic Machinery, | Prof. Robinson, | 37
Grinding Machinery, | R. B. Hodgson, | 33
Lubrication and Lubricants, | Archbutt & Deeley, | 32
Rules and Tables, | Rankine and Jamieson, | 36
Bonus Tables, | H. A. Golding, | 31
Electrical Pocket-Book, | Munro and Jamieson, | 48
The Calculus for Engineers, | Prof. Robt. H. Smith, | 45
Measurement Conversions, | Prof. Robt. H. Smith, | 45
Chemistry for Engineers, | Blount & Bloxam, | 46

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Fourth Edition, Revised, with Numerous Diagrams, Examples, and Tables, and a Chapter on Foundations. In Large 8vo. Cloth. 16s.

THE DESIGN OF STRUCTURES:

A Practical Treatise on the Building of Bridges, Roofs, &c.

BY S. ANGLIN, C. E.,

Master of Engineering, Royal University of Ireland, late Whitworth Scholar, &c.

“We can unhesitatingly recommend this work not only to the Student, as the best Text-Book on the subject, but also to the professional engineer as an EXCEEDINGLY VALUABLE book of reference.”—Mechanical World.

Third Edition, Thoroughly Revised. Royal 8vo. With numerous Illustrations and 13 Lithographic Plates. Handsome Cloth. Price 30s.

A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON

BRIDGE-CONSTRUCTION:

Being a Text-Book on the Construction of Bridges in Iron and Steel.

FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS, DRAUGHTSMEN, AND ENGINEERS.

By T. CLAXTON FIDLER, M. Inst. C. E.,

Prof. of Engineering, University College, Dundee.

“The new edition of Mr. Fidler’s work will again occupy the same CONSPICUOUS POSITION among professional text-books and treatises as has been accorded to its predecessors. Sound, simple, and full.”—The Engineer.

In Medium 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Pp. i-xv + 248, with over 100 Illustrations. Price 10s. 6d. net.

CONSTRUCTIONAL STEELWORK:

Being Notes on the Practical Aspect and the Principles of Design, together with an Account of the Present Methods and Tools of Manufacture.

By A. W. FARNSWORTH,

Associate Member of the Institute of Mechanical Engineers.

“A worthy volume, which will be found of much assistance.... A book of particular value.”—Practical Engineer.

“Will be found of value to all Architects and Engineers engaged in steelwork construction.”—Building News.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth, Gilt, Uniform with Stability of Ships and Steel Ships (p. 38). With 34 Folding Plates and 468 Illustrations in the Text. 30s. net.

The Principles and Practice of

DOCK ENGINEERING.

By BRYSSON CUNNINGHAM, B. F., Assoc. M. Inst. C. E.,

Of the Engineers’ Department, Mersey Docks and Harbour Board.

GENERAL CONTENTS.

Historical and Discursive.—Dock Design.—Constructive Appliances.—Materials.—Dock and Quay Walls.—Entrance Passages and Locks.—Jetties, Wharves, and Piers.—Dock Gates and Caissons.—Transit Sheds and Warehouses.—Dock Bridges.—Graving and Repairing Docks.—Working Equipment of Docks.—Index.

“We have never seen a more profusely-illustrated treatise. It is a most important standard work, and should be in the hands of all dock and harbour engineers.”—Steamship.

“Will be of the greatest service to the expert as a book of reference.”—Engineer.

Fourth Edition. In Two Parts, Published Separately.

A TEXT-BOOK OF

Engineering Drawing and Design.

Vol. I.—Practical Geometry, Plane and Solid. 4s. 6d.

Vol. II.—Machine and Engine Drawing and Design. 4s. 6d.

by

SIDNEY H. WELLS, Wh. Sc., A.M.I.C.E., A.M.I.Mech.E.,

Principal of the Battersea Polytechnic Institute, &c.

With many Illustrations, specially prepared for the Work, and numerous Examples, for the Use of Students in Technical Schools and Colleges.

“A CAPITAL TEXT-BOOK, arranged on an EXCELLENT SYSTEM, calculated to give an intelligent grasp of the subject, and not the mere faculty of mechanical copying.... Mr. Wells shows how to make COMPLETE WORKING-DRAWINGS, discussing fully each step in the design.”—Electrical Review

In Large Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With 201 Illustrations. 6s. net.

AN INTRODUCTION TO

THE DESIGN OF BEAMS,

GIRDERS, AND COLUMNS

IN MACHINES AND STRUCTURES.

With Examples in Graphic Statics.

By WILLIAM H. ATHERTON, M.Sc., M.I.Mech.E.

“A very useful source of information.... A work which we commend very highly ... the whole being illustrated by a large collection of very well chosen examples.”—Nature.

“There should be a strong demand for this concise treatise.”—Page’s Weekly.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Nearly Ready. In Handsome Cloth. With 252 Illustrations.

THE THEORY OF THE STEAM TURBINE.

A Treatise on the History, Development, and Principles of Construction of the Steam Turbine.

By ALEXANDER JUDE.

Contents.—The Theory of the Steam Turbine.—Historical Notes on Turbines.—The Velocity of Steam.—Types of Steam Turbines.—Practical Turbines.—The Efficiency of Large Turbines.—The Trajectory of the Steam.—Efficiency of Turbines.—Turbine Vanes.—Disc Friction in Turbines.—Specific Heat of Superheated Steam.—Governing Steam Turbines.—Steam Consumption of Turbines.—The Whirling of Shafts.—Bibliography.—Index.

Works by BRYAN DONKIN, M.Inst.C.E., M.Inst.Mech.E., &c.

Now Ready. Fourth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. With
additional Illustrations. Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. 25s. net.

A TREATISE ON

GAS, OIL, AND AIR ENGINES.

BY BRYAN DONKIN, M.Inst.C.E., M.Inst.Mech.E.

Contents.—Part I.—Gas Engines: General Description of Action and Parts.—Heat Cycles and Classification of Gas Engines.—History of the Gas Engine.—The Atkinson, Griffin, and Stockport Engines.—The Otto Gas Engine.—Modern British Gas Engines.—Modern French Gas Engines.—German Gas Engines.—Gas Production for Motive Power.—Utilisation of Blast-furnace and Coke-oven Gases for Power.—The Theory of the Gas Engine.—Chemical Composition of Gas in an Engine Cylinder.—Utilisation of Heat in a Gas Engine.—Explosion and Combustion in a Gas Engine.—Part II.—Petroleum Engines: The Discovery, Utilisation, and Properties of Oil.—Method of Treating Oil.—Carburators.—Early Oil Engines.—Practical Application of Gas and Oil Engines.—Part III.—Air Engines.—Appendices.—Index.

“The best book now published on Gas, Oil, and Air Engines.”—Engineer.

“A thoroughly reliable and exhaustive treatise.”—Engineering.

In Quarto, Handsome Cloth. With Numerous Plates. 25s.

THE HEAT EFFICIENCY OF STEAM BOILERS

(LAND, MARINE, AND LOCOMOTIVE).

With many Tests and Experiments on different Types of
Boilers, as to the Heating Value of Fuels, &c., with
Analyses of Gases and Amount of Evaporation,
and Suggestions for the Testing of Boilers.

By BRYAN DONKIN, M.Inst.C.E.

General Contents.—Classification of Different Types of Boilers.—425 Experiments on English and Foreign Boilers with their Heat Efficiencies shown in Fifty Tables.—Fire Grates of Various Types.—Mechanical Stokers.—Combustion of Fuel in Boilers.—Transmission of Heat through Boiler Plates, and their Temperature.—Feed Water Heaters, Superheaters, Feed Pumps, &c.—Smoke and its Prevention.—Instruments used in Testing Boilers.—Marine and Locomotive Boilers.—Fuel Testing Stations.—Discussion of the Trials and Conclusions.—On the Choice of a Boiler, and Testing of Land, Marine, and Locomotive Boilers.—Appendices.—Bibliography.—Index.

With Plates illustrating Progress made during recent years, and the best Modern Practice.

“Probably the MOST EXHAUSTIVE resumé that has ever been collected. A practical Book by a thoroughly practical man.”—Iron and Coal Trades Review.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Fourth Edition, Revised. Pocket-Size, Leather, 12s. 6d.

Boilers, Marine and Land:

THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND STRENGTH.

A Handbook of Rules, Formulæ, Tables, &c., Relative to Material, Scantlings, and Pressures, Safety Valves, Springs, Fittings and Mountings, &c.

FOR THE USE OF ENGINEERS, SURVEYORS, BOILER-MAKERS, AND STEAM USERS.

By T. W. TRAILL, M.Inst.C.E., F.E.R.N.,

Late Engineer Surveyor-in-Chief to the Board of Trade.

⁂ To the Second and Third Editions many New Tables for Pressure,
up to 200 Lbs. per Square Inch have been added.

“The most valuable work on Boilers published in England.”—Shipping World.

“Contains an Enormous Quantity of Information arranged in a very convenient form. A most useful volume ... supplying information to be had nowhere else.”—The Engineer.

Fifth Edition. Large Crown 8vo. With numerous Illustrations. 6s. net.

ENGINE-ROOM PRACTICE:

A Handbook for Engineers and Officers in the Royal Navy
and Mercantile Marine, Including the Management
of the Main and Auxiliary Engines on
Board Ship.

By JOHN G. LIVERSIDGE, A.M.I.C.E.,

Commander Engineer, Malta.

Contents.—General Description of Marine Machinery.—The Conditions of Service and Duties of Engineers of the Royal Navy.—Entry and Conditions of Service of Engineers of the Leading S.S. Companies.—Raising Steam.—Duties of a Steaming Watch on Engines and Boilers.—Shutting off Steam.—Harbour Duties and Watches.—Adjustments and Repairs of Engineslic Machinery.—Air-Compressing Pumps.—Refrigerating Machines.—Machinery of Destroyers.—Th.—Preservation and Repairs of “Tank” Boilers.—The Hull and its Fittings.—Cleaning and Painting Machinery.—Reciprocating Pumps, Feed Heaters, and Automation Feed-Water Regulators.—Evaporators.—Steam Boats.— Electric Light Machinery.—Hydraulic Machinery.—Air Compressing Pumps.—Refrigerating Machines.—The Machinery of Destroyers—The Management of Water-Tubs Boilers.—Regulations for Entry of Assistant Engineers, R.N.—Questions given in Examinations for Promotion of Engineers, R.N.—Regulations respecting Board of Trade Examinations for Engineers, &c.

“The contents CANNOT FAIL TO BE APPRECIATED.”—The Steamship.

“This VERY USEFUL BOOK.... Illustrations are of GREAT IMPORTANCE in a work of this kind, and it is satisfactory to find that SPECIAL ATTENTION has been given in this respect.”—Engineers’ Gazette.

In Large Crown 8vo, Cloth. Fully Illustrated. 5s. net.

OIL FUEL:

ITS SUPPLY, COMPOSITION, AND APPLICATION.

By SIDNEY H. NORTH,

LATE EDITOR OF THE “PETROLEUM REVIEW.”

Contents.—The Sources of Supply.—Economic Aspect of Liquid Fuel.—Chemical Composition of Fuel Oils.—Conditions of Combustion in Oil Fuel Furnaces.—Early Methods and Experiments.—Modern Burners and Methods.—Oil Fuel for Marine Purposes.—For Naval Purposes.—On Locomotives.—For Metallurgical and other Purposes.—Appendices.—Index.

“Everyone interested in this important question will welcome Mr. North’s excellent text-book.”—Nature.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Second Edition, Revised. With numerous Plates reduced from Working Drawings and 280 Illustrations in the Text. 21s.

A MANUAL OF

LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERING:

A Practical Text-Book for the Use of Engine Builders,
Designers and Draughtsmen, Railway
Engineers, and Students.

By WILLIAM FRANK PETTIGREW, M.Inst.C.E.

With a Section on American and Continental Engines.

BY ALBERT F. RAVENSHEAR, B.Sc.,

Of His Majesty’s Patent Office.

Contents.—Historical Introduction, 1763-1863.—Modern Locomotives: Simple.—Modern Locomotives: Compound.—Primary Consideration in Locomotive Design.—Cylinders, Steam Chests, and Stuffing Boxes.—Pistons, Piston Rods, Crossheads, and Slide Bars.—Connecting and Coupling Rods.—Wheels and Axles, Axle Boxes, Hornblocks, and Bearing Springs.—Balancing.—Valve Gear.—Slide Valves and Valve Gear Details.—Framing, Bogies and Axle Tracks, Radial Axle Boxes.—Boilers.—Smokebox, Blast Pipe, Firebox Fittings.—Boiler Mountings.—Tenders.—Railway Brakes.—Lubrication.—Consumption of Fuel, Evaporation and Engine Efficiency.—American Locomotives.—Continental Locomotives.—Repairs, Running, Inspection, and Renewals.—Three Appendices.—Index.

“The work CONTAINS ALL THAT CAN BE LEARNT from a book upon such a subject. It will at once rank as THE STANDARD WORK UPON THIS IMPORTANT SUBJECT.”—Railway Magazine.

At Press. In Large 8vo. Fully Illustrated.

LOCOMOTIVE COMPOUNDING AND SUPERHEATING.

By J. F. GAIRNS.

Contents.—Introductory.—Compounding and Superheating for Locomotives.—A Classification of Compound Systems for Locomotives.—The History and Development of the Compound Locomotive.—Two-Cylinder Non-Automatic Systems.— Two-Cylinder Automatic Systems.—Other Two-Cylinder Systems.—Three-Cylinder Systems.—Four-Cylinder Tandem Systems.—Four-Cylinder Two-Crank Systems (other than Tandem).—Four-Cylinder Balanced Systems.—Four-Cylinder Divided and Balanced Systems.—Articulated Compound Engines.—Triple-Expansion Locomotives.—Compound Rack Locomotives.—Concluding Remarks Concerning Compound Locomotives.—The Use of Superheated Steam for Locomotives.—Index.

In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Plates and Illustrations. 16s.

LIGHT RAILWAYS

AT HOME AND ABROAD.

By WILLIAM HENRY COLE, M.Inst.C.E.,

Late Deputy-Manager, North-Western Railway, India.

Contents.—Discussion of the Term “Light Railways.”—English Railways, Rates, and Farmers.—Light Railways in Belgium, France, Italy, other European Countries, America and the Colonies, India, Ireland.—Road Transport as an alternative.—The Light Railways Act, 1896.—The Question of Gauge.—Construction and Working.—Locomotives and Rolling-Stock.—Light Railways in England, Scotland, and Wales.—Appendices and Index.

“Will remain, for some time yet a Standard Work in everything relating to Light Railways.”—Engineer.

“The whole subject is EXHAUSTIVELY and PRACTICALLY considered. The work can be cordially recommended as INDISPENSABLE to those whose duty it is to become acquainted with one of the prime necessities of the immediate future.”—Railway Official Gazette.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Fourth Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Greatly Enlarged.

With Numerous Illustrations. Price 10s. 6d.

VALVES AND VALVE-GEARING:

A PRACTICAL TEXT-BOOK FOR THE USE OF
ENGINEERS, DRAUGHTSMEN, AND STUDENTS.

By CHARLES HURST, Practical Draughtsman.

Part I. | Steam Engine Valves. | Part III. | Air Compressor Valves and Gearing.
Part II. | Gas Engine Valves and Gears. | Part IV. | Pump Valves.

“Mr. Hurst’s valves and VALVE-GEARING will prove a very valuable aid, and tend to the production of Engines of SCIENTIFIC DESIGN and ECONOMICAL working.... Will be largely sought after by Students and Designers.”—Marine Engineer.

“Almost EVERY TYPE of VALVE and its gearing is clearly set forth, and illustrated in such a way as to be READILY UNDERSTOOD and PRACTICALLY APPLIED by either the Engineer, Draughtsman, or Student.... Should prove both USEFUL and VALUABLE to all Engineers seeking for RELIABLE and CLEAR Information on the subject. Its moderate price brings it within the reach of all.”—Industries and Iron.

Hints on Steam Engine Design and Construction. By Charles Hurst, “Author of Valves and Valve Gearing.” Second Edition, Revised. In Paper Boards, 8vo., Cloth Back. Illustrated. Price 1s. 6d. net.

Contents.—I. Steam Pipes.—II. Valves.—III. Cylinders.—IV. Air Pumps and Condensers.—V. Motion Work.—VI. Crank Shafts and Pedestals.—VII. Valve Gear.—VIII. Lubrication.—IX. Miscellaneous Details.—Index.

“A handy volume which every practical young engineer should possess.”—The Model Engineer.

Strongly Bound in Super Royal 8vo. Cloth Boards. 7s. 6d. net.

BONUS TABLES:

For Calculating Wages on the Bonus or Premium Systems.

For Engineering, Technical and Allied Trades.

By HENRY A. GOLDING, A.M.Inst.M.E.,

Technical Assistant to Messrs. Bryan Donkin and Clench, Ltd., and Assistant Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering at the Northampton Institute, London, E.C.

“Cannot fail to prove practically serviceable to those for whom they have been designed.”—Scotsman.

Second Edition, Cloth, 8s. 6d. Leather, for the Pocket, 8s. 6d.

GRIFFIN’S ELECTRICAL PRICE-BOOK: For Electrical, Civil, Marine, and Borough Engineers, Local Authorities, Architects, Railway Contractors, &c., &c. Edited by H. J. Dowsing.

“The Electrical Price-Book removes all mystery about the cost of Electrical Power. By its aid the EXPENSE that will be entailed by utilising electricity on a large or small scale can be discovered.”—Architect.

By WILLIAM NICHOLSON.

SMOKE ABATEMENT.

(See page 76.)

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Shortly. Second Edition. Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations, Tables, &c.

Lubrication & Lubricants:

A TREATISE ON THE
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF LUBRICATION
AND ON THE
NATURE, PROPERTIES, AND TESTING OF LUBRICANTS.

By LEONARD ARCHBUTT, F. I. C., F. C. S.,

Chemist to the Midland Railway Company,

AND

R. MOUNTFORD DEELEY, M.I.Mech.E., F.G.S.,

Chief Locomotive Superintendent, Midland Railway Company.

Contents.—I. Friction of Solids.—II. Liquid Friction or Viscosity, and Plastic Friction.—III. Superficial Tension.—IV. The Theory of Lubrication.—V. Lubricants, their Sources, Preparation, and Properties.—VI. Physical Properties and Methods of Examination of Lubricants.—VII. Chemical Properties and Methods of Examination of Lubricants.—VIII. The Systematic Testing of Lubricants by Physical and Chemical Methods.—IX. The Mechanical Testing of Lubricants.—X. The Design and Lubrication of Bearings.—XI. The Lubrication of Machinery.—Index.

“Destined to become a CLASSIC on the subject.”—Industries and Iron.

“Contains practically ALL THAT IS KNOWN on the subject. Deserves the careful attention of all Engineers.”—Railway Official Guide.

Fourth Edition. Very fully Illustrated. Cloth, 4s. 6d.

STEAM-BOILERS:

THEIR DEFECTS, MANAGEMENT, AND CONSTRUCTION.

By R. D. MUNRO,

Chief Engineer of the Scottish Boiler Insurance and Engine Inspection Company.

General Contents.—I. Explosions caused (1) By Overheating of Plates—(2) By Defective and Overloaded Safety Valves—(3) By Corrosion, Internal or External—(4) By Defective Design and Construction (Unsupported Flue Tubes; Unstrengthened Manholes; Defective Staying; Strength of Rivetted Joints; Factor of Safety)—II. Construction of Vertical Boilers: Shells—Crown Plates and Uptake Tubes—Man-Holes, Mud-Holes, and Fire-Holes—Fireboxes—Mountings—Management—Cleanings—Table of Bursting Pressures of Steel Boilers—Table of Rivetted Joints—Specifications and Drawings of Lancashire Boiler for Working Pressures (a) 80 lbs.; (b) 200 lbs. per square inch respectively.

“A valuable companion for workmen and engineers engaged about Steam Boilers, ought to be carefully studied, and ALWAYS AT HAND.”—Coll. Guardian.

“The book is VERY USEFUL, especially to steam users, artisans, and young Engineers.”—Engineer.

By the same Author.

KITCHEN BOILER EXPLOSIONS: Why they Occur, and How to Prevent their Occurrence. A Practical Handbook based on Actual Experiment. With Diagram and Coloured Plate. Price 3s.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

In Crown 8vo, Cloth. Fully Illustrated. 5s. net.

EMERY GRINDING MACHINERY.

A Text-Book of Workshop Practice in General Tool Grinding, and the Design, Construction, and Application of the Machines Employed.

By R. B. HODGSON, A.M.Inst.Mech.E.

Introduction.—Tool Grinding.—Emery Wheels.—Mounting Emery Wheels.—Emery Rings and Cylinders.—Conditions to Ensure Efficient Working.—Leading Types of Machines.—Concave and Convex Grinding.—Cup and Cone Machines.—Multiple Grinding.—“Guest” Universal and Cutter Grinding Machines.—Ward Universal Cutter Grinder.—Press.—Tool Grinding.—Lathe Centre Grinder.—Polishing.—Index.

“Eminently practical ... cannot fail to attract the notice of the users of this class of machinery, and to meet with careful perusal.”—Chem. Trade Journal.

In Three Parts. Crown 8vo, Handsome Cloth. Very Fully Illustrated.

MOTOR-CAR MECHANISM AND MANAGEMENT.

By W. POYNTER ADAMS, M.Inst.E.E.

IN THREE PARTS.

Part I.—The Petrol Car. Part II.—The Electrical Car.

Part III.—The Steam Car.

PART I.—THE PETROL CAR. 5s. net.

Contents.—Section I.—The Mechanism of the Petrol Car.—The Engine.—The Engine Accessories.—Electrical Ignition and Accessories.—Multiple Cylinder Engines.—The Petrol.—The Chassis and Driving Gear.—Section II.—The Management of the Petrol Car.—The Engine.—The Engine Accessories.—Electrical Ignition.—The Chassis and Driving Gear.—General Management.—Glossary.—Index.

Sixth Edition. Folio, strongly half-bound, 21s.

TRAVERSE TABLES:

Computed to Four Places of Decimals for every Minute of Angle up to 100 of Distance.

For the Use of Surveyors and Engineers.

By RICHARD LLOYD GURDEN,

Authorised Surveyor for the Governments of New South Wales and Victoria.

⁂ Published with the Concurrence of the Surveyors-General for New South Wales and Victoria.

“Those who have experience in exact Survey-work will best know how to appreciate the enormous amount of labour represented by this valuable book. The computations enable the user to ascertain the sines and cosines for a distance of twelve miles to within half an inch, and this by reference to but One Table, in place of the usual Fifteen minute computations required. This alone is evidence of the assistance which the Tables ensure to every user, and as every Surveyor in active practice has felt the want of such assistance. FEW KNOWING OF THEIR PUBLICATION WILL REMAIN WITHOUT THEM.”—Engineer.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

WORKS BY

ANDREW JAMIESON, M.Inst.C.E., M.I.E.E., F.R.S.E.,

Formerly Professor of Electrical Engineering, The Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College.

PROFESSOR JAMIESON’S ADVANCED TEXT-BOOKS.

In Large Crown 8vo. Fully Illustrated.

STEAM AND STEAM-ENGINES, INCLUDING TURBINES AND BOILERS.

For the Use of Students preparing for Competitive Examinations. With over 800 pp., over 400 Illustrations, 11 Special Plates, and 900 Examination Questions. Fifteenth Edition. Revised throughout. 10s. 6d.

“Professor Jamieson fascinates the reader by his CLEARNESS OF CONCEPTION AND SIMPLICITY OF EXPRESSION. His treatment recalls the lecturing of Faraday.”—Athenæum.

“The Best Book yet published for the use of Students.”—Engineer.

APPLIED MECHANICS & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.

Vol. I.—Comprising Part I., with 568 pages, 300 Illustrations, and 540 Examination Questions: The Principle of Work and its applications; Part II.: Friction; Gearing, &c. Fifth Edition. 8s. 6d.

“Fully maintains the reputation of the Author.”—Pract. Engineer.

Vol. II.—Comprising Parts III. to VI., with 782 pages, 371 Illustrations, and copious Examination Questions: Motion and Energy; Graphic Statics; Strength of Materials; Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery. Fourth Edition. 12s. 6d.

“Well and lucidly written.”—The Engineer.

∗ Each of the above volumes is complete in itself, and sold separately.

PROFESSOR JAMIESON’S INTRODUCTORY MANUALS

Crown 8vo. With Illustrations and Examination Papers.

STEAM AND THE STEAM-ENGINE

(Elementary Manual of). For First-Year Students. Eleventh Edition, Revised. 3/6.

“Should be in the hands of EVERY engineering apprentice.”—Practical Engineer.

MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY

(Elementary Manual of). For First-Year Students. Seventh Edition. 3/6.

“A capital text-book ... The diagrams are an important feature.”—Schoolmaster.

“A thoroughly trustworthy Text-book. Practical and clear.”—Nature.

APPLIED MECHANICS

(Elementary Manual of). Specially arranged for First-Year Students. Seventh Edition, Revised and Greatly Enlarged. 3/6.

“The work has VERY HIGH QUALITIES, which may be condensed into the one word ‘CLEAR.’”—Science and Art.

A POCKET-BOOK of ELECTRICAL RULES and TABLES.

For the Use of Electricians and Engineers. By John Munro, C.E., and Prof. Jamieson. Pocket Size. Leather, 8s. 6d. Seventeenth Edition. [See p. 48.]

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

WORKS BY

W. J. MACQUORN RANKINE, LL.D., F.R.S.,

Late Regius Professor of Civil Engineering in the University of Glasgow.

THOROUGHLY REVISED BY

W. J. MILLAR, C.E.,

Late Secretary to the Institute of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland.

A MANUAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS:

Comprising the Principles of Statics and Cinematics, and Theory of Structures, Mechanism, and Machines. With Numerous Diagrams. Crown 8vo, cloth. Seventeenth Edition. 12s. 6d.

A MANUAL OF CIVIL ENGINEERING:

Comprising Engineering Surveys, Earthwork, Foundations, Masonry, Carpentry, Metal Work, Roads, Railways, Canals, Rivers, Waterworks, Harbours, &c. With Numerous Tables and Illustrations. Crown 8vo. cloth. Twenty-Second Edition. 16s.

A MANUAL OF MACHINERY AND MILLWORK:

Comprising the Geometry, Motions, Work, Strength, Construction, and Objects of Machines, &c. Illustrated with nearly 300 Woodcuts, Crown 8vo, cloth. Seventh Edition. 12s. 6d.

A MANUAL OF THE STEAM-ENGINE AND OTHER PRIME MOVERS:

With a Section on Gas, Oil, and Air Engines, by Bryan Donkin, M.Inst.C.E. With Folding Plates and Numerous Illustrations.

Crown 8vo, cloth. Sixteenth Edition. 12s. 6d.

Prof. Rankine’s Works--(Continued).

USEFUL RULES AND TABLES:

For Architects, Builders, Engineers, Founders, Mechanics, Shipbuilders, Surveyors, &c. With Appendix for the use of Electrical Engineers. By Professor Jamieson, F.R.S.E. Seventh Edition. 10s. 6d.

A MECHANICAL TEXT-BOOK:

A Practical and Simple Introduction to the Study of Mechanics. By Professor Rankine and E. F. Bamber, C.E. With Numerous Illustrations. Crown 8vo, cloth. Fifth Edition. 9s.

⁂ The “Mechanical Text-Book” was designed by Professor Rankine as an Introduction to the above Series of Manuals.

MISCELLANEOUS SCIENTIFIC PAPERS.

Royal 8vo. Cloth, 31s. 6d.

Part I. Papers relating to Temperature, Elasticity, and Expansion of Vapours, Liquids, and Solids. Part II. Papers on Energy and its Transformations. Part III. Papers on Wave-Forms, Propulsion of Vessels, &c.

With Memoir by Professor Tait, M.A. Edited by W. J. Millar, C.E. With fine Portrait on Steel, Plates, and Diagrams.

“No more enduring Memorial of Professor Rankine could be devised than the publication of these papers in an accessible form.... The Collection is most valuable on account of the nature of his discoveries, and the beauty and completeness of his analysis.... The Volume exceeds in importance any work in the same department published in our time.”—Architect.

By W. VINCENT SHELTON (Foreman to the Imperial Ottoman Gun Factories, Constantinople):

THE MECHANIC’S GUIDE: A Hand-Book for Engineers and Artizans. With Copious Tables and Valuable Recipes for Practical Use. Illustrated. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 7/6.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND

Third Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged. With 60 Plates and Numerous Illustrations. Handsome Cloth. 34s.

HYDRAULIC POWER

AND

HYDRAULIC MACHINERY.

BY

HENRY ROBINSON, M. Inst. C.E., F.G.S.,

FELLOW OF KING’S COLLEGE, LONDON; PROF. EMERITUS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, KING’S COLLEGE, ETC., ETC.

Contents.—Discharge through Orifices.—Flow of Water through Pipes.—Accumulators.—Presses and Lifts.—Hoists.—Rams.—Hydraulic Engines.—Pumping Engines.—Capstans.—Traversers.—Jacks.—Weighing Machines.—Riveters and Shop Tools.—Punching, Shearing, and Flanging Machines.—Cranes.—Coal Discharging Machines.—Drills and Cutters.—Pile Drivers, Excavators, &c.—Hydraulic Machinery applied to Bridges, Dock Gates, Wheels and Turbines.—Shields.—Various Systems and Power Installations.—Meters, &c.—Index.

“The standard work on the application of water power.”—Cassier’s Magazine.

Second Edition, Greatly Enlarged. With Frontispiece, several Plates, and over 250 Illustrations. 21s. net.

THE PRINCIPLES AND CONSTRUCTION OF

PUMPING MACHINERY

(STEAM AND WATER PRESSURE).

With Practical Illustrations of Engines and Pumps applied to Mining,
Town Water Supply, Drainage of Lands, &c., also Economy
and Efficiency Trials of Pumping Machinery.

By HENRY DAVEY,

Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers, Member of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, F.G.S., &c.

Contents—Early History of Pumping Engines—Steam Pumping Engines—Pumps and Pump Valves—General Principles of Non-Rotative Pumping Engines—The Cornish Engine, Simple and Compound—Types of Mining Engines—Pit Work—Shaft Sinking—Hydraulic Transmission of Power in Mines—Electric Transmission of Power—Valve Gears of Pumping Engines—Water Pressure Pumping Engines—Water Works Engines—Pumping Engine Economy and Trials of Pumping Machinery—Centrifugal and other Low-Lift Pumps—Hydraulic Rams, Pumping Mains, &c.—Index.

“By the ‘one English Engineer who probably knows more about Pumping Machinery than ANY OTHER.’ ... A VOLUME RECORDING THE RESULTS OF LONG EXPERIENCE AND STUDY.”—The Engineer.

“Undoubtedly THE BEST AND MOST PRACTICAL TREATISE on Pumping Machinery THAT HAS YET BEEN PUBLISHED.”—Mining Journal.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Royal 800, Handsome Cloth. With numerous Illustrations and Tables. 25s.

THE STABILITY OF SHIPS.

BY

SIR EDWARD J. REED, K.C.B., F.R.S., M.P.,

KNIGHT OF THE IMPERIAL ORDERS OF ST. STANILAUS OF RUSSIA; FRANCIS JOSEPH OF AUSTRIA; MEDJIDIE OF TURKEY; AND RISING SUN OF JAPAN; VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE INSTITUTION OF NAVAL ARCHITECTS.

“Sir Edward Reed’s ‘Stability of Ships’ is INVALUABLE. The Naval Architect will find brought together and ready to his hand, a mass of information which he would otherwise have to seek in an almost endless variety of publications, and some of which he would possibly not be able to obtain at all elsewhere.”—Steamship.

THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF SHIPS. By John Harvard Biles, M.Inst.N.A., Professor of Naval Architecture in the University of Glasgow. [In Preparation.]

Third Edition. Illustrated with Plates, Numerous Diagrams, and Figures in the Text. 18s. net.

STEEL SHIPS:

THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE. A Manual for Shipbuilders, Ship Superintendents, Students, and Marine Engineers.

By THOMAS WALTON, Naval Architect, AUTHOR OF “KNOW YOUR OWN SHIP.”

Contents.—I. Manufacture of Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, and Steel.—Composition of Iron and Steel, Quality, Strength, Tests, &c. II. Classification of Steel Ships. III. Considerations in making choice of Type of Vessel.—Framing of Ships. IV. Strains experienced by Ships.—Methods of Computing and Comparing Strengths of Ships. V. Construction of Ships.—Alternative Modes of Construction.—Types of Vessels.—Turret, Self Trimming, and Trunk Steamers, &c.—Rivets and Rivetting, Workmanship. VI. Pumping Arrangements. VII. Maintenance.—Prevention of Deterioration in the Hulls of Ships.—Cement, Paint, &c.—Index.

“So thorough and well written is every chapter in the book that it is difficult to select any of them as being worthy of exceptional praise. Altogether, the work is excellent, and will prove of great value to those for whom it is intended.”—The Engineer.

At Press. In Handsome Cloth. Very fully Illustrated.

PRESENT-DAY SHIPBUILDING.

For Shipyard Students, Ships’ Officers, and Engineers.

By THOS. WALTON,

Author of “Know Your Own Ship.”

General Contents.—Classification.—Materials used in Shipbuilding.—Alternative Modes of Construction.—Details of Construction.—Framing, Plating, Rivetting, Stem Frames, Twin-Screw Arrangements, Water Ballast Arrangements, Loading and Discharging Gear, &c.—Types of Vessels, including Atlantic Liners, Cargo Steamers, Oil carrying Steamers, Turret and other Self Trimming Steamers, &c.—Index.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

GRIFFIN’S NAUTICAL SERIES.

Edited By EDW. BLACKMORE,

Master Mariner, First Class Trinity House Certificate, Assoc. Inst. N.A.; and Written, mainly, by Sailors for SAILORS.

“This admirable series.”—Fairplay. “A very useful series.”—Nature.

“Every ship should have the whole series as a Reference Library. Handsomely bound, clearly printed and illustrated.”—Liverpool Journ. of Commerce.

The British Mercantile Marine: An Historical Sketch of its Rise and Development. By the Editor, Capt. Blackmore. 3s. 6d.

“Captain Blackmore’s SPLENDID BOOK ... contains paragraphs on every point of interest to the Merchant marine. The 243 pages of this book are THE MOST VALUABLE to the sea captain that have EVER been COMPILED.”—Merchant Service Review.

Elementary Seamanship. By D. Wilson-Barker, Master Mariner, F.R.S.E., F.R.G.S. With numerous Plates, two in Colours, and Frontispiece.

Fourth Edition, Thoroughly Revised. With additional Illustrations. 6s.

“This ADMIRABLE MANUAL, by Capt. Wilson Barker, of the ‘Worcester,’ seems to us PERFECTLY DESIGNED.”—Athenæum.

Know Your Own Ship: A Simple Explanation of the Stability, Construction, Tonnage, and Freeboard of Ships. By Thos. Walton, Naval Architect.

With numerous Illustrations and additional Chapters on Buoyancy, Trim, and Calculations. Ninth Edition. 7s. 6d.

“Mr. Walton’s book will be found VERY USEFUL.”—The Engineer.

Navigation: Theoretical and Practical. By D. Wilson-Barker and William Allingham. Second Edition, Revised. 3s. 6d.

“Precisely the kind of work required for the New Certificates of competency.

Candidates will find it INVALUABLE.”—Dundee Advertiser.

Marine Meteorology: For Officers of the Merchant Navy. By William Allingham, First Class Honours, Navigation, Science and Art Department.

With Illustrations, Maps, and Diagrams, and facsimile reproduction of log page. 7s. 6d.

“Quite the BEST PUBLICATION on this subject.”—Shipping Gazette.

Latitude and Longitude: How to find them. By W. J. Millar, C.E. Second Edition, Revised. 2s.

“Cannot but prove an acquisition to those studying Navigation.”—Marine Engineer.

Practical Mechanics: Applied to the requirements of the Sailor. By Thos. Mackenzie, Master Mariner, F.R.A.S. Second Edition, Revised. 3s. 6d.

“Well worth the money ... exceedingly helpful.”—Shipping World.

Trigonometry: For the Young Sailor, &c. By Rich. C. Buck, of the Thames Nautical Training College, H.M.S. “Worcester.” Third Edition, Revised. Price 3s. 6d.

“This EMINENTLY PRACTICAL and reliable volume.”—Schoolmaster.

Practical Algebra. By Rich. C. Buck. Companion Volume to the above, for Sailors and others. Second Edition, Revised. Price 3s. 6d.

“It is JUST THE BOOK for the young sailor mindful of progress.”—Nautical Magazine.

The Legal Duties of Shipmasters. By Benedict Wm. Ginsburg, M.A., LL.D., of the Inner Temple and Northern Circuit: Barrister-at-Law. Second Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged. Price 4s. 6d.

“Invaluable to masters.... We can fully recommend it.”—Shipping Gazette.

A Medical and Surgical Help for Shipmasters. Including First Aid at Sea. By Wm. Johnson Smith, F.R.C.S., Principal Medical Officer, Seamen’s Hospital, Greenwich. Third Edition, Thoroughly Revised. 6s.

“Sound, judicious, really helpful.”—The Lancet.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

GRIFFIN’S NAUTICAL SERIES.

Introductory Volume. Price 3s. 6d.

THE

British Mercantile Marine.

By EDWARD BLACKMORE,

MASTER MARINER; ASSOCIATE OF THE INSTITUTION OF NAVAL ARCHITECTS;

MEMBER OF THE INSTITUTION OF ENGINEERS AND SHIPBUILDERS IN SCOTLAND; EDITOR OF GRIFFIN’S “NAUTICAL SERIES.”

General Contents.—Historical: From Early Times to 1486—Progress under Henry VIII.—To Death of Mary—During Elizabeth’s Reign—Up to the Reign of William III.—The 18th and 19th Centuries—Institution of Examinations—Rise and Progress of Steam Propulsion—Development of Free Trade—Shipping Legislation, 1862 to 1875—“Locksley Hall” Case—Shipmasters’ Societies—Loading of Ships—Shipping Legislation, 1884 to 1894—Statistics of Shipping. The Personnel: Shipowners—Officers—Mariners—Duties and Present Position. Education: A Seaman’s Education: what it should be—Present Means of Education—Hints. Discipline and Duty—Postscript—The Serious Decrease in the Number of British Seamen, a Matter demanding the Attention of the Nation.

“Interesting and Instructive ... may be read WITH PROFIT and ENJOYMENT.”—Glasgow Herald.

“Every branch of the subject is dealt with in a way which shows that the writer ‘knows the ropes’ familiarly.”—Scotsman.

“This ADMIRABLE book ... TEEMS with useful information—Should be in the hands of every Sailor.”—Western Morning News.

Fourth Edition, Thoroughly Revised. With Additional Illustrations. Price 6s.

A MANUAL OF

ELEMENTARY SEAMANSHIP.

BY

D. WILSON-BARKER, Master Mariner; F.R.S.E., F.R.G.S., &c., &c.

YOUNGER BROTHER OF THE TRINITY HOUSE.

With Frontispiece, Numerous Plates (Two in Colours), and Illustrations in the Text.

General Contents.—The Building of a Ship; Parts of Hull, Masts, &c.—Ropes, Knots, Splicing, &c.—Gear, Lead and Log, &c.—Rigging, Anchors—Sailmaking—The Sails, &c.—Handling of Boats under Sail—Signals and Signalling—Rule of the Road—Keeping and Relieving Watch—Points of Etiquette—Glossary of Sea Terms and Phrases—Index.

⁂ The volume contains the NEW RULES OF THE ROAD.

“This ADMIRABLE MANUAL, by Capt. Wilson-Barker of the ‘Worcester,’ seems to us PERFECTLY DESIGNED, and holds its place excellently in ‘Griffin’s Nautical Series.’ ... Although intended for those who are to become Officers of the Merchant Navy, it will be found useful by ALL YACHTSMEN.”—Athenæum.

⁂ For complete List of Griffin’s Nautical Series, see p. 39.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

GRIFFIN’S NAUTICAL SERIES.

Second Edition, Revised and Illustrated. Price 3s. 6d.

NAVIGATION:

PRACTICAL AND THEORETICAL.

By DAVID WILSON-BARKER, R.N.R., F.R.S.E., &c., &c.,

AND

WILLIAM ALLINGHAM,

FIRST-CLASS HONOURS, NAVIGATION, SCIENCE AND ART DEPARTMENT.

With Numerous Illustrations and Examination Questions.

General Contents.—Definitions—Latitude and Longitude—Instruments of Navigation—Correction of Courses—Plane Sailing—Traverse Sailing—Day’s Work—Parallel Sailing—Middle Latitude Sailing—Mercator’s Chart—Mercator Sailing—Current Sailing—Position by Bearings—Great Circle Sailing—The Tides—Questions—Appendix: Compass Error—Numerous Useful Hints, &c.—Index.

“Precisely the kind of work required for the New Certificates of competency in grades from Second Mate to extra Master.... Candidates will find it INVALUABLE.”—Dundee Advertiser.

“A capital little book ... specially adapted to the New Examinations. The Authors are Capt. Wilson-Barker (Captain-Superintendent of the Nautical College, H.M.S. ‘Worcester,’ who has had great experience in the highest problems of Navigation), and Mr. Allingham, a well-known writer on the Science of Navigation and Nautical Astronomy.”—Shipping World.

Handsome Cloth. Fully Illustrated. Price 7s. 6d.

MARINE METEOROLOGY,

FOR OFFICERS OF THE MERCHANT NAVY.

BY WILLIAM ALLINGHAM,

Joint Author of “Navigation, Theoretical and Practical.”

With numerous Plates, Maps, Diagrams, and Illustrations, and a facsimile Reproduction of a Page from an actual Meteorological Log-Book.

SUMMARY OF CONTENTS.

Introductory.—Instruments Used at Sea for Meteorological Purposes.—Meteorological Log-Books.—Atmospheric Pressure.—Air Temperatures.—Sea Temperatures.—Winds.—Wind Force Scales.—History of the Law of Storms.—Hurricanes, Seasons, and Storm Tracks.—Solution of the Cyclone Problem.—Ocean Currents.—Icebergs.—Synchronous Charts.—Dew, Mists, Fogs, and Haze.—Clouds.—Rain, Snow, and Hail.—Mirage, Rainbows, Coronas, Halos, and Meteors.—Lightning, Corposants, and Auroras.—Questions.—Appendix.—Index.

“Quite the BEST publication, AND certainly the MOST INTERESTING, on this subject ever presented to Nautical men.”—Shipping Gazette.

⁂ For Complete List of Griffin’s Nautical Series, see p. 39.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

GRIFFIN’S NAUTICAL SERIES.

Second Edition, Revised. With Numerous Illustrations. Price 3s. 6d.

Practical Mechanics:

Applied to the Requirements of the Sailor.

By THOS. MACKENZIE,

Master Mariner, F.R.A.S.

General Contents.—Resolution and Composition of Forces—Work done by Machines and Living Agents—The Mechanical Powers: The Lever; Derricks as Bent Levers—The Wheel and Axle: Windlass; Ship’s Capstan; Crab Winch—Tackles: the “Old Man”—The Inclined Plane; the Screw—The Centre of Gravity of a Ship and Cargo—Relative Strength of Rope: Steel Wire, Manilla, Hemp, Coir—Derricks and Shears—Calculation of the Cross-breaking Strain of Fir Spar—Centre of Effort of Sails—Hydrostatics: the Diving-bell; Stability of Floating Bodies; the Ship’s Pump, &c.

“This excellent book ... contains a LARGE AMOUNT of information.”—Nature.

“Well worth the money ... will be found EXCEEDINGLY HELPFUL.”—Shipping World.

“No Ships’ Officers’ Bookcase will henceforth be complete without Captain Mackenzie’s ‘practical Mechanics.’ Notwithstanding my many years’ experience at sea, it has told me how much more there is to acquire.”—(Letter to the Publishers from a Master Mariner).

“I must express my thanks to you for the labour and care you have taken in ‘Practical Mechanics.’ ... It is a life’s experience.... What an amount we frequently see wasted by rigging purchases without reason and accidents to spars, &c., &c.! ‘Practical Mechanics’ WOULD SAVE ALL THIS.”—(Letter to the Author from another Master Mariner).

WORKS BY RICHARD C. BUCK,
of the Thames Nautical Training College, H.M.S. ‘Worcester.’

A Manual of Trigonometry:

With Diagrams, Examples, and Exercises. Price 3s. 6d.

Third Edition, Revised and Corrected.

⁂ Mr. Buck’s Text-Book has been SPECIALLY PREPARED with a view to the New Examinations of the Board of Trade, in which Trigonometry is an obligatory subject.

“This EMINENTLY PRACTICAL and RELIABLE VOLUME.”—Schoolmaster.

A Manual of Algebra.

Designed to meet the Requirements of Sailors and others.

Second Edition, Revised. Price 3s. 6d.

⁂ These elementary works on ALGEBRA and TRIGONOMETRY are written specially for those who will have little opportunity of consulting a Teacher. They are books for “SELF-HELP.” All but the simplest explanations have, therefore, been avoided, and ANSWERS to the Exercises are given. Any person may readily, by careful study, become master of their contents, and thus lay the foundation for a further mathematical course, if desired. It is hoped that to the younger Officers of our Mercantile Marine they will be found decidedly serviceable. The Examples and Exercises are taken from the Examination Papers set for the Cadets of the “Worcester.”

“Clearly arranged, and well got up.... A first-rate Elementary Algebra.”—Nautical Magazine.

⁂ For complete List of Griffin’s Nautical Series, see p. 39.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

GRIFFIN’S NAUTICAL SERIES.

Second Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Extended. In Crown 8vo.

Handsome Cloth. Price 4s. 6d.

THE LEGAL DUTIES OF SHIPMASTERS.

BY

BENEDICT WM. GINSBURG, M.A., LL.D. (Cantab.), Of the Inner Temple and Northern Circuit; Barrister-at-Law.

General Contents.—The Qualification for the Position of Shipmaster—The Contract with the Shipowner—The Master’s Duty in respect of the Crew: Engagement; Apprentices; Discipline; Provisions, Accommodation, and Medical Comforts; Payment of Wages and Discharge—The Master’s Duty in respect of the Passengers—The Master’s Financial Responsibilities—The Master’s Duty in respect of the Cargo—The Master’s Duty in Case of Casualty—The Master’s Duty to certain Public Authorities—The Master’s Duty in relation to Pilots, Signals, Flags, and Light Dues—The Master’s Duty upon Arrival at the Port of Discharge—Appendices relative to certain Legal Matters: Board of Trade Certificates, Dietary Scales, Stowage of Grain Cargoes, Load Line Regulations, Life-saving Appliances, Carriage of Cattle at Sea, &c., &c—Copious Index.

“No intelligent Master should fail to add this to his list of necessary books. A few lines of it may SAVE A LAWYER’S FEE, BESIDES ENDLESS WORRY.”—Liverpool Journal of Commerce.

“Sensible, plainly written, in CLEAR and NON-TECHNICAL LANGUAGE, and will be found of MUCH SERVICE by the Shipmaster,”—British Trade Review.

Second Edition, Revised. With Diagrams. Price 2s.

Latitude and Longitude:

How to Find them.

BY W. J. MILLAR, C.E.,

Late Secretary to the Inst. of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland.

“Concisely and clearly written ... cannot but prove an acquisition to those studying Navigation.”—Marine Engineer.

“Young Seamen will find it HANDY and USEFUL, SIMPLE and CLEAR.”—The Engineer.

FIRST AID AT SEA.

Third Edition, Revised. With Coloured Plates and Numerous Illustrations, and comprising the latest Regulations Respecting the Carriage of Medical Stores on Board Ship. Price 6s.

A MEDICAL AND SURGICAL HELP

FOR SHIPMASTERS AND OFFICERS

IN THE MERCHANT NAVY.

By WM. JOHNSON SMITH, F.R.C.S.,

Principal Medical Officer, Seamen’s Hospital, Greenwich.

⁂ The attention of all interested in our Merchant Navy is requested to this exceedingly useful and valuable work. It is needless to say that it is the outcome of many years PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE amongst Seamen.

“Sound, judicious, really helpful.”—The Lancet.

⁂ For Complete List of Griffin’s Nautical Series, see p. 39.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

GRIFFIN’S NAUTICAL SERIES.

Ninth Edition. Revised, with Chapters on Trim, Buoyancy, and Calculations. Numerous Illustrations. Handsome Cloth, Crown 8vo. Price 7s. 6d.

KNOW YOUR OWN SHIP.

By THOMAS WALTON, Naval Architect.

Specially arranged to suit the requirements of Ships’ Officers, Shipowners, Superintendents, Draughtsmen, Engineers, and Others,

This work explains, in a simple manner, such important subjects as:—Displacement.—Deadweight.—Tonnage.—Freeboard.—Moments.—Buoyancy.—Strain—Structure.—Stability.—Rolling.—Ballasting.—Loading.—Shifting Cargoes.—Admission of Water.—Sail Area.—&c.

“The little book will be found EXCEEDINGLY HANDY by most officers and officials connected with shipping.... Mr. Walton’s work will obtain LASTING SUCCESS, because of its unique fitness for those for whom it has been written.”—Shipping World.

BY THE SAME AUTHOR.

Steel Ships: Their Construction and Maintenance.

(See page 38.)

Fifteenth Edition, Thoroughly Revised, Greatly Enlarged, and Reset Throughout. Large 8vo, Cloth, pp. i-xxiv + 708. With 280 Illustrations, reduced from Working Drawings, and 8 Plates. 21s. net.

A MANUAL OF

MARINE ENGINEERING:

COMPRISING THE DESIGNING, CONSTRUCTION, AND WORKING OF MARINE MACHINERY

By A. E. SEATON, M.I.C.E., M.I.Mech.E., M.I.N.A.

General Contents.—Part I.—Principles of Marine Propulsion. Part II.—Principles of Steam Engineering. Part III.—Details of Marine Engines: Design and Calculations for Cylinders, Pistons, Valves, Expansion Valves, &c. Part IV.—Propellers. Part V.—Boilers. Part VI.—Miscellaneous.

“The Student, Draughtsman, and Engineer will find this work the MOST VALUABLE HANDBOOK of Reference on the Marine Engine now in existence.”—Marine Engineer.

Eighth Edition, Thoroughly Revised. Pocket-Size, Leather. 8s. 6d.

A POCKET-BOOK OF

MARINE ENGINEERING RULES AND TABLES,

FOR THE USE OF

Marine Engineers, Naval Architects, Designers, Draughtsmen, Superintendents and Others.

By A. E. SEATON, M.I.C.E., M.I.Mech.E., M.I.N.A.,

AND

H. M. ROUNTHWAITE, M.I.Mech.E., M.I.N.A.

“Admirably fulfils its purpose.”—Marine Engineer.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

WORKS BY PROF. ROBERT H. SMITH, Assoc. M.I.C.E.,
M.I.M.E., M.I.El.E., M.I.Min.E., Whit. Sch., M.Ord.Meiji.

THE CALCULUS FOR ENGINEERS AND PHYSICISTS,

Applied to Technical Problems.

WITH EXTENSIVE
CLASSIFIED REFERENCE LIST OF INTEGRALS. By PROF. ROBERT H. SMITH.

ASSISTED BY
R.F. MUIRHEAD, M.A., B.Sc.,

Formerly Clark Fellow of Glasgow University, and Lecturer on Mathematics at Mason College.

In Crown 8vo, extra, with Diagrams and Folding-Plate. 8s. 6d.

“Prof. R. H. Smith’s book will be serviceable in rendering a hard road AS EASY AS PRACTICABLE for the non-mathematical Student and Engineer.”—Athenæum.

“Interesting diagrams, with practical illustrations of actual occurrence, are to be found here in abundance. The very complete classified reference table will prove very useful in saving the time of those who want an integral in a hurry.”—The Engineer.

MEASUREMENT CONVERSIONS

(English and French):

28 GRAPHIC TABLES OR DIAGRAMS.

Showing at a glance the Mutual Conversion of Measurements in Different Units

Of Lengths, Areas, Volumes, Weights, Stresses, Densities, Quantities of Work, Horse Powers, Temperatures, &c.

For the use of Engineers, Surveyors, Architects, and Contractors.

In 4to, Boards. 7s. 6d.

⁂ Prof. Smith’s Conversion-Tables form the most unique and comprehensive collection ever placed before the profession. By their use much time and labour will be saved, and the chances of error in calculation diminished. It is believed that henceforth no Engineer’s Office will be considered complete without them.

Pocket Size, Leather Limp, with Gilt Edges and Rounded Corners, printed on Special Thin Paper, with Illustrations, pp. i-xii + 834. Price 18s. net.

(THE NEW “NYSTROM”)

THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER’S REFERENCE BOOK

A Handbook of Tables, Formulæ and Methods for Engineers, Students and Draughtsmen.

BY HENRY HARRISON SUPLEE, B.Sc., M.E.

“We feel sure it will be of great service to mechanical engineers.”—Engineering.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND

Second Edition. In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 16s.

CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS.

BY

BERTRAM BLOUNT, | AND | A.G. BLOXAM,
F.I.C., F.C.S., A.I.C.E. | | F.I.C., F.C.S.

GENERAL CONTENTS.—Introduction—Chemistry of the Chief Materials of Construction—Sources of Energy—Chemistry of Steam-raising—Chemistry of Lubrication and Lubricants—Metallurgical Processes used in the Winning and Manufacture of Metals.

“The authors have SUCCEEDED beyond all expectation, and have produced a work which should give FRESH POWER to the Engineer and Manufacturer.”—The Times.

For Companion Volume by the same Authors, see “Chemistry for Manufacturers,” p. 71 General Catalogue.

In Handsome Cloth. With about 50 Illustrations. 3s. 6d. net.

THE ELEMENTS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING.

By J. GROSSMANN, M.A., Ph.D., F.I.C.,

Chemical Engineer and Consulting Chemist.

WITH A PREFACE BY

Sir WILLIAM RAMSAY, K.C.B., F.R.S.

Contents.—The Beaker and its Technical Equivalents.—Distilling Flasks, Liebig’s Condensers.—Fractionating Tubes and their Technical Equivalents.—The Air-Bath and its Technical Equivalents.—The Blowpipe and Crucible and their Technical Equivalents.—The Steam Boiler and other Sources of Power.—General Remarks on the Application of Heat in Chemical Engineering.—The Funnel and its Technical Equivalents.—The Mortar and its Technical Equivalents.—Measuring Instruments and their Technical Equivalents.—Materials Used in Chemical Engineering and their Mode of Application.—Technical Research and the Designing of Plant.—Conclusion.—Chemicals and Materials.—Index.

Works by WALTER R. BROWNE, M.A., M.Inst.C.E.

THE STUDENT’S MECHANICS:

An Introduction to the Study of Force and Motion.

With Diagrams. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 4s. 6d.

“Clear In style and practical in method, ‘THE STUDENT’S MECHANICS’ is cordially to be recommended from all points of view.”—Athenæum.

FOUNDATIONS OF MECHANICS.

Papers reprinted from the Engineer. In Crown 8vo, 1s.

Demy 8vo, with Numerous Illustrations, 9s.

FUEL AND WATER:

A Manual for Users of Steam and Water.

By Prof. FRANZ SCHWACKHÖFER of Vienna, and WALTER R. BROWNE, M.A., C.E.

General Contents.—Heat and Combustion—Fuel, Varieties of—Firing Arrangements: Furnace, Flues, Chimney—The Boiler, Choice of—Varieties—Feed-water Heaters—Steam Pipes—Water: Composition, Purification—Prevention of Scale, &c., &c.

“The Section on Heat is one of the best and most lucid ever written.”—Engineer.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged.

With Tables, Illustrations in the Text, and 37 Lithographic Plates. Medium
8vo. Handsome Cloth. 30s.

SEWAGE DISPOSAL WORKS:

A Guide to the Construction of Works for the Prevention of the Pollution by Sewage of Rivers and Estuaries.

By W. SANTO CRIMP, M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S.,
Late Assistant-Engineer, London County Council.

“Probably the MOST COMPLETE AND BEST TREATISE on the subject which has appeared in our language.”—Edinburgh Medical Journal.

Beautifully Illustrated, with Numerous Plates, Diagrams, and Figures in the Text. 21s. net.

TRADES’ WASTE:

ITS TREATMENT AND UTILISATION.

A Handbook for Borough Engineers, Surveyors, Architects, and Analysts.
By W. NAYLOR, F.C.S., A.M.Inst.C.E.,
Chief Inspector of Rivers, Ribble Joint Committee.

Contents.—I. Introduction.—II. Chemical Engineering.—III.—Wool De-greasing and Grease Recovery.—IV. Textile Industries; Calico Bleaching and Dyeing.—V. Dyeing and Calico-Printing.—VI. Tanning and Fellmongery.—VII. Brewery and Distillery Waste.—VIII. Paper Mill Refuse.—IX. General Trades’ Waste.—Index.

“There is probably no person in England to-day better fitted to deal rationally with such a subject.”—British Sanitarian.

In Handsome Cloth. With 59 Illustrations. 6s. net.

SMOKE ABATEMENT.

A Manual for the Use of Manufacturers, Inspectors, Medical Officers of
Health, Engineers, and Others.

By WILLIAM NICHOLSON,

Chief Smoke Inspector to the Sheffield Corporation.

Contents.—Introduction.—General Legislation against the Smoke Nuisance.—Local Legislation.—Foreign Laws.—Smoke Abatement.—Smoke from Boilers, Furnaces, and Kilns.—Private Dwelling-House Smoke.—Chimneys and their Construction.—Smoke Preventers and Fuel Savers.—Waste Gases from Metallurgical Furnaces.—Summary and Conclusions.—Index.

“We welcome such an adequate statement on an important subject.”—British Medical Journal.

Second Edition. In Medium 8vo. Thoroughly Revised and Re-Written.
15s. net.

CALCAREOUS CEMENTS:

THEIR NATURE, PREPARATION, AND USES.
With some Remarks upon Cement Testing.
By GILBERT R. REDGRAVE, Assoc. Inst. C.E.,
Assistant Secretary for Technology, Board of Education, South Kensington,
And CHARLES SPACKMAN, F.C.S.

“We can thoroughly recommend it as a first-class investment.”—Practical Engineer.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.

Second Edition, Revised. In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Profusely
Illustrated with Plates, Diagrams, and Figures. 24s. net.

CENTRAL ELECTRICAL STATIONS:

Their Design, Organisation, and Management.

By CHAS. H. WORDINGHAM, A.K.C., M.Inst.C.E., M.Inst.Mech.E.,
Late Memb. of Council Inst. E.E., and Electrical Engineer to the City of Manchester;
Electrical Engineer-in-Chief to the Admiralty.

ABRIDGED CONTENTS.

Introductory.—Central Station Work as a Profession.—As an Investment.—The Establishment of a Central Station.—Systems of Supply.—Site.—Architecture.—Plant.—Boilers—Systems of Draught and Waste Heat Economy.—Coal Handling, Weighing, and Storing.—The Transmission of Steam.—Generators.—Condensing Appliances.—Switching Gear, Instruments, and Connections.—Distributing Mains.—Insulation, Resistance, and Cost.—Distributing Networks.—Service Mains and Feeders.—Testing Mains.—Meters and Appliances.—Standardising and Testing Laboratory.—Secondary Batteries.—Street Lighting.—Cost.—General Organisation.—Mains Department.—Installation Department.—Standardising Department.—Drawing Office.—Clerical Department.—The Consumer.—Routine and Main Laying.—Index.

“One of the MOST VALUABLE CONTRIBUTIONS to Central Station literature we have had for some time.”—Electricity.

In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Profusely Illustrated. 12s. 6d. net.

ELECTRICITY CONTROL.

A Treatise on Electric Switchgear and Systems of Electric Transmission.

By LEONARD ANDREWS,

Associate Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers, Member of the Institution of
Electrical Engineers, &c.

General Principles of Switchgear Design.—Constructional Details.—Circuit Breakers or Arc Interrupting Devices.—Automatically Operated Circuit-Breakers.—Alternating Reverse Current Devices.—Arrangement of ’Bus Bars, and Apparatus for Parallel Running.—General Arrangement of Controlling Apparatus for High Tension Systems.—General Arrangement of Controlling Apparatus for Low Tension Systems.—Examples of Complete Installations.—Long Distance Transmission Schemes.

“Not often does the specialist have presented to him so satisfactory a book as this.... We recommend it without hesitation to Central Station Engineers, and, in fact, to anyone interested in the subject.”—Power.

Seventeenth Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged. 8s. 6d.

A POCKET-BOOK
OF
ELECTRICAL RULES & TABLES

FOR THE USE OF ELECTRICIANS AND ENGINEERS.

By JOHN MUNRO, C.E., & Prof. JAMIESON, M.Inst.C.E., F.R.S.E.

With Numerous Diagrams. Pocket Size. Leather, 8s. 6d.

GENERAL CONTENTS.

Units of Measurement.—Measures.—Testing.—Conductors.—Dielectrics.—Submarine Cables.—Telegraphy.—Electro-Chemistry.—Electro-Metallurgy.—Batteries.—Dynamos and Motors.—Transformers.—Electric Lighting.—Miscellaneous.—Logarithms.—Appendices.

“Wonderfully Perfect.... Worthy of the highest commendation we can give it.”—Electrician.

“The Sterling Value of Messrs. Munro and Jamieson’s Pocket-Book.”—Electrical Review.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Just Out. In Large 8vo. Profusely Illustrated. 8s. 6d. net.

WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY.

By GUSTAVE EICHHORN, Ph.D.

Contents.—Oscillations.—Closed Oscillation Systems.—Open Oscillation Systems.—Coupled Systems.—The Coupling Compensating the Aërial Wire.—The Receiver.—Comparative Measurement in the Sender.—Theoretical Results and Calculations in respect of Sender and Receiver.—Closely-Coupled Sender and Receiver.—Loose-Coupled Sender and Receiver.—Principal Formulæ.—The Ondameter.—Working a Wireless Telegraph Station.—Modern Apparatus and Methods of Working.—Conclusion.—Bibliography.—Index.

Just Out. Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth, with 334 Pages and 307 Illustrations. 16s. net.

ELECTRICITY METERS.

By HENRY G. SOLOMON, A.M.Inst.E.E.

Contents.—Introductory.—General Principles of Continuous-Current Meters.—Continuous-Current Quantity Meters.—Continuous-Energy Motor Meters.—Different Types.—Special Purposes, i.e., Battery Meters, Switchboard Meters, Tramcar Meters.—General Principles of Single-and Polyphase Induction Meters.—Single-phase Induction Meters.—Polyphase Meters.—Tariff Systems.—Prepayment Meters.—Tariff and Hour Meters.—Some Mechanical Features in Meter Design.—Testing Meters.—Index.

“An earnest and successful attempt to deal comprehensively with modern methods of measuring current or power in electrical installations.”—Engineering.

“Trustworthy information.... We can confidently recommend the book to every electrical engineer.”—Electricity.

ELECTRIC SMELTING AND REFINING.

By Dr. W. BORCHERS and W. G. McMILLAN.
Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 21s. net.

ELECTRO-METALLURGY, A Treatise on.

By WALTER G. McMILLAN, F.I.C., F.C.S.
Second Edition, Revised and in Part Re-Written. 10s. 6d.

ELECTRICAL PRACTICE IN COLLIERIES.

By D. BURNS, M.E., M.Inst.M.E.
(See page 58 General Catalogue.)

GRIFFIN’S ELECTRICAL PRICE-BOOK.

Edited by H. J. DOWSING.

(See page 31.)

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Third Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and Re-issued. Price 6s. net.

A SHORT MANUAL OF
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.

BY
A. DUPRÈ, Ph.D., F.R.S.,
AND
WILSON HAKE, Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S.,
Of the Westminster Hospital Medical School.

“A well-written, clear and accurate Elementary Manual of Inorganic Chemistry.... We agree heartily with the system adopted by Drs. Dupré and Hake. Will make Experimental Work trebly interesting because intelligible.”—Saturday Review.

“There is no question that, given the PERFECT GROUNDING of the Student in his Science, the remainder comes afterwards to him in a manner much more simple and easily acquired. The work is an example of the advantages of the Systematic Treatment of a Science over the fragmentary style so generally followed. By a long way the best of the small Manuals for Students.”—Analyst.

LABORATORY HANDBOOKS BY A. HUMBOLDT SEXTON,

Professor of Metallurgy in the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College.

OUTLINES OF QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.

FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS.

With Illustrations. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, Cloth, 3s.

“A compact laboratory guide for beginners was wanted, and the want has been WELL SUPPLIED.... A good and useful book.”—Lancet.

OUTLINES OF QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.

FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS.

With Illustrations. Fourth Edition, Revised. Crown 8vo, Cloth, 3s. 6d.

“The work of a thoroughly practical chemist.”—British Medical Journal.

“Compiled with great care, and will supply a want.”—Journal of Education.

ELEMENTARY METALLURGY:

Including the Author’s Practical Laboratory Course. With many Illustrations. See p. 66 General Catalogue.

Third Edition, Revised. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 6s.

“Just the kind of work for students commencing the study of metallurgy.”—Practical Engineer.

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Griffin’s Chemical and Technological Publications.

PAGE
Inorganic Chemistry, | Profs. Dupré and Hake, | 50
Quantitative Analysis, | Prof. Humboldt Sexton, | 50
Qualitative  ” | ”  ” | 50
Chemistry for Engineers, | Blount and Bloxam, | 46
”  ” Manufacturers, | ”  ” | 71
Foods and Poisons, | A. Wynter Blyth, | 72
Tables for Chemists, | Prof. Castell-Evans, | 79
Dairy Chemistry, | H. D. Richmond, | 73
Dairy Analysis, | ”  ” | 73
Milk, | E. F. Willoughby, | 73
Flesh Foods, | C. A. Mitchell, | 74
Practical Sanitation, | Dr. G. Reid, | 78
Sanitary Engineering, | F. Wood, | 78
Technical Mycology, | Lafar and Salter, | 74
Ferments, | C. Oppenheimer, | 75
Toxines and Anti-Toxines, | ”  ” | 74
Brewing, | Dr. W. J. Sykes, | 75
Bacteriology of Brewing, | W. A. Riley, | 75
Sewage Disposal, | Santo Crimp, | 47
Trades’ Waste, | W. Naylor, | 47
Smoke Abatement, | Wm. Nicholson, | 47
Paper Technology, | R. W. Sindall, | 81
Cements, | G. R. Redgrave, | 47
Water Supply, | R. E. Middleton, | 77
Road Making, | Thos. Aitken, | 79
Gas Manufacture, | W. Atkinson Butterfield, | 77
Acetylene, | Leeds and Butterfield, | 77
Fire Risks, | Dr. Schwartz, | 77
Petroleum, | Sir Boverton Redwood, | 61
—— (handbook), | Thomson and Redwood, | 61
Ink Manufacture, | Mitchell and Hepworth, | 81
Glue, Gelatine, &c., | Thos. Lambert, | 81
Oils, Soaps, Candles, | Wright & Mitchell, | 71
Lubrication & Lubricants, | Archbutt and Deeley, | 32
India Rubber, | Dr. Carl O. Weber, | 81
Painters’ Colours, Oils, &c., | G. H. Hurst, | 80
Painters’ Laboratory Guide, | ”  ” | 80
Painting and Decorating, | W. J. Pearce, | 80
Dyeing, | Knecht and Rawson, | 82
Dictionary of Dyes, | Rawson and Gardner, | 82
The Synthetic Dyestuffs, | Cain and Thorpe, | 82
Spinning, | H. R. Carter, | 83
Textile Printing, | Seymour Rothwell, | 83
Textile Fibres of Commerce, | W. I. Hannan, | 83
Dyeing and Cleaning, | G. H. Hurst, | 84
Bleaching, Calico-printing, | Geo. Duerr, | 84

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Griffin’s Geological, Prospecting, Mining, and Metallurgical Publications.

PAGE
Geology, Stratigraphical, | R. Etheridge, F.R.S., | 52
” Physical, | Prof. H. G. Seeley, | 52
” Practical Aids, | Prof. Grenville Cole, | 53
” Open Air Studies, | ”  ” | 19
Mining Geology, | James Park, F.G.S., | 55
Prospecting for Minerals, | S. Herbert Cox, A.R.S.M., | 55
Food Supply, | Robt. Bruce, | 54
New Lands, | H. R. Mill, D.Sc., F.R.S.E., | 54
Ore and Stone Mining, | Sir C. Lea Neve Foster, | 56
Elements of Mining, | ”  ” | 56
Coal Mining, | H. W. Hughes, F.G.S., | 56
Practical Coal Mining, | G. L. Kerr, M.Inst.M.E., | 58
Elementary | ”   ” | 58
Electrical Coal Mining, | D. Burns, | 58
Mine-Surveying, | Bennett H. Brough, A.R.S.M., | 57
Mine Air, Investigation of, | Foster and Haldane, | 57
Mining Law, | C. J. Alford, | 57
Blasting and Explosives, | O. Guttmann, A.M.I.C.E., | 58
Testing Explosives, | Bichel and Larsen, | 58
Mine Accounts, | Prof. J. G. Lawn, | 57
Mining Engineers’ Pkt.-Bk., | E. R. Field, M.Inst.M.M., | 57
Petroleum, | Sir Boverton Redwood, | 61
A Handbook on Petroleum, | Thomson and Redwood, | 61
Oil Fuel, | Sidney H. North, | 29
Metallurgical Analysis, | Macleod and Walker, | 60
Microscopic Analysis, | F. Osmond & J. E. Stead, F.R.S., | 60
Metallurgy (General), | Phillips and Bauerman, | 60
”   (Elementary), | Prof. Humboldt Sexton, | 66
Getting Gold, | J. C. F. Johnson, F.G.S., | 59
Gold Seeking in South Africa, | Theo Kassner, | 59
Cyanide Process, | James Park, F.G.S., | 59
Cyaniding, | Julian and Smart, | 59
Electric Smelting, | Borchers and Mcmillan, | 67
Electro-Metallurgy, | W. G. Mcmillan, F.I.C, | 67
Assaying, | J. J. & C. Beringer, | 66
Metallurgical Analysis, | J. J. Morgan, F.C.S., | 66
Metallurgy (Introduction to), | Sir W. Roberts-Austen, K.C.B., | 63
Gold, Metallurgy of, | Dr. Kirke Rose, A.R.S.M., | 63
Lead and Silver, ” | H. F. Collins, A.R.S.M., | 64
Iron, Metallurgy of, | Thos. Turner, A.R.S.M., | 65
Steel,   ” | F. W. Harbord, | 65
Iron-Founding, | Prof. Turner, | 68
Precious Stones, | Dr. Max Bauer, | 68

LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., LIMITED, EXETER STREET, STRAND.

Transcriber’s Notes

A few obvious misprints have been corrected (for example, “thorinum” which for thorium), but in general the original spelling has been retained. Inconsistent use of hyphens and punctuation were left unchanged.

The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GETTING GOLD: A GOLD-MINING HANDBOOK FOR PRACTICAL MEN ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works provided that:

- • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

- • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

- • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work.

- • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™

Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility: www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Table of Contents

GETTING GOLD.

- GRIFFIN’S STANDARD PUBLICATIONS.

GETTING GOLD:

- PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION

- PUBLISHERS’ NOTE TO THE THIRD EDITION

- CONTENTS

- CHAPTER I

- INTRODUCTORY. GETTING GOLD

- CHAPTER II

- GOLD PROSPECTING

- CHAPTER III

- LODE OR REEF PROSPECTING

- CHAPTER IV

- THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD

- CHAPTER V

- THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD

- CHAPTER VI

- GOLD EXTRACTION

- CHAPTER VII

- GOLD EXTRACTION

- CHAPTER VIII

- CALCINATION OR “ROASTING” OF ORES

- CHAPTER IX

- MOTOR POWER AND ITS TRANSMISSION

- CHAPTER X

- COMPANY FORMATION AND OPERATIONS

- CHAPTER XI

- RULES OF THUMB

- CHAPTER XII

- RULES OF THUMB

- APPENDIX

GETTING GOLD

CHAPTER I

- INTRODUCTORY

CHAPTER II

- GOLD PROSPECTING—ALLUVIAL AND GENERAL

CHAPTER III

- LODE OR REEF PROSPECTING

CHAPTER IV

- THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD—AURIFEROUS LODES

CHAPTER V

- THE GENESIOLOGY OF GOLD—AURIFEROUS DRIFTS

- “THE DEPOSITION OF GOLD.

CHAPTER VI

- GOLD EXTRACTION

- NEW METHOD OF SEPARATING GOLD FROM IMPURE AMALGAM.

CHAPTER VII

- GOLD EXTRACTION—SECONDARY PROCESSES AND LIXIVIATION

CHAPTER VIII

- CALCINATION OR ROASTING OF ORES

- TYPES OF FURNACES OF THE DIFFERENT CLASSES THAT ARE IN ACTUAL USE.

CHAPTER IX

- MOTOR POWER AND ITS TRANSMISSION

- WATERLESS POWER.

CHAPTER X

- COMPANY FORMATION AND OPERATIONS

CHAPTER XI

- RULES OF THUMB

- LIVING PLACES

- A BUSH BED.

- NORTHERN TERRITORY HAMMOCK.

- PURIFYING WATER.

- TO OBTAIN WATER FROM ROOTS.

- TO MAKE AN EFFECTIVE FILTER.

- CANVAS WATER BAGS.

- MEDICINE CASE.

- PRODUCING FIRE.

- TO COPY CORRESPONDENCE.

- TO PROVIDE A SIMPLE TELEGRAPHIC CODE.

- A SERVICEABLE SOAP.

- TO CROSS A FLOODED STREAM.

- TO MAKE A HIDE BUCKET.

- TO MAKE A “SLUSH LAMP.”

CHAPTER XII

- RULES OF THUMB

- A TEMPORARY FORGE.

- SIMPLE WAY OF MAKING CHARCOAL.

- ROUGH SMELTING ON THE MINE.

- MISFIRES IN BLASTING.

- TO PREVENT LOSS OF RICH SPECIMENS IN BLASTING.

- A SIMPLE MODE OF RETORTING SMALL QUANTITIES OF AMALGAM.

- TO RETORT SMALL QUANTITIES OF MERCURY FOR AMALGAMATING ASSAY TESTS.

- A SIMPLE MODE OF ASCERTAINING THE NOMINAL HORSE-POWER OF AN ENGINE.

- “SCALING” COPPER PLATES.

- HOW TO SUPPLY MERCURY TO MORTAR BOXES.

- HOW WATER SHOULD ENTER STAMPER BOXES.

- POWER FOR MILLS.

- TO AVOID LOSS IN CLEANING UP.

- IRON EXTRACTOR.

- TO SILVER COPPER PLATES.

- HOW TO MAKE A DOLLY.

- ROUGH WINDLASS.

- PUDDLER.

- A MAKESHIFT PUMP.

- SQUEEZING AMALGAM.

- MERCURY EXTRACTOR.

- SLUICE PLATES.

- MEASURING INACCESSIBLE DISTANCES.

- TO SET OUT A RIGHT ANGLE WITH A TAPE.

- A SIMPLE LEVELLING INSTRUMENT.

- TO MEASURE THE HEIGHT OF A STANDING TREE.

- LEVELLING BY ANEROID BAROMETER (Fig. 45).

- TO DETERMINE HEIGHTS OF OBJECTS.

- TO FIND THE DEPTH OF A SHAFT.

- DESCRIPTION OF PLAN FOR RE-USING WATER.

- COOLING COMPOUND FOR HEATED BEARINGS.

- CLEANING GREASY PLUMMER BLOCKS.

- PREVENTING SCALING AND PRIMING IN BOILERS.

- CLEARING SCALE-STOPPED PIPES.

- AN EXCELLENT ANTI-FRICTION COMPOUND.

- TO CLEAN BRASS.

- A SOLVENT FOR RUST.

- TO PROTECT IRON AND STEEL FROM RUST.

- TO KEEP MACHINERY FROM RUSTING.

- FIRE-LUTE.

- ROPE-SPLICING.

APPENDIX

- TO FIND LOST PART OF VEIN

- THE CALCULATION OF ORE RESERVES.[4]

- ESTIMATING ORE VALUES.

- CALIFORNIA PUMP.

- HYDRAULICS.

- BORING.

- DURABILITY OF ROPES.

- DIAMOND DRILLING.

- TIMBER.

- LAYING OUT OF AREAS.

- MENSURATION.

- MINE SURVEYING PROBLEMS.

- RAINFALL.

- NOTES ON BELTING.

- WEIGHT AND BULK OF MATERIALS.

- SIGNS AND SYMBOLS USED IN EXPRESSING FORMULAS.

- ENGLISH WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

- FRENCH WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

- FRESH AND SALT WATER COMPARED.

- VELOCITY OF FALLING FLUIDS.

- PRESSURE OF WATER AT DIFFERENT HEADS.

- TO FIND THE CONTENTS OF A TANK.

- SIZES AND WEIGHT OF CORRUGATED GALVANISED IRON SHEETS.

- THICKNESS AND WEIGHT OF GALVANISED SHEET IRON.

- QUALITIES OF DIFFERENT ROPES EXPRESSED RELATIVELY.

- THE ATMOSPHERE.

AUSTRALIAN MINING REGULATIONS.

- NEW SOUTH WALES.

- VICTORIA.

- SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

- WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

- QUEENSLAND.

- TASMANIA.

- NEW ZEALAND.

INDEX

- USEFUL RULES AND TABLES:

- A MECHANICAL TEXT-BOOK:

- MISCELLANEOUS SCIENTIFIC PAPERS.

- THE STABILITY OF SHIPS.

- STEEL SHIPS:

- PRESENT-DAY SHIPBUILDING.

- MARINE METEOROLOGY,

- GRIFFIN’S NAUTICAL SERIES.

- Practical Mechanics:

- A Manual of Trigonometry:

- A Manual of Algebra.

- THE LEGAL DUTIES OF SHIPMASTERS.

- Latitude and Longitude:

- A MEDICAL AND SURGICAL HELP

- GRIFFIN’S NAUTICAL SERIES.

- KNOW YOUR OWN SHIP.

- MARINE ENGINEERING:

- MARINE ENGINEERING RULES AND TABLES,

- THE CALCULUS FOR ENGINEERS AND PHYSICISTS,

- MEASUREMENT CONVERSIONS

- THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER’S REFERENCE BOOK

- CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS.

- THE ELEMENTS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING.

- THE STUDENT’S MECHANICS:

- FOUNDATIONS OF MECHANICS.

- FUEL AND WATER:

- SEWAGE DISPOSAL WORKS:

- TRADES’ WASTE:

- SMOKE ABATEMENT.

- CALCAREOUS CEMENTS:

- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.

- CENTRAL ELECTRICAL STATIONS:

- ELECTRICITY CONTROL.

- A POCKET-BOOK OF ELECTRICAL RULES & TABLES

- WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY.

- ELECTRICITY METERS.

- ELECTRIC SMELTING AND REFINING.

- ELECTRO-METALLURGY, A Treatise on.

- ELECTRICAL PRACTICE IN COLLIERIES.

- GRIFFIN’S ELECTRICAL PRICE-BOOK.

- A SHORT MANUAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.

- LABORATORY HANDBOOKS BY A. HUMBOLDT SEXTON,

- OUTLINES OF QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.

- OUTLINES OF QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.

- ELEMENTARY METALLURGY:

- Griffin’s Chemical and Technological Publications.

- Griffin’s Geological, Prospecting, Mining, and Metallurgical Publications.

- Transcriber’s Notes

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE